THE REPUBLIC OF

STRATEGIC ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (SEA) OF OIL AND GAS ACTIVITIES

IN THE ALBERTINE GRABEN , UGANDA

FINAL REPORT

The SEA Team Kampala, June 2013 Copyright © MEMD 2013 All rights reserved.

The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD), in conjuction with the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) initiated and funded the Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) of the oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben of Uganda, with support from Oil for Development (OFD) Program a bilateral agreement between Government of Uganda and Norway under the project, “Strengthening the management of Oil and Gas Sector in Uganda”.

On behalf of the SEA Team:

Bjørn Kristoffersen (SEA Team Leader)

Eco-Management Support 4306 Sandnes, Norway [email protected]

Jane Bemigisha

ESIPPS International Ltd. Plot 7/9 Clement Hill Road, Hill View Apartments, P.O. Box, 33011, Kampala, Uganda Email: [email protected] ; Web: www.esipps-int.org

Disclaimer

The SEA report has been prepared and delivered by a team of consultants, the SEA Team under the guidance of the SEA Steering Committee. The content of the report reflects the professional judgement and advice of the SEA Team.

Page i FOREWORD

The discovery of oil and gas resources presents great socio-economic prospects for the Albertine Graben and the country at large, but the area is of high ecological and biodiversity significance. This presents various challenges for environmental protection. This document presents a report on Strategic Environment Assessment (SEA) of oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben of Uganda. The SEA document presents strategic recommendations for policies, plans, and programmes that will guide environmental planning and decision making in the Albertine Graben. The SEA presents a unique opportunity for the country to systematically address environmental management issues pertaining to oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben in the context of sustainable development.

The SEA was initiated under the leadership of the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD) through its Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD) and coordinated by National Environment Management Authority (NEMA). The Norwegian Government provided financial support and technical backstopping. A steering committee comprising Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD), National Environment Management Authority (NEMA), Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), Directorate of Environment Affairs (DEA), Ministry of Lands, Housing & Urban Development (MLHUD), Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM), Department of Fisheries Resources and Uganda Association of Impact Assessors was instituted to guide the process. The SEA was undertaken and delivered by the SEA consultant team under the guidance of this Steering Committee.

The process was initiated by a high level scoping meeting in April 2010, followed by another high level steering committee meeting in November 2010. The official kick off was in March 2012 and since then the SEA developed through careful analyses and a rigorous consultative and collaborative process. At different stages (phases) and levels (national, local and regional), various stakeholders were involved in identification of key issues and recommendations. Further issues and recommendations were drawn from a scenario analysis process. The SEA was supplemented by Advisory Notes throughout the process. A typical example was the advice on The Petroleum (Refining, Gas Processing, Conversion, Transportation and Storage) Bill, 2012 and the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013. For effective implementation of the recommendations, a monitoring framework has been provided.

This SEA is the first for the oil and gas sector in Uganda and will be a valuable reference and precedent at national and other levels. It is also a beginning of stakeholder partnership on concerted implementation of the recommendations that will guide future plans and decisions regarding sustainable environmental management of oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben.

The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development and partners would like to thank all the institutions and individuals that participated in the preparation of this historic document. We call upon all those who participated and future readers to nurture the initiated partnership on sustainable environmental management of oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben and the wider petroleum sector

.…………………………………………………………………………………

Hon. Eng. Irene Muloni (Minister of Energy and Mineral Development)

Page ii ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The Strategic Environmental Assessment of oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben is a product of concerted effort by different individuals and institutions whose contributions are highly acknowledged. The SEA Team would like to thank the institutions and individuals who were consulted and whose views greatly provided value to this document as a building block for future stakeholder partnership on environmental management of oil and gas in the Albertine Graben. The SEA Team would like to acknowledge the invaluable leadership from the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development through the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department for the successful coordination of the process, most especially Mr. Dozith Abeinomugisha and Eng. Caroline Korutaro. The supportive role of NEMA through the Environment Management Pillar Manager Mr. Waiswa Arnold Ayazika is highly acknowledged. The Steering Committee instituted to guide the SEA process is also highly acknowledged. The Team finally gives special tribute to the Norwegian Government through the Directorate for Nature Management, for providing financial support and technical backstopping.

The Steering Committee consisted of the following members:

• Mr. Dozith Abeinomugisha (Petroleum Exploration and Production Department, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development), Chairman

• Mrs. Caroline Korutaro (Petroleum Exploration and Production Department, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development), Secretary

• Mr. Edgar Buhanga (Uganda Wildlife Authority, UWA)

• Mr. Waiswa Ayazika (National Environment Management Authority, NEMA) • Mr. Simon P. Otoi (Uganda Association of Impact Assessors, UAIA)

• Mrs. Teddy Tindamanyire (Directorate of Environmental Affairs, Ministry of Water and Environment)

• Mr. Vincent Byendamira (Directorate of Physical Planning & Urban Development, Ministry of Lands, Housing & Urban Development)

• Mr. Aventino Bakunda (Department of Fisheries Resources, Ministry of Agriculture Animal Industry and Fisheries)

• Mr. Emmanuel Olet (Directorate of Water Resource Management, Ministry of Water and Environment)

Page iii TABLE OF CONTENT

FOREWORD ...... ii ACKNOWLEDGEMENT ...... iii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... ix ACCRONYMS ...... xvi 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 1 1.1 The Geographical Scope of the SEA ...... 2 1.2 The Oil and Gas Sector...... 5 1.3 Structure of the SEA Report ...... 8 2 THE SEA PROCESS AND METHODOLOGY ...... 10 2.1 The SEA Approach ...... 10 2.2 Key Issues ...... 11 2.2.1 Review of documentation ...... 13 2.2.2 Evaluation by expert teams/panels ...... 13 2.2.3 Stakeholder opinions ...... 13 2.2.4 Scenario Analysis ...... 13 2.3 The SEA Phases ...... 14 2.4 Stakeholder Engagement ...... 17 2.5 SEA Organization and Implementation ...... 17 3 BASELINE SETTING ...... 18 3.1 The Regional Setting ...... 18 3.2 The Physical Environment ...... 19 3.2.1 Climate ...... 19 3.2.2 Geology and Soils...... 19 3.2.3 Surface waters ...... 20 3.2.4 Ground Water ...... 23 3.3 The Biological Environment ...... 23 3.3.1 Aquatic flora & fauna...... 23 3.3.2 Terrestrial Flora and Fauna ...... 25 3.3.3 Protected and Sensitive Environments ...... 26 3.4 Socio-Economic Environment ...... 29 3.4.1 Population and Land Ownership tensions ...... 29 3.4.2 Livelihoods ...... 30 3.4.3 Poverty Levels ...... 33 3.4.4 Access to Social Services ...... 33

Page iv 3.4.5 State of the Environment ...... 33 3.4.6 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage ...... 34 4 LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK. POLICIES, PLANS AND PROGRAMS ...... 36 4.1 Legal Framework ...... 36 4.1.1 The Constitution of Uganda, 1995 ...... 36 4.1.2 The National Environment Act, Cap 153, 2000 ...... 37 4.1.3 The Petroleum Supply Act, 2003 ...... 37 4.1.4 The Petroleum Act, 2013 and Petroleum Bill, 2012 ...... 38 4.2 Regulations ...... 39 4.3 International and Regional Conventions/Treaties, and guidelines ...... 40 4.4 Compliance and Enforcement ...... 40 4.4.1 Compliance ...... 40 4.4.2 Enforcement ...... 41 4.5 Institutional Framework and Capacity ...... 41 4.5.1 General Governance Structure ...... 41 4.5.2 Institutional framework for environment management of oil and gas ...... 44 4.6 Policies, Plans and Programs ...... 45 4.6.1 Policies ...... 46 4.6.2 Plans...... 47 4.6.3 Programs ...... 52 5 INTEGRATION OF KEY ISSUES INTO POLICIES, PLANS AND PROGRAMS ...... 54 6 ASSESSMENT OF STRATEGIC ASPECTS RELATED TO PETROLEUM ACTIVITIES ...... 72 6.1 Description of the development scenarios ...... 73 6.2 Petroleum Activities in Environmentally Sensitive and Protected Areas ...... 76 6.2.1 Assessment of risks and opportunities for current and future petroleum activities .... 77 6.2.2 Recommendations ...... 79 6.3 Co-existence with Other Sectors and Local Communities...... 81 6.3.1 Co-existence with Fisheries ...... 82 6.3.2 Co-existence with Tourism ...... 84 6.3.3 Co-existence with Local Communities ...... 85 6.3.4 Co-existence with Cultural heritage ...... 88 6.4 Institutional Framework and Capacity ...... 92 6.4.1 Environmental management on a national level ...... 92 6.4.2 Coordination between governmental agencies and district/local level ...... 94 6.4.3 Capacity building ...... 96

Page v 6.5 Management of Pollution and Waste ...... 99 6.5.1 Oil spill contingency planning ...... 99 6.5.2 Drilling waste and produced water ...... 103 7 SUMMARY AND TESTING OF RECOMMENDATIONS. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS ...... 107 7.1 Summary and Testing of main Recommendations ...... 107 7.2 Strategic aspects ...... 132 7.3 Differences between the development scenarios ...... 134 7.4 Achievements as compared with SEA Objectives ...... 136 7.5 Performance compared to international best practice ...... 138 7.6 Concluding Advice ...... 139 8 REFERENCES ...... 142

APPENDIX 1: OVERVIEW OF MAJOR REPORTS PRODUCED IN THE SEA PROCESS ...... 147 APPENDIX 2: THE PETROLEUM INDUSTRY AND TYPICAL ASPECTS AND IMPACTS ...... 149 APPENDIX 3: SCENARIO ANALYSIS ...... 163 APPENDIX 4: STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PROCESS & LOG ...... 184 APPENDIX 5: ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; INTERNATIONAL AND REGIONAL CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL POLICIES...... 196 APPENDIX 6: ISSUES REGISTER AND ANALYSIS ...... 218 APPENDIX 7: KEY ISSUES INTEGRATION MATRIX ...... 225 APPENDIX 8: DESCRIPTION OF SCENARIO 2 AND 3 ...... 249 APPENDIX 9: PETROLEUM INDUSTRY IMPACTS IN ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AND PROTECTED AREAS ...... 256 APPENDIX 10: RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK SUMMARY FOR OIL AND GAS ACTIVITIES IN AG ...... 259 APPENDIX 11: THE SEA ORGANISATION ...... 263 APPENDIX 12: OUTLINE OF AN INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 266 APPENDIX 13: COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM STAKEHOLDERS DURING THE VALIDATION PHASE ...... 269 APPENDIX 14: IMPLEMENTATION PLANNING ...... 277

Page vi LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1: The status of oil and gas licensing in the Albertine Graben as of Febraury, 2013 ...... Fehler! Textmarke nicht definiert. Figure 1.2: The wider area with , major roads, district borders and settlements ...... 4 Figure 1.3: The oil supply chain ...... 5 Figure 1.4: Number of wells drilled per year for the period 1938 to 2010 ...... 6 Figure 1.5: Wells drilled and discoveries in the Albertine Graben as of February, 2013 ...... 7 Figure 2.1: The four phases of the SEA process ...... 11 Figure 2.2: Key Issues as basis for strategic discussion ...... 12 Figure 2.3: Identification of Key Issues ...... 12 Figure 3.1: Tectonic setting of the wider area including the Albertine Graben forming the northernmost part of the Western arm of the East African Rift System ...... 20 Figure 3.2: Bathymetry of Lake Albert...... 22 Figure 3.3: Species richness map combining large mammals, birds and woody plants ...... 27 Figure 3.4: Protected Areas located in the wider study area ...... 28 Figure 3.5: Population in Hoima and Buliisa Districts 2002 – 2012 ...... 29 Figure 4.1: Generic institutional framework for environment management of oil and gas ...... 45 Figure 6.1: Scenario matrix ...... 74 Figure 6.2: A Multi-stakeholder partnership model for the Albertine Graben ...... 96 Figure 6.3: Usual tiers for oil spill contingency...... 100

Page vii LIST OF TABLES Table 3.1: Productivity by District for Selected Crops (Yield (MT)/Area (ha)) ...... 31 Table 7.1: Key Issues Group 1- Petroleum related activities in protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas ...... 107 Table 7.2: Key Issues Group 2 - Co-existence with Local Communities ...... 110 Table 7.3: Key Issues Group 3 - Co-existence with Archaeology and Cultural Heritage ...... 111 Table 7.4: Key Issues Group 4 - Co-existence with Other Industries and Service Providers ...... 113 Table 7.5: Key Issues Group 5 - Co-existence with Tourism ...... 114 Table 7.6: Key Issues Group 6 - Co-existence with Fisheries ...... 115 Table 7.7: Key Issues Group 7 - Sharing of Revenue and Wellbeing between the National and Local/Regional Level (Co-operation) ...... 116 Table 7.8: Key Issues Group 8 - Discharge and Emissions for the Petroleum Industry ...... 118 Table 7.9: Key Issues Group 9 - Waste Management ...... 119 Table 7.10: Key Issues Group 10 - Water Management ...... 121 Table 7.11: Key Issues Group 11- Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and Surface Waters ...... 122 Table 7.12: Key Issues Group 12 - Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and Construction Materials ...... 124 Table 7.13: Key Issues Group 13 - Institutional Capacity Building (Structure and Functions) ...... 125 Table 7.14: Key Issues Group 14 - Capacity of District Local Governments to Manage Environmental Concerns ...... 126 Table 7.15: Key Issues Group 15 - Development of Legislation and Regulations as well as Standards ...... 127 Table 7.16: Key Issues Group 16 - Land Use and Spatial Planning ...... 128 Table 7.17: Key Issues Group 17 – Transboundary and International Issues ...... 130 Table 7.18: Key Issues Group 18 - Establishment of Transparent Baseline data and Scientific Basis . 131 Table 7.19: Main recommendations within each strategic aspect ...... 132 Table 7.20: Differences between the development scenarios ...... 134

Page viii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Albertine Graben (AG) in the Republic of Uganda holds oil and gas resources with a large potential for commercial development. The goal of the National Oil and Gas Policy (2008) is to use these resources to contribute to early achievement of poverty eradication and create lasting value to society. The objective is to “ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity”.

To support and guide the National Oil and Gas Policy, the Government has decided to undertake a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the Albertine Graben (AG). The objective of the SEA is to ensure that environmental and socio-economic concerns contribute to a balanced and sustainable development of the oil and gas sector. The SEA covers the entire Albertine Graben with a focuse on ongoing and planned activities in Exploration Areas 1, 2 and 3A, and the development of a refinery and potential export of products and crude to international markets.

The potential for petroleum resources in Uganda was mapped as early as 1925 and the first well in Uganda was drilled in 1938. The first oil discovery was made at Mputa in 2006 and since then several exploration areas have been earmarked. There are currently, four active Production Sharing Agreements (PSAs). A total of 88 wells have been drilled, of which 76 have been successful discovering more than 3.5 billion barrels of oil in place (STOIIP) as of March 2013. The Albertine Graben is also an area of national and international importance in terms of its outstanding biodiversity and network of protected areas. The area is relatively sparsely populated by pastoral and agro-pastoral communities but there are also several urban centers in the wider region. The SEA is building on a thorough registration and documentation of the baseline setting in the AG comprising a regional overview, the physical environment, the biological environment and the socio- economic environment. This has also been the case when it comes to the legal and institutional framework and relevant Policies, Plans and Programs (PPPs) which have all been registered and discussed in the SEA.

The National Environment Act, Cap 153, requires that the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) consults closely with relevant lead agencies in the process of the SEA. To fulfill this, NEMA initiated several scoping workshops for the SEA in 2010. These workshops discussed main potential environmental and social challenges, organization of the SEA work, the kinds of decisions needed to be taken during the process and the plans that would be subjected to the SEA. The most challenging concerns were at that time identified as biodiversity loss, land conflicts and trans- boundary issues.

A Steering Committee for the SEA was appointed and it was decided that the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD) under the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD) leads the Steering Committee while NEMA coordinates the activities of the SEA. The Steering Committee developed draft Terms of Reference (ToR) for the SEA activities and these have been the platform for the SEA work. The SEA is based on international best practice adapted to the specific Ugandan conditions. A team of national and international consultants cooperated to undertake and deliver the SEA under the guidance of the Steering Committee.

Page ix The main goals of the SEA were to recommend how to: • Ensure that environmental and sustainability considerations are taken into account during early stages of decision making and integrate these considerations into laws/regulations and relevant PPPs; and • Deal with high level environmental strategic aspects in general for the sector and assess specific future development scenarios in this context. The formal kick-off meeting for the SEA process took place in Kampala on March 15, 2012, initiating the inception phase and with the goal of delivering a final SEA Report early 2013. The SEA was developed during four phases: the screening and scoping (2009 – 2012), the inception, the pre- assessment and the assessment. Main deliverables in each phase are in that order: the Terms of Reference, the Inception Report, the Scenario Analysis, and the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) for Oil and Gas Activities in Albertine Graben, the Interim Report and this final SEA Report.

The emerging petroleum sector has a high potential to contribute significantly to Uganda’s economy, industrialization and poverty alleviation plans. However, as the petroleum resources are located both within and in the vicinity of environmentally sensitive and protected areas, this poses a particular challenge to the government, the petroleum industry and the society at large in Uganda. Safeguarding the environment, community cohesion, community health and safety as well as cultural heritage is and will be a challenge in light of the fast developing plans. Land acquisition, resettlement issues and regional security are already under discussion and co-existence challenges, especially with the tourism industry as well as fisheries and the local society, are already emerging. There is concern regarding the capacity of the local communities and whether the society can absorb the expected fast changes in order to take advantage of the benefits. A systematic approach was developed and followed in order to identify the most relevant and significant issues of focus for the assessments and recommendations. More than 135 issues were registered, and these were analyzed and prioritized based on specifically developed significance criteria. 18 Key Issues Groups were highlighted for further evaluations. The Key Issues were established after a comprehensive process involving stakeholder engagement, review of documentation, evaluation by expert teams and a Scenario Analysis. Stakeholder consultation is in general a key concern for a successful SEA process and wherever practical this was arranged on all levels. A stakeholder engagement process and log are attached to the SEA.

The Scenario Analysis focuses on the development of a refinery over four sequential phases, each characterized by activities/key components and related concerns and opportunities. Major concerns are connected to the development in the Murchison Falls National Park, the large amounts of workers to be present in the AG during the construction phases and extensive truck transportation of crude and material on public roads.

A Key Issues Integration Matrix was developed as a tool for dealing with the 18 Key Issues Groups. The SEA Team identified relevant laws/regulations and PPPs connected to each of the Key Issues and has engaged connected stakeholders in a comprehensive dialogue on how to deal with the concerns. Proposed recommendations were developed by the Team prior to the stakeholder discussions and these were adjusted and supplemented based on the outcome of the consultations. The numbers of recommendations within each Key Issues Group were typically in the range of 3-20. The 18 Key Issues groups are:

Page x 1. Petroleum related Activities in Protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas. 2-6. Co-existence with Local Communities, Archaeology and Cultural Heritage, other Industries and Service providers, Tourism and with Fisheries. 7. Sharing of revenues between the National and the Local/Regional level (Co-operation). 8. Discharges and Emissions from the Petroleum Industry. 9. Waste Management. 10. Water Management. 11. Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and in Surface Waters. 12. Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and Construction Materials. 13. Institutional Capacity Building; Structure and Functions. 14. Capacity of District Local Governments to Manage Environmental Concerns. 15. Development of Legislation, Regulations and Standards. 16. Land Use and Spatial Planning. 17. Transboundary and International Issues. 18. Establishment of Transparent Baseline Data and Scientific Basis.

The most significant recommendations within each Key Issues Group were tested against the National Oil and Gas Policy (NOGP). The tests were in terms of sustainability and compatibility with focus on the NOGP coverage of the issue, the NOGP strategy how to deal with the issue and NOGP proposed actions.

Furthermore, monitoring requirements for the implementation of the recommendations were proposed with focus on Key Issue identification, monitoring indicators and related responsible institutions.

In addition to dealing with the integration of the 18 Key Issues Groups into laws/regulations and PPPs, the SEA also discusses and provides advice on selected strategic aspects related to the petroleum development. These are: • Petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas; • Co-existence with other sectors (fisheries, tourism and cultural heritage) and local communities; • Institutional framework and capacity; • Management of pollution and waste.

Advice is given on a general basis and the most significant recommendations are listed in the SEA.

The strategic aspects are also discussed in relation to specific development scenarios comprising development of a refinery and export pipeline, refinery only, export pipeline for crude only and railway transportation of crude only. The most significant issue is related to the development in the Murchison Falls National Park which is basically the same for all scenarios. The differences based on other aspects vary for each scenario but are altogether marginal.

Page xi

The concluding advice from the SEA process is the following: The emerging petroleum sector has a high potential to contribute significantly to Uganda’s economy, industrialization and poverty alleviation plans. Significant efforts have already been made to use this opportunity to develop the country. The recommendations of this SEA should be integrated into national development planning to ensure that environmental and socio-economic concerns are managed well.

The following points describe the overriding advice based on the recommendation from the SEA process:

• The current planning for development of the petroleum sector has a positive drive. However, it is recommended to moderate the speed of development to ensure balanced capacity building amongst relevant institutions, such as NEMA, to manage the sector. Furthermore, this adjustment would benefit the local district governments and population to adapt to the new sector. • Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area. As an example, the National Parks fall into category II of the IUCN classification. The activities should also ensure maintenance of the status quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or even improving it. Any decision-making regarding potential future petroleum activities in protected or environmentally sensitive areas need to be based on an Integrated Management Plan according to the principles outlined in Appendix 12. Therefore the detailed content of the Integrated Management Plan should be developed and implemented urgently. • Petroleum exploration activities that are already licensed to take place in protected and environmentally sensitive areas should continue to be based on approved EIAs and relevant national policies and guidelines such as the National Policy on conservation and sustainable development of wildlife resources. In addition such activities should follow international best practice for operations in protected and environmentally sensitive areas.

• The legal framework has to be further adapted to the new petroleum sector. An important element is to further develop the EIA legislation and guidelines according to international best practice. • Co-existence of the petroleum sector with other sectors is of high importance. The petroleum industry should proactively train potential local service providers to reach a high local content. In order to ensure sustainable co-existence with the fisheries, this sector needs stronger regulation and management. The tourism sector is depending on the preservation of ecosystem and recreational functions. Mechanisms have to be established to avoid that the petroleum industry is undermining these values. The sectors should establish common communication platforms where relevant concerns can be resolved. • Local communities will experience opportunities as well as risks. The capacity to adapt to the changing framework conditions has to be a key focus and long-term socioeconomic benefits have to be ensured. A social development plan should therefore be developed. The scenario analysis reveals the presence of large numbers of workforce, especially during construction periods and points at significant in-migration. The planning of urbanization and required

Page xii associated infrastructure has to be advanced in line with petroleum development planning to avoid social tension and lack of capacity of infrastructure. • The Scenario Analysis also reveals that the pressure on public roads is a major concern. Adequate infrastructure to meet the industry needs while ensuring public road safety has to be in place. • Selected areas have been designated for industry development and land take is ongoing. There is concern that resettlement and compensation mechanisms are not adequate. The SEA advices to implement mechanisms in accordance with international best practice. • The National Oil Spill Contingency Plan is under development. Timely preparation and implementation including the relevant training is essential. • Waste management has already received increasing attention. Waste management strategies and facilities covering the existing legacy waste as well as future waste have to be developed in the very near future in line with international best practice. Although produced water is not yet a key concern, it requires dedicated attention already now. • Water management is a major concern. The petroleum industry requires large amounts of water during their operations and this adds to the pressure on water resources in AG. The government should establish water management planning considering the resource needs, sources and associated environmental impacts. • The National Oil and Gas Policy outline the spirit of cooperation and the roles of the government and the oil industry. The oil industry should be encouraged to take an active role in developing technology to meet the challenges of ecologically vulnerable areas and reduce their footprint. • The government has taken a proactive role in communication with neighbouring states regarding transboundary issues such as sharing of petroleum reserves across borders with DR Congo. Further efforts should be made regarding shared oil spill contingency for Lake Albert and the Nile, fisheries management, security of oil and gas installations, public and border security. • The National Oil and Gas Policy outlines goals, strategies and actions for revenue management and transparency. Proper mechanisms and measures should be put in place to ensure that long-term benefits are created and shared fairly with due consideration of the oil and gas bearing regions. • Stakeholder engagement is a key principle of the Ugandan government and the SEA builds on this principle. The disparities in the Ugandan society require attention to ensure that consultation is meaningful and that information is transparent and easily accessible for stakeholders. This will contribute to achieving the social license to operate and minimize the potential for social conflict. • To ensure that the conclusions from the SEA are adequately considered an Implementation Plan should be developed. This should include the collection of and access to adequate baseline data. In addition, the SEA should be updated regularly.

Page xiii Testing was done to establish whether the SEA and connected recommendations met the objectives set for the SEA. The result was that all major objectives were met. Testing against criteria set by the International Association for Impact Assessment (IAIA)) on how to build a good-quality SEA process according to international best practice was undertaken by the Team and these criteria were met as well.

An extensive stakeholder engagement program has supported the SEA process. This program which has engaged individuals, organisations, authorities and others, has initiated good discussions and added valuable information to the process. The Scoping Workshops in April 2010, the Inception Workshops in May 2012 and the Validation Workshop in May 2013 have provided valuable feedback to the assessments.

The structure of the report is presented below:

Chapter 2 explains the SEA process and methodologies used. The cornerstone for the process is the two-sided objective of the SEA focusing on: 1) how to ensure that environmental and sustainability considerations are taken into account and integrated into relevant PPPs during early stages of decision making and 2) how to deal with high level strategic aspects in general and evaluate and communicate strategic aspects for specific future development scenarios.

Chapter 2 further focuses on the term Key Issues which to a large extent is the basis for the SEA assessments and the connected stakeholder engagement process. It explains how the Key Issues are identified and analyzed, refer also to Appendix 6, the Issues Register and Analysis. A Scenario Analysis presented in a separate report, Appendix 3, discusses which concerns are the most important to consider during the different stages of the petroleum development. Stakeholder engagement is the most important part of the SEA and the consultation is explained in Chapter 2.

Another part of the chapter presents the SEA organization and implementation of the process.

Chapter 3 is a short version of the Baseline Setting with focus on regional aspects, the physical - biological environment and the socio-economic environment. A more comprehensive version of this chapter can be found in the Inception Report.

The Legal and Institutional Framework is an important basis to understand and be able to integrate the environmental concerns into the right PPPs. Chapter 4 thus presents the legal framework, relevant regulations to be aware of, international and regional conventions/guidelines, compliance/enforcement matters, institutional framework and capacity, and relevant PPPs.

Chapter 5 and 6 present the discussions and analysis made to cover the two-sided objective of the SEA process. Chapter 5 discusses how to integrate the Key Issues into laws/regulations and relevant PPPs. The Key Issues Integration Matrix, Appendix 7, has been a crucial instrument during the analysis. Chapter 6 deals with selected high level strategic aspects on two levels; on a general level and on a specific development scenario level.

Chapter 7 summarizes the recommendations made and tests whether the SEA process and conclusions are according to expectations and sustainable development of the sector. It also gives advice on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations.

An overview of the reports produced during the SEA process is presented in Appendix 1.

Page xiv Appendix 2 presents typical aspects and impacts related to the petroleum industry.

Appendix 3 presents the Scenario Analysis process and results elaborated according to different phases.

Appendix 4 comprises the Stakeholder Engagement Process & Log including analysis of the different stakeholder categories and interests, Methodology and approach used in stakeholder engagement and outcome of the consultations.

Appendix 5 elaborates environmental laws and regulations; international and regional conventions and agreements; and additional policies including highlight of the policies that are listed in Chapter 4 but not described in detail.

Appendix 6 presents an issues register and analysis including a comprehensive list of issues, criteria used and significance rating.

Appendix 7 presents the Key Issues Integration Matrix outlining key issues, Relevant PPPs and stakeholders, Laws and Regulations, outcome of the consultations and recommendations.

Appendix 8: Description of Scenario 2 and 3, providing information on overall description of oil field development, overall description of Scenario 2 and 3 and scenario overview matrixes for each development phase.

Appendix 9 highlights petroleum industry impacts in environmentally sensitive and protected areas, listing typical primary and secondary impacts related to petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas.

Appendix 10 presents a summary of the Resettlement Policy Framework for Oil and Gas activities in the AG.

Appendix 11 is the Sea Organisation providing a list of members of the Steering Committee and their Institutions and members of the SEA Team and their areas of expertise.

Appendix 12 outlines a proposal for Integrated Management Plan (IMP).

Appendix 13 deals with the comments from the stakeholders received during the Validation Workshop.

Appendix 14 outlines the principles for implementation planning.

Page xv ACCRONYMS

AG Albertine Graben AGEMP Albertine Graben Environmental Management Plan AIA Archaeological Impact Assessment AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome API American Petroleum Institute BAT Best Available Technique bbls/d Barrels of oil per day BEP Best Environmental Practice BMU Beach Management Unit BOPD Barrels of oil per day CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CISCO Coalition of NGOs of Oil and Gas CNOOC China National Offshore Oil Corporation CPF Central Processing Facility CSO Civil Society Organizations DEA Directorate of Environmental Affairs DEO District Environment Officer DFR Department of Fisheries Resources DN Directorate for Nature Management, Norway DRC Democratic Republic of Congo DSIP Development Strategy and Investment Plan DWD Directorate of Water Development DWRM Directorate of Water Resources Management E&P Exploration and Production EA Exploration Area EAC East African Community EAPS East African Petroleum Services Ltd EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIN Environmental Information Network EIS Environmental Impact Statement EITI Extractive Industries and Transparency Initiative EMS Environmental Management System ERA Environmental Risk Assessment EWT Extended Well Testing FEED Front End Engineering Design FSSD Forest Sector Support Department GIS Geographical Information System GKMA Greater Kampala Metropolitan Area HIV Human Immune Virus HSE Health Safety Environment Page xvi IAIA International Association for Impact Assessment IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development IFC International Finance Corporation IFPRI International Food Policy Research Institute IMP Integrated Management Plan IOR Improved Oil Recovery IPP Integrated Power Project IR Inception Report ITCZ Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone IUCN International Union of Conservation of Nature LCV Local Council, level V LG Local Government LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas m.a.s.l Metres above sea level MAAIF Ministry of Agriculture, Animal, Industry and Fisheries MEMD Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development mEq Milli equivalent MFNP Murchison Falls National Park MGLSD Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development MLHUD Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development Ms Manuscript MSL Mineral Services Ltd MT Million Tonnes MTWA Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities MWE Ministry of Water and Environment MUIENR Makerere University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources NAFIRRI National Fisheries Resources Research Institute NATOIL Uganda National Oil Company NCEA Netherlands Commission for Environmental Assessment NDP National Development plan NEAP National Environmental Action Plan NEMA National Environment Management Authority NEMP National Environment Management Policy NE-SW North East-South West NFA National Forestry Authority NGO(s) Non-Governmental Organization(s) NINA Norwegian Institute for Nature Research NOGP National Oil and Gas Policy NORM Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials NOSCP National Oil Spill Contingency Plan NOx Nitrogen Oxide

Page xvii NP National Park NTMP National Transport Master Plan OPEC Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries OPM Office of the Prime Minister OfD Oil for Development Program, Norway OSCA Oil Spill Contingency Analysis PAPs Project Affected Persons PAU Petroleum Authority of Uganda PEAP Uganda Poverty Eradication Action Plan PEPD Petroleum Exploration and Production Department PM Particulate Matter PMA Plan for Modernization of Agriculture PPP(s) Policies, Plans and Program(s) PSA Production Sharing Agreement QA Quality Assurance RAP Resettlement Action Plan RBP Regulatory Best Practice RPF Resettlement Policy Framework SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment SC Steering Committee SOx Sulfur Oxide SWL Static Water Level STD Sexually Transmitted Diseases STOIIP Stock Tank Oil Initially in Place ToR Terms of Reference UAIA Uganda Association of Impact Assessors UBOS Uganda Bureau of Statistics UGX Ugandan Shilling UNBS Uganda National Bureau of Standards UNDP United Nations Development Program UNEP United Nations Environment Program UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change UNRA Uganda National Roads Authority UPDF Ugandan People’s Defence Forces UWA Uganda Wildlife Authority WR Wildlife Resources

Page xviii 1 INTRODUCTION

The Albertine Graben in the Republic of Uganda is endowed with oil and gas resources with large potential for commercial development. The goal of the National Oil and Gas Policy (2008) is to use the country’s oil and gas resources to contribute to early achievement of poverty eradication and create lasting value to society. The operational objective pertaining to the environment is to; “ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity”. To support and guide this National Oil and Gas Policy, the Government decided to perform a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the Albertine Graben.

The objective of the SEA was to ensure that environmental issues associated with the oil and gas sector are considered and integrated into laws/regulations, major decisions connected to Policies, Plans and Programs (PPPs) and specific strategic aspects related to petroleum activities at the earliest stage in order to achieve the goals of the National Oil and Gas Policy.

The SEA is in accordance with the Ugandan understanding aiming at supporting sustainable development which defines the environment to comprise the physical environment, cultural heritage and socio-economic effects caused by petroleum development in the Albertine Graben. Institutional matters related to infrastructure, spatial planning, and emergency response, capacity building, etc., are included where relevant.

The Albertine Graben is a sparsely populated area of national and international importance in terms of its outstanding biodiversity and network of protected areas. As this area also harbors the country’s most promising petroleum reserves, this poses a particular challenge for oil and gas industry in Uganda.

The SEA shall contribute to sustainable use of natural resources and goods derived from the Albertine Graben by maintaining the structure, functioning and productivity of the ecosystems of the area as a basis for long term value creation and sustained livelihoods.

The SEA process shall further contribute to a balanced and sustainable development of the petroleum sector, and shall focus on the following principles:

• Ensure public participation to make sure that concerns and expectations are considered in the decision process; • Ensure that all relevant major issues are addressed at the earliest stages of the oil and gas development and that advice is given in the process of decision making; • Establish a common understanding and joint baseline for the SEA; • Identify key issues to be dealt with in order to ensure a focused discussion; • Identify environmental related opportunities and risks associated with various scenarios for the petroleum development and give advice on enhancing opportunities and minimizing risks; • Outline mitigation and monitoring requirements and objectives that establish best practice and ensure effective impact management for future oil and gas development; • Use efficient and well developed methodologies for the SEA;

Page 1 • Establish and implement a transparent SEA process which also ensures predictability for sustainable involvement of the international oil industry which will in turn apply best international practices.

1.1 The Geographical Scope of the SEA

The SEA covers the entire Albertine Graben with a focus on ongoing and planned petroleum license areas, which comprise Exploration Areas 1 (Pakwach Basin), 2 (Lake Albert Basin) and 3A (Semliki Basin) in addition to the development of a proposed refinery and the transportation of crude from the petroleum production facilities to the refinery. Figure 1.1 shows the status of licensing in the Albertine Graben. The SEA is also considering scenarios where all oil production is exported either via pipelines or railway. The Albertine Graben forms part of the Western arm of the East Africa Rift System. The Graben is a unique physiographic region comprising of the rift escarpments, the block of the Rwenzori Mountains and an extensive graben. The area has several lakes including Albert, Edward and George.

The Albertine area is a landscape of great relief contrast with both the lowest elevation in the country of about 620 metres above mean sea level and the highest elevation in the country of about 5100 metres above mean sea level on the Magherita peak in the Rwenzori Mountains. The Graben extends for a total distance of over 500 km with widths averaging 45 km.

The Albertine Graben is one of the most important locations for the conservation of mammals, birds and freshwater fish in Africa. It has a variety of geological and biological features with complex ecosystems and high biological diversity. It is a home to many plants and animal species that are endemic for the region and it is the most important area for bird endemism in Africa. A wide variety of ecosystems and species are known to exist in the region. The Albertine Graben has got a number of protected areas.

The Graben is sparsely populated because it dominantly has a hot and dry climate. The majority of the inhabitants are pastoral and agro-pastoral communities. A number of people live in fishing villages on the shores of lakes Albert, Edward and George.

Due to the oil development activities in the region, a spiral of urbanization processes is taking place along the roads in the region. There are several population centres in the area (Figure 1.2) and there is increased growth of these old towns. The oil exploitation and development activities will most likely create further urbanization processes.

Page 2

(Source: PEPD) Figure 1.1: The status of oil and gas licensing in the Albertine Graben (as of February 2013)

Page 3

(Source: NEMA, 2012) Figure 1.2: The wider area with Lake Albert, major roads, district borders and settlements

Page 4 1.2 The Oil and Gas Sector

The petroleum industry is divided into three levels: upstream, midstream, and downstream which encompass the main segments of the supply chain. The upstream level includes the exploration, drilling, and production of crude oil. The midstream level includes the transportation and trading of crude oil to refineries and refining. The downstream level refers to the distribution and marketing of crude oil to wholesalers and retailers. Figure 1.3 below illustrates a typical supply chain.

The largest volume of products of the industry is fuel oil and petrol. Petroleum is also the raw material for many chemical products, including pharmaceuticals, solvents, fertilizers, pesticides, and plastics. Appendix 2 presents more information about the petroleum industry and typical aspects and impacts related to the various upstream petroleum activities.

In Uganda, the petroleum potential was first documented by A.J. Wayland in 1925, who mapped oil seepages at that time. In 1938 the first well, Waki-B1, was drilled in the Butiaba area confirming oil shows. Since then, petroleum potential of the Albertine Graben was known but it was not until the 1990s that an increased and targeted focus on exploration was initiated.

Figure 1.3: The oil supply chain

By the early 2000s, Uganda was seeking domestic petroleum reserves in response to rising oil prices. The Albertine Graben has since been subdivided into ten Exploration Areas. The Exploration Areas include Blocks 1 and 5 located to the north of Lake Albert, Blocks 2, 3A, 3B, 3C and 3D on and around Lake Albert, while Blocks 4A, 4B and 4C are located around lakes Edward and George in the southern part of the Graben (Fig. 1.5). Four out of these ten Exploration Areas are currently licensed to oil exploration companies for exploration, development and production.

In 2002, Heritage Oil and Gas Ltd drilled the first exploratory well, Turaco-1 in Block 3 and two more wells; Turaco-2 and 3 until 2004. In 2005 Hardman Petroleum Resources Pty drilled the Mputa-1 well

Page 5 in EA 2 and tested in 2006. This well finally provided the break-through and tested a combined total of 1100 bbl/d. Since then exploration activities have increased significantly (Fig. 1.4) and Uganda is preparing for managing a petroleum sector.

In 2006, Heritage Oil and Gas Ltd drilled the Kingfisher-1 well in EA3A and estimated Kingfisher resources to 600 million barrels of crude in place. Heritage's partner Tullow Oil, which had in the meantime bought Hardman Resources, stated that the Albertine Basin as a whole contained over one billion barrels. The Kingfisher-1 well flowed over 10,000 bbl/d of oil. The tested oil predominantly reveals medium crude with an API around 30, a high wax content (16 – up to 30 weight %) and a pour point around 40° C. These properties imply pumping during production and continuous heating of the transport infrastructure to ensure flow. Power supply as well as overall energy efficiency are therefore of key importance to be able to make use of the crude. A consumer for the wax also has to be considered.

(Source: PEPD, 2012) Figure 1.4: Number of wells drilled per year for the period 1938 to 2010

Oil exploration and production activities to date indicate that the oil potential in the Graben is promising. For example, out of the 88 exploration and appraisal wells drilled by to date, 76 were successful.

In summary the characteristics for the Albertine Graben are: • Total acreage of about 23.000km2 • First oil discovery made at Mputa in 2006 • 20 oil/gas discoveries made to date • More than 3,5 billion barrels of STOIIP (Stock Tank Oil Initially in Place) as of March 2013 • Estimated 1 billion barrels of recoverable oil equivalent • 4 active Production Sharing Agreements (PSAs) • TOTAL, Tullow, CNOOC hold licenses Page 6 • Four out of ten exploration areas in the Albertine Graben have been licensed to international oil companies

(Source: PEPD, 2012) Figure 1.5: Wells drilled and discoveries in the Albertine Graben as of February, 2013

All discoveries have so far been made within the Lake Albert petroleum system while the Rhino Camp and Lake Edward petroleum systems have not yet been proven.

Significant exploration and appraisal activities are ongoing and CNOOC already holds a conditional production license for Kingfisher. According to the current planning earliest production is feasible for end 2016/2017 but various issues have to be resolved in the meantime. These include, among others, agreement and approval of field development plans, infrastructure and facilities, adequacy of the EIA process, waste management solutions, capacity and efficiency in various governmental institutions at various levels to manage the sector properly as well as implementation of adequate oil spill contingency.

The significant scale of oil discoveries since 2006 drives the expectations of the petroleum resources contributing significantly to poverty eradication, job and revenue creation. Various alternatives of petroleum development and use along the value chain are currently under discussion.

Chapter 2.2.4 and 6.1 provides an overview of various potential scenarios and development phases for upstream and midstream activities. In any case, significant development has to take place in the Albertine Graben to produce the oil and gas resources and make use of it, whether within Uganda or for export. Full field development including gathering lines, processing and storage facilities will be necessary for any of the options. Page 7 This implies significant development and improvement of associated infrastructure such as roads, waste management facilities, oil spill contingency, medical facilities for emergency response as well as adequate structuring of the involved governmental institutions and capacity building to manage the petroleum sector. Land ownership and tenure, compensation and the already started land speculation have to be tackled to avoid social disruption and corruption. An important aspect is also the overall security situation within the region, the role of the army, police and potential private security forces and associated safeguarding of the rights of the local population. Further information is given in Chapters 5 and 6.

1.3 Structure of the SEA Report

An overview of the reports produced during the SEA process is presented in Appendix 1.

Appendix 2 presents typical aspects and impacts related to the petroleum industry.

Chapter 2 explains the SEA process and methodologies used. The cornerstone for the process is the two-sided objective of the SEA focusing on: 1) how to ensure that environmental and sustainability considerations are taken into account and integrated into relevant PPPs during early stages of decision making and 2) how to deal with high level strategic aspects in general and evaluate and communicate strategic aspects for specific future development scenarios.

Chapter 2 further focuses on the term Key Issues which to a large extent is the basis for the SEA assessments and the connected stakeholder engagement process. It explains how the Key Issues are identified and analyzed, refer also to Appendix 6, the Issues Register and Analysis. A Scenario Analysis presented in a separate report, Appendix 3, discusses which concerns are the most important to consider during the different stages of the petroleum development. Stakeholder engagement is an important part of the SEA and the consultation is explained in Chapter 2.

Another part of the chapter presents the SEA organization and implementation of the process.

Chapter 3 is a short version of the Baseline Setting with focus on regional aspects, the physical - biological environment and the socio-economic environment. A more comprehensive version of this chapter can be found in the Inception Report.

The Legal and Institutional Framework is an important basis to understand and be able to integrate the environmental concerns into the right PPPs. Chapter 4 and Appendix 5 thus presents the legal framework, relevant regulations to be aware of, international and regional conventions/guidelines, compliance/enforcement matters, institutional framework and capacity, and relevant PPPs.

Chapter 5 and 6 present the discussions and analysis made to cover the two-sided objective of the SEA process. Chapter 5 discusses how to integrate the Key Issues into laws/regulations and relevant PPPs. The Key Issues Integration Matrix, Appendix 7, has been a crucial instrument during the analysis. Chapter 6 deals with selected high level strategic aspects on two levels; on a general level and on a specific development scenario level.

Chapter 7 summarizes the recommendations made and tests whether the SEA process and conclusions are according to expectations and sustainable development of the sector. It also gives advice on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations.

An overview of the reports produced during the SEA process is presented in Appendix 1.

Page 8 Appendix 2 presents typical aspects and impacts related to the petroleum industry.

Appendix 3 presents the Scenario Analysis process and results elaborated according to different phases.

Appendix 4 comprises the Stakeholder Engagement Process & Log including analysis of the different stakeholder categories and interests, Methodology and approach used in stakeholder engagement and outcome of the consultations.

Appendix 5 elaborates environmental laws and regulations; international and regional conventions and agreements; and additional policies including highlight of the policies that are listed in Chapter 4 but not described in detail.

Appendix 6 presents an issues register and analysis including a comprehensive list of issues, criteria used and significance rating.

Appendix 7 presents the Key Issues Integration Matrix outlining key issues, Relevant PPPs and stakeholders, Laws and Regulations, outcome of the consultations and recommendations.

Appendix 8: Description of Scenario 2 and 3, providing information on overall description of oil field development, overall description of Scenario 2 and 3 and scenario overview matrixes for each development phase.

Appendix 9 highlights petroleum industry impacts in environmentally sensitive and protected areas, listing typical primary and secondary impacts related to petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas.

Appendix 10 presents a summary of the Resettlement Policy Framework for Oil and Gas activities in the AG.

Appendix 11 is the Sea Organisation providing a list of members of the Steering Committee and their Institutions and members of the SEA Team and their areas of expertise.

Appendix 12 outlines a proposal for Integrated Management Plan (IMP).

Appendix 13 deals with the comments from the stakeholders received during the Validation Workshop.

Appendix 14 outlines the principles for implementation planning.

Page 9 2 THE SEA PROCESS AND METHODOLOGY

The SEA shall contribute to informed decision making by taking into consideration the possible environmental, cultural heritage and socio-economic effects caused by petroleum development in the Albertine Graben. The SEA shall document values, assess impacts/conflicts and show how to deal with challenges. Furthermore, the SEA shall suggest a framework for sustainable use of the natural resources and goods derived from the Albertine Graben that maintains the structure, functioning and productivity of the ecosystems of the area as a basis for long term value creation and sustained livelihoods. Institutional matters related to the petroleum development shall also be considered and improved.

The specific objectives for the SEA are presented in Chapter 7.4 as part of an evaluation of whether the objectives are met.

SEA has got increasing attention internationally during the last decade although the process of doing SEA is known for a longer period of time. The objectives and methodologies are developing rapidly and there are many good references internationally on interesting SEA literature and performed processes. A typical characteristic of SEA is, however, that there is no single recipe on how to do SEA for a specific sector in a specific country.

2.1 The SEA Approach

The SEA approach in Uganda was based on a stepwise process specifically developed for the Ugandan situation and shall thus contribute to strengthening governance by providing clear and concise advice to future decisions, either related to laws/regulations and Policies, Plans and Programs or to specific strategic aspects and future scenarios connected to the development of the petroleum industry. The advice was provided in the form of advisory notes during the SEA process or as recommendations in this final SEA report.

An important part of the SEA process was to provide capacity building on petroleum industry related matters for all directly involved and for the institutions/organizations responsible for the PPPs to be dealt with during the process.

Public participation was critical for the success of the SEA process and stakeholder consultations were important in soliciting views and concerns.

The SEA process has been divided into four phases: • Screening and Scoping • Inception • Pre-assessment • Assessment

Figure 2.1 illustrates these steps of the SEA process and presents typical characteristics and the main deliverables within each phase.

Page 10

Figure 2.1: The four phases of the SEA process

2.2 Key Issues

An important objective of the assessment was to identify Key Issues as basis for the SEA process.

As indicated in Figure 2.2 below, the Key Issues are the basis for two discussions: 1. Ensure that environmental and sustainability considerations are taken into account during early stages of decision making and integrate these considerations into laws/regulations and relevant Policies, Plans and Programs (Chapter 5). 2. Deal with high level environmental strategic aspects in general for the sector and assess specific future development scenarios in this context (Chapter 6).

Page 11

Which are the most relevant and important issues to concentrate the assessment on?

The Key Issues!

1. How to ensure that 2. How to deal with high level environmental and sustainability strategic aspects in general and considerations are taken into how to assess strategic aspects

account during early stages of for specific development

decision making and how to scenarios. integrate these considerations

into laws/regulations and relevant Policies, Plans and Programs.

Figure 2.2: Key Issues as basis for strategic discussion

It was obvious and necessary to use a systematic approach to reduce the number of issues and focus the assessment on a limited number of Key Issues.

The SEA has concentrated on using four sources to identify potential issues to be carried on to the further SEA analysis. A broad analysis and discussion of all the issues has concluded on the most significant issues, the Key Issues, as a platform for a focused SEA process. The evaluation of significance is building on how often the issue is highlighted by the four sources shown in Fig 2.3. And the urgency of the issue related to the SEA process, the duration and extent of impact connected to the issue and the reversibility of the impact. The Issues Register and Analysis is presented in Appendix 6. Only the issues within the category of high significance are carried on as Key Issues.

1. Review of 2. Evaluation 3. Stakeholder 4. Scenario documentation by expert teams opinions analysis

Issues

Evaluation of significance of Issues Issues Register and Analysis

(Appendix 6)

Figure 2.3: Identification of Key Issues

Page 12 2.2.1 Review of documentation

Desk identification of relevant issues covered in existing policies, plans and programs (PPPs) related to the petroleum sector, review of PPPs for other relevant sectors, local community plans, private industry plans, Environmental Impact Assessments for projects, submissions from interest groups, None Governmental Organizations (NGOs) plans and statements etc.

2.2.2 Evaluation by expert teams/panels

The scoping/screening process in 2010 provided valuable input to the Issues Register. In 2012, the Ugandan members of the SEA Team made individual inventories of issues connected to their specific area of expertise. These inventories are attached to the Inception Report. Amendments to these issues were made during a reconnaissance trip to the region during the inception phase. Another input to potential key issues was developed during the field trip which took place during the kick-off meetings in the inception phase. An inventory of the issues identified during this field trip is attached to the Inception Report as well.

Valuable input to the Issues Register is delivered by the Norwegian partners to the SEA program and by the three operating petroleum companies in Uganda.

2.2.3 Stakeholder opinions

Public participation has been critical for the success of the SEA process and stakeholder consultations have been important to solicit their views and concerns about possible issues. Important contributions resulted from the Inception Workshop in May 2012. More information on the stakeholder engagement process is presented in section 2.4 and Appendix 4.

2.2.4 Scenario Analysis

The Scenario Analysis has been used in the SEA as a tool to visualize and analyze a range of “pictures” of future situations. This methodology is a systematic approach providing a description of activities related to the different developments over time and connected detailed inventories of concerns and opportunities at each stage. Three scenarios have been the basis for the SEA: • Scenario 1, a development combining construction and operation of a refinery with associated power plant and an export pipeline transporting crude oil to markets outside Uganda. • Scenario 2, with construction and operation of a refinery and a power plant with no export of crude oil. • Scenario 3, with export of crude oil to markets outside Uganda, either via an export pipeline or via a railway system for transportation of crude. A small power plant is also constructed and operated. As the Government already has advanced plans for a stepwise development of the petroleum resources and related facilities and infrastructure in the Albertine Graben for creation of revenue, a phased approach for the scenario analysis has been chosen. This approach focuses on a scenario developing a refinery over four sequential phases, each characterized by activities/key components and related concerns and opportunities. The conclusions and issues from the analysis are transferred to the SEA Issues Register as shown in Figure 2.3.

Page 13 Scenario 1 was therefor used as basis for identifying Key Issues as described above. All three Scenarios have been further analyzed in connection with the assessment of the high level aspects as described in Chapter 6. In order to provide a good understanding and input to the issues register, Scenario 1 was analyzed in detail over four development phases: • Phase 1 (2012 – 2015): Early commercialization • Phase 2 (2015 – 2017): Refinery of 20,000 bbls/d • Phase 3 (2017 – 2022): Refinery of 60,000 bbls/d • Phase 4 (2022 – 2030): Refinery of 120,000 bbls/d

The full Scenario Analysis is presented in Appendix 3.

2.3 The SEA Phases

Screening and scoping (see Inception Report for more details) The SEA process for the petroleum development of the Albertine Graben was initiated in 2009 by screening the need and possible objectives for starting an SEA process for the petroleum sector in Uganda, specifically for the Albertine Graben. The screening process led to a positive outcome and a platform for the SEA was established securing governmental support from various agencies as well as the Norwegian Oil for Development Program. This phase established the organization of the SEA process.

During the process it was also agreed that NEMA coordinates the activities of the SEA while the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development leads the process as they own the plans to be subjected to SEA. Furthermore, it was established that the Steering Committee reports to the Permanent Secretaries of the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development and that of Water and Environment.

As the National Environment Act, Cap 153; requires that the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) consults closely with relevant lead agencies in the process of SEA, NEMA organized Scoping Workshops for the SEA in April 2010. A high level workshop took place on April 28, 2010 with the objective of reaching a common understanding of the need for the SEA. A further scoping workshop took place on April 29 - 30, 2010. The workshop participants included NEMA and technical officers from government agencies, civil society and the districts. The objective of the workshop was mainly to discuss critical issues and plans relevant to the SEA process.

Both workshops were coordinated with the Norwegian Oil for Development (OfD) Program. The most challenging concerns identified were biodiversity loss, land conflicts and transboundary issues. Further key issues identified during the Screening and Scoping Phases are reflected in the Issues Register (see Appendix 6).

A final and approved draft Terms of Reference (ToR) was delivered on June 28, 2011 and this was the basis for the engagement of the SEA Team.

The Inception Phase (see the Inception Report and the Interim Report for more details) The Inception Phase included the following activities in chronological order:

• A field trip to the most relevant parts of the Albertine Graben to build relations between the members of the SC and the leaders of the SEA Team and to familiarize with the region and the ongoing and planned petroleum activities. It also established contact between the

Page 14 participants and the oil companies at field level. The field trip took place from March 15 to 18, 2012. • An introductory meeting between the SC and the SEA Team on March 20, 2012. • An internal meeting for the SEA Team on March 21, 2012 with the objective of presenting the professional background of each of the Team members, building relations between the participants and establishing the rules and routines for how to work effectively together in order to deliver what is expected by the SC. The SEA process was discussed and agreed upon and a comprehensive discussion regarding stakeholder engagement took place. As a result, the most relevant stakeholders to be invited to the Inception Workshop were identified. • A concluding kick-off meeting between the SC and the SEA Team was held on 22. March 2012. Among other aspects it was decided to undertake a full scenario analysis for the SEA as an additional scope outside the original ToR. • Consultation took place on March 23, 2012 holding introductory meetings with the oil companies Tullow Oil and Total. • A final kick-off meeting was held by the SEA Team on March 26, 2012. A detailed work plan including meetings, deliveries and other events were agreed upon. In addition, the content of the Inception Report, the break-down of input to the Inception Report into individual work packages, the request for assistance on GIS and further stakeholder engagement prior to the Inception Workshop were agreed upon. • A reconnaissance trip for the SEA Team took place on May 8 to 11, 2012. The trip was used to familiarize the Ugandan members of the SEA Team with the local conditions and current petroleum installations and activities. Selected consultation took place during this trip with district authorities in Hoima, Buliisa and Pakwach. • A draft Inception Report was delivered to the Steering Committee on May 7, 2012. The SC subsequently distributed the draft report to relevant stakeholders. • The SC and the SEA Team had a planning meeting on May 21, 2012 to discuss and prepare the Inception Workshop. • Two inception workshops were held from May 22 – 24, 2012. The first workshop was targeting the technical personnel in the various governmental agencies as well as private sector, Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) and Civil Society Organisations (CSO). This workshop was held on May 22- 23, 2012. The workshop was attended by approximately 90 participants. The draft report was presented and stakeholders commented on the scope and content as well as work plans for the further SEA. The second workshop targeted high-level personnel in the various government agencies. This workshop was a half-day event held on May 24, 2012. The workshop was attended by approximately 50 participants. • The SEA Team had several meetings after the inception workshop to discuss the conclusions and agree on the way forward including more detailed discussions about the preparations of the scenario analysis. • The Inception Phase was concluded after the workshop meetings. The delivery of the Inception Report was however delayed until July 19, 2012 due to late incoming comments and a more comprehensive process of completion. • The issues derived during the Inception Phase are included in the Issues Register (Appendix 6). Page 15

The Pre-Assessment Phase (see the Interim Report for more details) The Pre-assessment followed directly after the finalization of the Inception Phase and included the following activities in chronological order:

• From June 1 - 28, 2012 the scenario building and analysis took place. A workshop was held in PEPD during June 18 – 22, 2012 with relevant personnel presenting the various development plans to provide a picture of the envisaged activities, timelines, concerns, etc. From June 23 – 27, 2012 sketch maps were developed and a Scenario Analysis of the likely consequences of the various development stages was undertaken with the entire SEA team. • Meetings were held individually with the oil companies (Tullow Oil, Total and CNOOC) on June 26, 2012 to present and discuss the outcome of the Scenario Analysis. • A meeting with the SC took place on June 27, 2012 where the Scenario Analysis was presented and discussed. • Further planning of the SEA program based on the revised schedule was agreed with the Team and the Steering Committee. • Coordination of activities and budgets between the international consultant and the local team was arranged. • The local SEA Team held a meeting on July 28, 2012 to discuss the Stakeholder Engagement Plan. The pre-assessment phase was concluded by the delivery of the draft Interim Report on September 5, 2012.

The Assessment Phase This phase involves all activities from delivery of the draft Interim Report to the delivery of the final SEA report. • The SEA Team had a meeting on September 18, 2012 and agreed on the methodology and process for finalizing the Interim Report. • The SC presented their comments on the draft Interim Report in a meeting on September 19, 2012 focusing on analysis of PPPs, integration of conclusions from the Inception phase and the Scenario Analysis, the purpose of the Interim Report etc. The further schedule for the SEA was also discussed and agreed upon with a draft SEA report delivery in early December, a validation workshop in mid December and a final SEA report in late January. • The SEA Team had several working meetings from September 20 – 28, 2012 with focus on developing the Key Issues Action Matrix which was the basis for the comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement process in October, November and December. • The final Interim Report was delivered on September 30, 2012. • A comprehensive Stakeholder Engagement program was carried out in October 2012. The main purpose of the meetings was to get feedback on how to integrate the Key Issues into laws/regulations and PPPs based on the proposals developed in the Key Issues Action Matrix. • The status and challenges were discussed in an SEA Team meeting on October 26, 2012 and it was decided to develop a Stakeholder Engagement Log (Appendix 4). • In a meeting on October 29, 2012 the SC gave feedback on the Stakeholder Engagement process. The advice was to make sure that all relevant stakeholders take part in the program and that the discussions concentrate on the Key Issues identified. The methodology focusing Page 16 on the integration of Key Issues and discussion of specific strategic aspects was adjusted and agreed upon. In addition, the three development scenarios discussed in Chapter 6 were presented • A preliminary draft SEA Report was delivered on January 23, 2013. • After a comprehensive review process a final draft was delivered to the SC on April 16, 2013. • This final draft was the basis for the validation workshop which took place on May 23.2013. • The Norwegian Embassy arranged two meetings on May 27 th and June 5 th with the donor community in Uganda to present and discuss the SEA. • Based on the comments received during the validation phase, the final draft has been updated in May/June 2013. Appendix 13 deals with the comments received during the Validation Workshop. • The final SEA was delivered by the SEA Team to the SC in June 2013.

2.4 Stakeholder Engagement

The stakeholder engagement process was considered as a building block for the multi-stakeholder partnership recommended in Chapter 6.4. The principle of the partnership is interdependent engagement of all relevant stakeholders. To achieve this, the stakeholders should be fully involved in all plans and decisions. A stakeholder analysis was undertaken to determine the stakeholders to be involved in the SEA process. This resulted in a categorization of key stakeholders including 1) Government (at international, regional, national and district levels); 2) Civil Society (development organizations, NGOS, faith-based organizations, CBOs, etc.); 3) Business and Industry (private enterprises). The stakeholders that were consulted are presented for each of the key issues in Chapter 5. Further details on the Stakeholder Engagement process and a log are presented in Appendix 4.

2.5 SEA Organization and Implementation

The SEA process for the Albertine Graben is guided by a Steering Committee (SC) which is chaired by the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD) who is the formal owner of the SEA process. In addition to PEPD, the SC has members from NEMA, the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development, the Uganda Wildlife Authority, the Directorate of Water Resources Management, the Directorate of Environmental Affairs, the Department of Fisheries Resources and the Uganda Association of Impact Assessors.

The SEA was undertaken by an SEA Team comprising two international consultants (Team leader and Team coordinator) and a number of Ugandan local consultants. The international consultant is the Team leader. Further specifications of the expertise and the specific tasks of the SEA Teams are included in Appendix 11.

The Netherlands Commission for Environmental Assessment (NCEA) has been engaged by the SC to undertake Quality Assurance during the Inception phase, on the Interim report and on the final draft SEA report.

Page 17 3 BASELINE SETTING

The baseline setting gives an overview of the current situation in the Albertine Graben against which recommendations are drawn. It looks at the regional setting, the physical environment, the biological environment and the socio-economic environment.

3.1 The Regional Setting

The Albertine Graben has unique geomorphological, meteorological and biological features with complex and fragile ecosystems. The rift catchment area lies in the central plateau of Uganda with an altitude of about 620 to 5,100 metres above sea level (m.a.s.l). The lowest point in Uganda is Butiaba fish landing site on Lake Albert (620 m.a.s.l.). The Albertine Graben area comprises of different physical landscapes, climatic conditions and soils which in turn significantly influence land use systems in the area including agriculture. Because of its location in the rain shadow, the Rift Valley zone is mostly dry and hot and hence the area has serious moisture deficiency problems for agricultural activities especially during critical crop growth periods. Furthermore, soils on the Rift Valley floor are dominantly sandy with excessive drainage characteristics, making the moisture deficiency problem arising from low rainfall even worse. That notwithstanding, like any other rural community, land is an important resource since most communities are engaged in both crop farming and livestock rearing; 79.1% of the land in the Graben under agriculture, settlement and other miscellaneous land uses. The dominant cash crops grown on small scale farms include tobacco and cotton especially in Buliisa, as well as tea plantations. The dominant food crops include beans, maize and bananas although these crops are also often sold for cash income. In terms of population more than 50 percent of the population lie between 0-20 years of age. There are also slightly more females than males, however, given the increased influx of people from other regions ever since the oil exploration activities began the population structure changed. In terms of social infrastructure, road networks have greatly improved, previously most areas in the Graben were not easily accessible and population was mainly concentrated at landing sites. This is evident from the opening up of agricultural farms and encroachment into forest reserves in search of firewood and pasture. Evident is also the expansion of rural growth centres along the Hoima – Kaiso – Tonya Road which suggests increased investments by local people into the area. The oil and gas development in the region has triggered population growth within the Albertine Graben that has put pressure and competition on the scarce land resources. While an estimated 85% of the rural population depends on land for its livelihood, over 95% are smallholder farmers cultivating on an average of 2 ha of land. Agriculture is mostly rain-fed and input use is low. As a consequence, population pressure coupled with low and declining agricultural yields has resulted in the poorest farmers increasingly farming marginal land that is especially prone to degradation. Yet, the majority of farmers have limited capital and knowledge to combat land degradation and adjust to climate variability and change. In terms of governance, communities in the Albertine Graben respect both informal and formal modes of governance. Customary systems tend to dominate land ownership and the Bunyoro, Alur and Acholi Kingdoms are cultural institutions advocating for increased participation in management of petroleum activities. Based on a scenario analysis and key issues identification and analysis, a number of areas of interest relate to co-existence of the oil and gas sector with local communities. Page 18

3.2 The Physical Environment

3.2.1 Climate

The Albertine Rift experiences a sharp variation in rainfall, mainly due to variations in the landscape. The rift valley lies in the rain shadow and is thus relatively dry with precipitation rates around 850 mm/year while the highland areas on the escarpment experience around 1400 mm/year rainfall, largely due to orographic influence. The northern part of the Graben has two seasons of high rainfall (between April – May and August through to October), associated with the passing of the Inter- Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) over the region. The Albertine Graben lies astride the equator. The climate is hot with temperatures averaging 27 – 31°C with maxima consistently above 30°C and sometimes reaching 38°C. Average minimum temperatures are relatively consistent and vary between 16°C and 18°C. The average monthly humidity is between 60 and 80 percent. The long-term wind speed records from the East African Meteorological Department (1975) indicate conditions of moderate to strong or turbulent conditions. The winds increase in the afternoon. Both wind speed and direction have important implications on the dispersion potential for pollutants arising from oil and gas activities.

3.2.2 Geology and Soils

Albertine Graben is a Cenozoic sedimentary rift basin developed on the Precambrian orogenic belts of the African craton. Rifting was initiated during the late Oligocene/early Miocene. Available geological and geophysical data suggest that the Albertine Graben has undergone substantial tectonic movements and sedimentary layers of approximately 6 km thickness have been deposited in fluvial deltaic and lacustrine environments. The rocks are mainly classified as Pre-Cambrian basement and sedimentary rock formations (PEPD, 2008). Like the rest of Uganda, the rift flank of Albertine Graben is underlain by some of the world’s oldest rocks, some of which were formed as long as 3 billion years ago. The Albertine Graben is part of the East African rift system and forms the northernmost part of its western arm, which runs along the western border of Uganda with DRC. The area is seismically active resulting in active faults running NE-SW along Lake Albert (see Figure 3.1). Movements along such active fault zones lead to earthquakes and dislocation but can also trigger landslides and mass movements depending on the location. It is important to highlight existing geohazards in order to consider their impact during site selection and design of various facilities and infrastructure.

Page 19

(Source: PEPD, 2012) Figure 3.1: Tectonic setting of the wider area including the Albertine Graben forming the northernmost part of the Western arm of the East African Rift System

Ferralitic soils cover a vast part of the catchment. The soils are mainly yellowish-red clay loams on sedimentary beds. Highly leached, reddish brown clay loams are found in the extreme east of the Masindi District. There are also dark brown, black loams (Bugangari series) found along the axis of the warp. These two types of soil are of low to medium productivity. The soils of recent origin that consist of quartzite debris are found along the escarpment. Their depth depends on the vegetation cover and land use. They are suitable for coffee and maize (Harrop, 1960). Rivers and valley beds mainly have grayish-black sands, which are base deficient and acidic. These alluvial soils are of low productivity.

3.2.3 Surface waters

Aquatic ecosystems considered for this SEA are comprised by Lake Albert, the lower floodplains and the deltas of the main rivers. The sub-catchments of Lakes Albert-Edward-George that are linked via rivers Semliki and Kazinga channel respectively. A large number of rivers and streams, most of them seasonal, cascade down the escarpment to flow into Lake Albert. The major rivers (permanent and semi –permanent) include the Victoria Nile, Semliki, Waaki, Wambabya, Waiga, Wisoke, Sonsio and Hohwa. Almost all of them have extensive floodplains within the rift valley. The seasonal streams and rivers are flooded by runoff from the

Page 20 catchment areas after a heavy rainfall event. The water drains quickly into Lake Albert and the discharge in the run-off channels ceases. Seasonal rivers include Sebigoro, Kabyosi, Warwire and Nyamasoga. River Nile and River Semliki have vast deltas and sprawling floodplains of emergent shoreline wetlands. The Nile and the Semliki deltas discharge into Lake Albert at the northern and southern tips, respectively, across extensive shallow zones of the lake (<2 m deep) with a carpet of predominantly submerged aquatic flora. Rivers Waiga and Waisoke drain upper floodplains of permanent and semi-permanent wetland within the rift valley and have an extensive lower zone of swamp forest. The swamp forest fringes Lake Albert and practically merges the floodplains of the two rivers. Where the escarpment lies close to the lake, affluent rivers into Lake Albert have very short floodplains (e.g. River Wambambya) or none at all as is the case with River Waki whose floodplain is at the delta. The floodplains of inflowing rivers of Lake Albert are a vital storage zone for runoff from the catchment. Runoff translocates dissolved and particulate nutrients that support aquatic production. Runoff is also a potential conduit for contaminants such as silt and heavy metals. Floodplains and large deltas are hence reservoirs and point sources for essential nutrients for fisheries, and could carry potential contaminants like oil into Lake Albert. The land-water interface of lakes and rivers are often associated with rich species diversity and high biological productivity. The biology and ecology of most fish species in Lake Albert is, at some stage in their life history, linked to the shoreline aquatic environment of the lake. Most fish species use these shallow sandy/muddy/rocky waters close to the water-land interface as breeding, nursery and feeding grounds. The shallow deltas of River Nile and River Semliki are reportedly home to juveniles of almost all fishes in Lake Albert. While Victoria Nile contributes by far the largest inflow into Lake Albert (about 90%), most of the water immediately drains out down the Albert Nile located close to the inflow at the northern tip of the lake. The Nile water does not mix with the largest bulk of Lake Albert. As a result the water chemistry of the lake is influenced much more by the southern inflow from River Semliki (Talling and Talling 1965).

Lake Albert The lake is shallow in its northern and southern parts and along the Ugandan shoreline. It generally gets deeper in its central part stretching to the DR Congo shoreline. The waters of Lake Albert are also shared with downstream countries astride River Nile.

The morphometry of the Lake was initially recorded by Verbeke (1957) and was more recently followed up by Evans (1997) and Carp et al (2007). Lake Albert lies between 1°N and 2°N at an elevation of 615 m. The lake is approximately 170 km in length and 40 km wide. Along the faults, the bottom of the lake drops sharply to depths of 40 m in Uganda waters and over 50 m on the Congo side of the lake to the maximum recorded depth of 58 m near the escarpment. Lake Albert has a surface area of 6,800 km 2 (Verbeke, 1957) and a mean depth of 25 m. The depth profile of Lake Albert is presented in Figure 3.2. Deposition by deltas of the major inflowing rivers at the north and south end of the lake has created gentle slopes with water depths of less than 2 m close to delta boundaries. Relatively recent faulting (in geological timescales) along the North Toro-Bunyoro Fault and the Butiaba Fault has created a shelf that stretches along the northeast shoreline between Butiaba and the Kaiso-Tonya spit. This shelf is the only extensive area of waters less than 30 m deep away from the major northern and southern deltas. Page 21

(Source: NEMA, 2010) Figure 3.2: Bathymetry of Lake Albert

Thick sedimentary layers have been deposited in the lake basin since its origin including the famous Kaiso fossil beds. Sedimentation near the Semliki discharge has led to a shallow underwater bar projecting into the lake, dividing the main deep-water area near the western escarpment from a subsidiary deep groove or canyon near the eastern (Uganda) shore. The lake water is often rather turbid with fine, silt material in suspension. The water of the Victoria Nile is much less saline than that of Lake Albert. It has therefore been possible to demonstrate by conductivity measurements that even in times of floods the river water does not affect the lake beyond about 10 km from the north end. The Victoria Nile thus serves to maintain the level but has no other influence on the water of the lake except at its northern end though its rate of flow is considerably greater than that of the Semliki. The lake is well known for its frequent, severe storms and strong currents that displace and destroy fishing gears especially gillnets. Accounts on the lake by Worthington (1929a, 1930), Verbeke (1957), and Van Deren (1957) suggest a slight thermal stratification with wind induced mixing usually extending to all the depths sampled. More recent data from occasional limnological monitoring at irregular intervals during the 1990’s by scientists from the National Fisheries Resources Research Institute (NaFIRRI) summarized in Mugidde et al. (unpublished MS) suggest that thermal stratification may be more persistent.

Page 22 Challenges and data gaps:

• The trans-boundary character of the water resources of the Albertine Graben with both the Democratic Republic of Congo and the downstream countries astride River Nile poses significant challenges in relation to oil spill management planning; • Spatial and temporal data on hydrodynamics of Lake Albert and Lake Edward are virtually unknown; • There is no available data on the ambient air quality around the Graben which will make future detection of change difficult.

3.2.4 Ground Water

The static water level (SWL) which is the depth below ground level or the level of the water table in a well when there is no operational pump, varies over the entire Albertine Graben with levels ranging from 1m to over 70m. SWL gives an indication on how easily ground water can be contaminated; the shallower it is the more susceptible to contamination it is but this also depends on sediment conditions, e.g. permeability. Depth to bedrock is virtually homogeneous in this area, with only 14.50% of the soils being deep and 60.48% of them very shallow.

3.3 The Biological Environment

3.3.1 Aquatic flora & fauna

Wetland flora Prominent wetland flora is comprised by emergent, floating and submerged categories of macrophytes plus the microscopic, mostly epiphytic algae. In the Albertine Graben, the emergent aquatic macrophytes cover the floodplains of some rivers e.g. River Wambabya. They plug deltas of some rivers such as the Nile and River Semliki and form narrow fringes along the banks of most rivers flowing into Lake Albert. They also fringe parts of the shores of Lake Albert. A special case of emergent wetland is the swamp forest reported to cover most of the merged lower floodplains of River Waiga and River Wisoke in Buliisa District. Floating macrophytes are comprised by free-floating plants and rooted ones. On Lake Albert floating macrophytes are associated with shallow sheltered environments provided by the usually narrow strips of emergent aquatic flora. Rooted submerged macrophytes occur in shallow waters. In Lake Albert extensive fields of submerged macrophytes form the transition between the deltas of River Nile and River Semliki and the open lake. Other fields of submerged macrophytes are known to occur on the shallow inshore shelves along the lake shore but very little is known about their distribution and spatial extent. Wetland flora is vital to the structure and functioning of floodplain and fringing wetland ecosystems associated with Lake Albert. These wetland biotopes are believed to offer the principle food-web fabric that supports most of the major fisheries of the lake. The biggest historical fish landing beaches on Lake Albert on the Ugandan side are developed at river mouths. Such settlements include Wanseko, Bugoigo, Butiaba/Waaki and Kaiso/Tonya.

Page 23 Algae comprise a diverse and ubiquitous array of microscopic water plants. They constitute an extensive plant community of the water column - the phytoplankton. Algae and the higher aquatic plants are the primary producers of food in the aquatic environment. The benthic microscopic algae are not described in Lake Albert even though they can be important food sources for fishes feeding on shallow bottom areas in African lakes (Hecky and Hesslein 1995). Evans (1997) provides a species list, the spatial and seasonal distribution of phytoplankton species, and their biomass in Lake Albert (Uganda) for the period of 1961-1962.

Aquatic fauna Information from NAFIRRI indicates the presence of micro-invertebrates across all depth ranges with a greater species diversity in the sheltered shallow waters (< 7 m). This depth zone had abundant micro-invertebrate fauna. The earliest information on macro-invertebrates in Lake Albert, reported in Worthington (1929), indicated a lake-wide distribution of Mollusca but with clear preference for the sheltered and shallow waters (< 7 m) which had 13 species. Other unspecified macro-invertebrate fauna including a mix of insect species and prawns were also found in this depth zone. Five species of Mollusca were recovered from the relatively shallow wave-affected intermediate depth zone (7 to 20 m) while seven species were identified in the deep open waters (> 20 m).

Abundance of Zooplankton is highly seasonal with a profound minimum in abundance of all taxa between June and August. This is also a period of reduced phytoplankton abundance (Evans, 1997) and likely indicates a minimum in phytoplankton primary production under light limitation. Zooplankton is favourite food for very young fish. Its abundance in the sheltered inshore zone would be strongly associated with presence of fish fry.

Fish fauna The fish fauna of Lake Albert and the River Nile below Murchison Falls is diverse with respect to both the taxonomy and size range of component species. The earliest checklist of the fish fauna of Lake Albert was generated by Worthington (1929). It was later updated by Greenwood (1966) and Holden (1967). Lake Albert and its contiguous waters host at least 55 species classified into 14 families. There are at least 10 fish species endemic to Lake Albert. Murchison Nile registered 11 Families with 25 species while the Albert Nile had 20 species belonging to 10 Families. Haplochromines appear to be most abundant largely in sheltered inshore areas, especially in the lagoons. They are also found along rocky shorelines of the lake (Worthington, 1929) but these have not been adequately surveyed. Lates niloticus, one of the largest freshwater fishes, and the endemic Neobola bredoi , one of the smallest commercially exploited fish species, are both native here. Characterization of the fisheries of Lake Albert according to generalized ecological considerations identified three zones: - The lower floodplains and deltas of major rivers including Victoria Nile, Semliki, Muzizi and Wassa plus the shallow inshore lake fringe less than 7 m deep. This zone contains biodiversity hot spots and is a recognised breeding, nursery and refugia ground for almost all fish species in Lake Albert. It is also vital fishing ground attracting a large number of fish landing sites (see Figure 3.3); - The intermediate depth zone (7 to 20 m) includes the steeper shoreline sections with rocky underwater cliffs or in the vicinity of the spits steep sand slopes (Worthington 1929). No

Page 24 information on representative invertebrates and fish fauna were found in the literature, forming a serious knowledge gap; - The deep open water zone (>20m) covers the largest portion of the lake but it is perhaps the least known in terms of its ecology and recent faunal composition and distribution. This water zone is coming under intense exploitation with more efficient but sometimes illegal fishing gears and methods encouraged by the escalating demand for fish. Because of the threat of over fishing, the endemic Lates macrophthalmus species has been placed on the IUCN Red List as “endangered” highlighting the need for special conservation efforts. Worthington (1929) noted that only one mollusk was found as living specimens at depths greater than 40 m. The most abundant invertebrates occupying this zone are the microcrustacean zooplankton. Major data gaps include: • Lack of detailed biodiversity inventories of the floodplains and lakeshore; • Lack of economic valuation data for floodplain wetlands of the Albertine Graben; • Temporal and spatial data on hydrodynamics of Lake Albert are virtually unknown; • No recorded information on critical nursery or feeding areas for different fish species; • No seasonal studies of fishes which would allow for identification of fish habitat preferences and spawning grounds; and • Lack of recent flora and fauna data for the intermediate and the deep zones of Lake Albert.

3.3.2 Terrestrial Flora and Fauna

The Albertine rift is incredibly species rich. It is the richest area in vertebrate species on the African continent. The area has 14% of all African reptiles (175 species), 19% of Africa’s amphibians (119 species), 35% of Africa’s butterflies (1300 species), 52% of all African birds (1061 species), 39% of all African mammals (402 species), 14% of Africa’s plants (5,800 species) and over 400 fish species. The reptile and amphibian groups have, however been poorly collected in the rift and the numbers are expected to increase with more work. Of these, 35 mammal species are considered highly threatened by extinction (Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable as classified by IUCN criteria), 25 birds species, 16 amphibian species and 40 plant species are also considered highly threatened. So far 34 endemic mammals, many of which are small mammals, 41 birds, 16 reptiles, 34 amphibians and 117 butterfly endemic species have been identified in the region. Mismanagement of any part of the rift would be a threat to survival of some of these species. The Ugandan section of the Albertine Rift is the richest biodiversity area in Uganda. Figure 3.3 provides information on areas of high species richness. The delta area of Murchison Falls National Park stands out as an area of very high species richness. The Rothschild giraffe ( Giraffa camelopardalis ), with its highest population occurring in Murchison Falls national park, and the Uganda Kob ( Kobus thomasi ) have been identified by Colin Groves and Peter Grubb (2011) as new species. Rothschild giraffe is already classified as Endangered by IUCN. , Budongo and Bugoma forest reserves also have very high species richness. In the waters of Lake Albert, the southern part of the lake, the area around Kabwoya wildlife reserve, Kaiso-Tonya community wildlife area and Butyaba area show high fish diversity.

Page 25 Natural Vegetation The vegetation of the area can broadly be classified into forest, savannah, grassland and swamps. The main functions of vegetation include providing water catchments, food and biodiversity storage, climate modification and being a good ecological indicator (NEMA, 1998; Plumptre et al . 2003). Management of the forest resources is carried out by the Central Government under National Forestry Authority (NFA), the cultural institutions (Bunyoro, Alur and Acholi Kingdoms), Nyabyeya Forest College and private ownership. The natural forests have over time been degraded due to pressure on land. Human activities such as deforestation and wetland degradation have had a great influence on the natural vegetation cover. Causes of land degradation include timber cutting, clearing land for agriculture and settlement, over grazing and extraction of other resources e.g. honey, rattan and fuel wood (Masindi District Environment Profile, 2005). Challenges to resource management include lack of adequate surveys of amphibians, reptiles and small mammals, low coverage of flora and fauna surveys outside protected areas, lack of focused conservation plans for biodiversity outside protected areas, and low funding for the environment and natural resources sector both at the national and the district level, which results in inadequate monitoring of the natural resources especially by the districts officers. This is all compounded by the fact that most of the petroleum deposits have been discovered within or close to protected areas.

3.3.3 Protected and Sensitive Environments

While protected areas are designated areas protected by law, sensitive environments may have similar ecological value but without official protection status. The Albertine Graben is an area of national and international importance in terms of its outstanding biodiversity and network of protected areas. It is extremely rich in species. It has a high number of endemic species as well as endangered and threatened species (as classified by IUCN). The high diversity of habitats and species occurring in the Albertine Graben is also reflected by the fact that seventy percent (70%) of all protected areas in Uganda are located in the Graben. Of the ten (10) National Parks, seven (7) occur within the Albertine Graben. There are also twelve (12) Wildlife Reserves, thirteen (13) Wildlife Sanctuaries and five (5) Community Wildlife Areas. The Graben also has a high number of forest reserves (see Figure 3.4 ), many of which host endemic plants and animal species. Most of the viable oil and gas deposits have been discovered within or adjacent to protected areas. The specific protected areas where petroleum resources have been found are Murchison Falls National Park (including the Murchison Falls Albert Delta Ramsar site), Bugungu Wildlife Reserve, Kabwoya Wildlife Reserve, Kaiso-Tonya Community Wildlife Area and the Ramsar site along River Nile. Budongo and Budoma Forest Reserves occur in areas where infrastructural developments that will support the oil industry will occur. The definition of an environment as sensitive has been based on fragility of an ecosystem or vegetation type, its function or services, species richness and presence of endemic or threatened species, and its ease of recovery. Sensitive environments within the study area include deltas and other wetlands, riverine forests, animal breeding areas and forests. Such areas may be within or outside protected areas. Monitoring challenges are related to the lack of sufficient and up-to-date baseline information, which would be a baseline tool for monitoring change in levels of fragmentation and degradation.

Page 26

(Source: NEMA, 2010)) Figure 3.3: Species richness map combining large mammals, birds and woody plants of the study area

Water bodies (River Nile, Lake Albert, and the smaller rivers that either feed into Lake Albert or are tributaries of River Nile) and the associated wetlands are specific sensitive areas that occur in the area. They are recognized as breeding, nursery and refugia grounds for almost all fish species. The areas are also vital fishing grounds. The intermediate depth zones and deeper open waters are not well researched and significant data gaps exist for the entire lake environment. A large number of rivers and streams cascade down the escarpment to flow into Lake Albert, however, most of them are seasonal and are fed by heavy rains in the catchment areas. Major rivers can be permanent or semi-permanent. They include the Victoria Nile, Semliki, Waaki, Wambabya, Waiga, Wisoke, Sonsio and Hohwa. Almost all of them have extensive flood plains within the rift Page 27 valley and have created significant erosion features including gullies or gorges cutting into the escarpment. Some, such as the River Nile and the Semliki have not only created flood plains but also deltas and associated wetlands, which are features of high ecological value. In general, the land- water interface is rich in species diversity and high biological productivity, e.g. the Lake Albert shoreline ecosystems of sandy to sandy-clayey or boulder beaches, fringing wetlands and deltas, and the rocky cliffs. Wetland flora is vital to the structure and functioning of floodplain and fringing wetland ecosystems, which are principle food-web systems for the fish resources. Sensitive areas that will be impacted are the River Nile area in Block 1 and in wetlands, especially the spit on Lake Albert. Each of these areas has unique characteristics. Typical expected primary and secondary impacts are given in Appendix 9. The area where oil resourcess has been discovered has the highest mammal biodiversity (NEMA, 2010) in the whole of the MFNP. The area is also surrounded by water, making it an ideal watering point for wildlife during the dry season. The boundary between Kabwoya and Kaiso-Tonya is River Hohwa, which is the major water source for wildlife found in these two protected areas, especially during the dry season. The riverine forest along River Hohwa also serves as a corridor for wildlife that access Lake Albert. The delta area of MFNP is also major destination or resting place for migratory birds.

(Source: NEMA, 2010)) Figure 3.4: Protected Areas located in the wider study area

Page 28 3.4 Socio-Economic Environment

This section focuses on 4 districts of Hoima, Buliisa, Amuru and Nwoya because they span the area of consideration. It is important to note that Amuru, Nwoya and Buliisa districts are quite new. Consequently there is little or no data on their key socioeconomic issues. In the following section a discussion on the district’s population and land ownership tensions, livelihoods, poverty and income levels, access to social services and the state of the environment is presented.

3.4.1 Population and Land Ownership tensions

This section discusses the population, population growth rates, and population densities in the three districts. This is then followed by a discussion on the identified land ownership pressures in the recent past. There are no recent statistics on population, however, population estimates from 2002 are used to project the annual district population. SKRIP (2010) shows that the average population density in the region is 129 persons/km 2. This shows that the area is sparsely populated, and land ownership struggles are not based on land scarcity per se, but rather the competition for arable/fertile land and the cultural sentiments attached to communal or customary law governed land. 10.5% of the population lives in urban areas and the population density is approx. 55 persons/km 2. Human population in Hoima district was estimated at 343,480 and the population growth rate at 4.7% in 2002. The population of Buliisa district was estimated at 88,700 in 2010. The population growth rate is estimated at 4% in Buliisa district. The district is primarily rural and most people in the district are either pastoralists or subsistence agriculturalists. The discovery of oil is expected to lead to more diversification of activities across the region. The population figures in the two districts appear in Figure 3.5 below. There are no population figures for Buliisa before 2010 as it is a new district. However, the figure shows high population growth rate for Hoima.

(Source: amended after SCRIP, IFPR, 2010) Figure 3.5: Population in Hoima and Buliisa Districts 2002 – 2012

Page 29

The insecurity in the DRC and in South Sudan, as well as the porous borders of the country and the government resettlement policy leads to large influxes of refugee populations into the districts. International Alert (2009) shows that some refugees have successfully managed to settle and engage in business (trading, fishing and farming), however there are varying degrees of resentment from the natives. For example, there is growing discontent among the Banyoro and Bakiga settlers (International Alert, 2009). This however has not yielded any major clashes. Within the local communities in Amuru and Nwoya, previous episodes of war, food insecurity, long years of displacement, and land conflicts are seen as the key factors likely to spark off tensions (International Alert, 2009). Indeed this study predicts that the discovery of oil in these areas and the influx of new investors both in the oil sector and other sectors will exacerbate the pressures on the land distribution tensions. There is no single model to explain the population dynamics of the two districts. However, it is very plausible to expect a rapid population increase in these areas once oil production commences. This will of course be a result of newcomers seeking profits, jobs and markets. Such an influx of people requires these districts to draw up plans or to revise the existing ones to incorporate the demands from increased settlements e.g., health and education infrastructure demand as well as the need for increased policing.

3.4.2 Livelihoods

The major activities in the area are: crop farming, livestock husbandry, fishing, hunting, lumbering, commerce (mainly dominated by trans-boundary trading) and by provision of recreational services (tourism). There is also sizeable land area of protected areas and National Parks. Agriculture The main economic activity in Hoima, Buliisa, Nwoya and Amuru districts is agriculture. This is mainly in form of food production, although fishing in Lake Albert also contributes significantly to the economy of Hoima district. Rain fed agriculture dominates activities in the area, though in some areas irrigation is practiced in the growth of sugar cane. Agriculture production in the area is characterized by low mechanization and it is dominated by small holder farmers who depend on subsistence agriculture for their livelihoods (UBOS, 2007). The average farm size ranges between 0.5 and 2 acres. Fishing and tourism are also significant contributors to the economy. The major food crops in these districts are bananas, cassava, sweet potatoes, Irish potatoes, maize, beans, peas, groundnuts, millet and sorghum. The district of Amuru dominates in the production of sorghum, ground nuts, beans, peas and millet. Hoima produces more bananas, cassava and sweet potatoes. The productivity variation for the four districts for the major crops is given in the table below (Nwonya was curved out of Amuru and is therefore included in the Amuru data).

Page 30 Table 3.1: Productivity by District and Selected Crops (Yield in MT/Area in ha)

Crop Bananas Cassava Sweet Maize Sorghum Millet Ground Potatoes nuts

District Hoima 1.81 4.19 4.54 3.77 0.81 0.74 0.95 Buliisa 0.90 5.72 3.86 7.24 0.89 0.40 1.27 Amuru - 5.89 3.09 2.87 1.56 1.63 1.29 Source: UBOS (2010)

The figures in Table 3.1 show that Amuru district has the highest productivity for cassava and ground nuts. Hoima has the highest productivity for sweet potatoes. Buliisa district has the highest productivity for maize. The variations in productivity may be linked to improved seed and fertilizer use, but also to variations in soil quality. The major cash crops in Hoima district are tobacco, maize, beans, cassava and vegetables. It is reported that coffee production is declining due to disease and neglect resulting from low export prices (IFAD, 2009). The major identified constraints to agricultural production in the area are: decline in soil fertility; high costs of improved seeds; subsistence mindset of farmers; poor post harvest technologies; inappropriate storage systems; poor access to markets and market information; pests and crop diseases and price volatility; and insecure land tenure (TRIAS, 2010).

Fisheries The main fisheries for the region are on lakes Albert, Edward and George. In addition, the region has numerous small water bodies where fish is caught. There is also considerable investment in aquaculture. Fish catches from Lake Albert were estimated at 56,500 MT and valued at UGX 351 millions in 2010. The current trend in the fisheries variables is not very different from that on the other lakes and rivers in the country. Catches from Lake Albert have steadily declined. The factors behind this decline are: • steadily increasing fisher population in the area; • increasing use of illegal fishing gears; • weak enforcement of regulations; • increasing fish demand and markets across the border; and • open access to fish resources (MAAIF, 2010).

The increasing number of fisher folk in the last 10 years is explained by limited availability of employment opportunities outside the fisheries, and the lucrative business. Consequently catch per unit of effort has been steadily declining, and hence clear signs of fish stock declines in the Lake. The Informal Fish trading with the DRC was estimated at 53% of the regional catches (UBOS Report on Informal trading) with a value of USD 36.3 mio. Fisheries are important as a source of employment, income and food security in the region. However, the fisher folk here are mainly threatened by Schistosomiasis due to the environmental health of the lake (Dunne et al., 2006). The most affected towns are Paida, Booma, Bugoigo and Walakuba, on Lake Albert. Although fish is possibly the most socio-economically valued aquatic resource in the Albertine Graben, current fishery exploitation and management practices are unlikely to promote sustainable

Page 31 fisheries. Further, current oil and gas exploration and the proposed development and production of the resource in the Albertine Graben is likely to be accompanied by increased demand for fish leading to enhanced fishing pressure and to detrimental impacts on fish habitats in the event of environmental contamination.

Navigation on Lake Albert Lake Albert provides key navigation routes for passengers and cargo between the region and the DRC. The transport sector is dominated by small vessels and ferries. These are licensed by the district fisheries officials. However, due to the failure for the authority to make routine checks on the safety conditions of vessels plying the Lake, accidents of vessels capsizing are common. Data on such incidents and the implied losses of life and goods is, unfortunately, not readily available.

Forest resources The region has considerable proportions of the country’s moist and semi-deciduous forests where the ironwood ( Cynometra alexandri ) is the dominant species (Eggeling, 1947). The major forests here are Bugoma in Hoima district and Budongo forests in Masindi. Forests provide a spectrum of services to households and firms in the region. These include provision of timber, fuel wood energy, grounds for hunting and gathering of wild and medicinal plants and ecological services. The source of energy for rural households is predominantly fuel wood. According to Banana and Turiho-habwe (1997) forest foods make a critical contribution to the food supply in Hoima and Masindi districts. The consumption of forest foods is, however, decreasing rapidly due to the rapid degradation of forest resources, erosion of indigenous knowledge and the influence of western cultural values. The rapidly rising population and demand for energy, the insecurity of land tenure coupled with the ever increasing demand for fire wood for tobacco curing has led to the rapid reduction of the native forests (Sejjaka, 2004). Banana and Turiho-habwe (1997) indicate that the main causes of forest loss in Hoima district are clearing for agriculture, logging for timber, pit-sawing, charcoal and firewood production. While the national rate of deforestation is estimated at 2.7% per annum (Mclennan, 2008), there is no information on the estimated deforestation rates in the districts of Hoima and Buliisa. There is, however, considerable private investments in plantation forests, mainly dominated by the pine species. Thus as the hectares under native forests are dwindling, expansive coverage of hills with pine trees is widespread in the districts.

Tourist Attractions and Tourism The Albertine Graben is known for its high biodiversity. Bird watching, game hunting, butterfly watching and water sporting are some of the activities carried out in AG. The protected areas in the AG have large populations of Chimpanzees, Warthogs, Antelopes, Impalas, Buffalos, Hippopotamus, various species of monkeys and a range of other mammals. The biggest of the protected areas in the region is the Murchison Falls National Park. The highest concentration of wildlife in the park is found in the Buliji circuit, a peninsula between Lakes Albert and Victoria. The park is bordered by two Wildlife Reserves (the Karuma Wildlife Reserve (720 km 2) and Bugungu Wildlife Reserve (748 Km 2). The Budongo Forest Reserve found south of the park has about 600-700 chimpanzees. According to (SCRIP,IFPRI, 2010) the current entry fees to Murchison Falls National Park ranges from 7,500 to 10,000 shillings for a resident to gain entry for two to three nights excluding camping and other costs.

Page 32 Park entry fees for non-residents are up to 50% higher. The proportions of entry fees from tourism activities accruing to the district authorities and the local communities are not readily available. It is worthwhile to note that the study area has a number of heritage sites (mainly the Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom).

3.4.3 Poverty Levels

According to UBOS (2010), the poverty headcount ratio for the mid-western region (including Hoima, Masindi and Buliisa) is 25.3%. The poverty headcount ratio at the national poverty line (% of population) is 24.5%. This shows that the percentage of individuals estimated to be living in households with real private consumption per adult equivalent below the poverty line for these districts exceeds the national average. Thus poverty is high in the region. It is widely believed that oil exploration and production will lead to social, cultural, economic and environmental changes in the region. Further the native people have a lot of expectations about the sharing of the oil benefits.

3.4.4 Access to Social Services

There is generally low access to basic social services in the region (SCRIP,IFPRI, 2010). Access to safe water is high in Hoima district, with an estimated 77.5% of the rural population having access to it. However, safe water sources are not uniformly distributed in terms of population coverage due to the general topology of the area and population distribution. In areas where water is scarce, such as Buseruka, Bugambe and Kigorobya sub-counties, members of those communities (mainly women and children) have to walk long distances to get water. Access to safe water sources is lower in Buliisa (53%). Literacy rates in these districts are generally low. It is estimated that on average an approximate of 37.1% of the population aged 6 years and above have never attended school, with females dominating. School enrollment has recently increased following implementation of the Universal Primary Education (UPE) Policy, although the drop-out rate still remains high, again with girls dominating. The illiteracy rate in Hoima district is high, about 44% of people older than 10 years. There are a total of 188 primary schools, 32 secondary schools, and one college at Butera. SCRIP, IFPRI, 2010). SCRIP, IFPRI (2010), shows that Hoima has one hospital (government-aided and referral) and 37 health centers. With a total of 290 beds, the number of persons per bed ratio is 1,204.

3.4.5 State of the Environment

The area of consideration is well known for its biodiversity sanctuaries, forest reserves national parks and protected areas. Due the rapid population growth through natural birth and cross border and cross district immigration, there is increasing encroachment on forest reserves and protected areas. It has been widely agreed that many of the causes of environmental degradation stem from either the lack of institution of property rights or poorly instituted property rights over environmental resources. This creates a situation where private agents’ actions impact either negatively or positively on other individual’s well-being and environmental resources. The externalities at issue in these districts include deforestation, soil erosion, and the pollution caused by pesticides and other harmful inputs (Ssejaka, 2004).

Page 33 In the Masindi-Hoima area increased tobacco growing has led to the rapid increase in the deforestation rates. Many of the farmers engaged in the growing of the crop are squatters who clear big chunks of land under natural vegetation, use little fertilizer inputs, and practice shift cultivation (Ssejaka, 2004). Deforestation rates are further exacerbated by the rising demand for wood fuel for use in the curing of tobacco. Reports of severe soil erosion are evidenced in Ogen (1993). Deforestation and the loss of habitats for the eastern chimpanzee have led to human-wildlife conflict (JGI/UWA, 2002). There are frequent incidences of crop raids leading to immense losses of crop output and sometimes human injuries and loss of life (McLennan, 2008). NEMA (2010) reported widespread poaching and sedimentation of the water bodies as other forms of environmental management problems in the region. The main identified sources of environmental degradation are: climate change, soil erosion and sedimentation of water bodies, deforestation, rapid population increase due to search for prime rangelands, new settlements for war refugees from within the country and across borders, over- fishing, wetland conversion, invasive species and wide spread poaching of wild life.

3.4.6 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage

The AG holds a number of important cultural heritage and historical sites (like Fort Magungu in Kilyango village in Buliisa district), burials and graves as well as paleontological sites. Since 1965, 41 new paleontological sites have been identified in the AG. Four Pleistocene localities are found in the region of Nkondo, a site for paleontological findings as well as mammalian fossils. A site at Hohwa River is also rich in fossils. Kaiso site at the eastern shore of Lake Albert and south-east of Ndondo is very important for paleontological research as it holds plant fossils of about 2.5 mio and fossilized horns of the extinct long-horned Buffalo of about 2.6 million years age. In the 19th century the state was mainly supported by cattle pastoralist and small stock husbandry together with substantial cultivation places. In addition trade in several key commodities like salt and iron were probably important in the maintenance of the centralized authority. The first Babito King Isingoma Mpunga Rukidi is traditionally credited with the development of iron and salt industries of Bunyoro Kitara kingdom. Kibiro salt was an important component in the Bunyoro economy. In the pre-historical economy, the region and Kibiro in particular provide insight into the origins of salt economy and cultural relationships of some people who formed part of that state. The archaeology of the AG is unique in western Uganda. The iron-using agriculturalists of the last millennium left behind good stratified deposits of material culture in terms of iron slag, pottery, salt pans, etc. Today, the Kingdom of Bunyoro-Kitara is the remainder of a once powerful empire of Kitara that included present-day Masindi, Hoima, Kibale, Kabarole and Kasese districts and also parts covering present-day Western Kenya, Northern Tanzania and Eastern Congo. Related to the kingdom there are heritage sites like Mparo tombs, Katasiiha fort and cultural site, Kabalega’s forts in different parts of the oil region, Buhimba fort, cultural site in Masindi, Karuzika-Hoima Palace, Kihande in Masindi, Kibiro hot spring, Waraga tombs and Nyabweya. Traditional sites comprise palaces and living culture (traditional beliefs and practices, cultural trees and shrines). Palaces are included in this definition as they were re-instituted by the 1993 reinstitution of traditional assets. The area is not only occupied by the Banyoro, but also other tribes, most of them having migrated into the area during the Congo wars and northern insurgence (1986 to

Page 34 2003). Just like other traditional people in different parts of Africa, the inhabitants of the area had their small gods which they used to worship in the forest and hill in different parts of the region. These tribes include Acholi, Lango, Alur, Bangungu and the Baluli. Some of these have been assimilated into the early inhabitants hence use the Alur, Runoyo or Lugungu language as medium of communication.

Page 35 4 LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK. POLICIES, PLANS AND PROGRAMS

This chapter presents the current legal and institutional framework on environmental management in Uganda with specific emphasis on oil and gas exploration and production in the Albertine Graben. The current Policies, Plans and Programs by the government with regard to oil and gas exploration, production and eventual management and implications to environment management in the Graben are also described. The initial framework for environment management of oil and gas activities in Uganda was provided in the National Oil and Gas Policy (2008). The policy has one of the key principles as the “ Protection of the Environment and Biodiversity ”. A corresponding objective is “To ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity”. It should be noted that the existing laws on environmental protection, such as the National Environment Act, 1995, the Uganda Wild Life Act, 2000, the National Forest and Tree Planting Act, 2003, the Water Act, 1997, the Fisheries Act and their respective regulations, were developed without oil and gas discoveries in consideration as they were formulated earlier. Yet, the discoveries have been made in an area that is rich in biodiversity and ecologically sensitive. However, the inadequacies in the aforesaid legislation have been acknowledged. This calls for urgent reformation and review so as to harmonize and improve the legal framework. Efforts are also needed on harmonizing the legislations with the current global and national developments with focus on best practices including Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) standards in this rather nascent yet pivotal oil and gas sector. More details about relevant environmental laws and regulations, international/regional conventions/agreements are presented in Appendix 5.

4.1 Legal Framework

The legal framework on environmental management in Uganda is provided for in a series of laws, including the constitution of Uganda (1995), as well as other principal and subsidiary legislation. The overall objective for the legal framework is to provide measures necessary to protect and preserve the environment from abuse, pollution and degradation as well as to promote environmental awareness. It is also geared towards achieving sustainable social and economic development, by ensuring that natural resources are harnessed and exploited in a balanced and sustainable manner for the present and future generations. This is explicitly provided in Article 245 of the Constitution of Uganda and also features as objective No. 27 in the national objective and directive principles of state policy in the constitution. The next sections present a brief account of the salient provisions of some of the relevant legislations that are expected to have a bearing on the SEA.

4.1.1 The Constitution of Uganda, 1995

The constitution of Uganda is the principal legislation in the country from which all laws, regulations and institutional policies derive validity. According to Article 254 of the constitution, parliament is given express mandate to pass legislations that are meant to preserve and protect the environment from abuse. Articles 244 and 26 of the Constitution of Uganda, 1995, also vests ownership and control of petroleum in or under any land or waters into the government. This means that the Page 36 government has a paramount right of ownership over petroleum except that where such petroleum deposits are discovered in a private person’s piece of land, the government will be obliged to adequately compensate the affected land owner before taking over his or her land. Such compensation is assessed in accordance with the valuation principles laid out in Section 78 of the Land Act (Cap 227) briefly explained in Appendix 5. In the Albertine Graben, compensation, livelihood restoration and resettlement are affecting co- existence of oil and gas activities with local communities. As the Constitution provides, land take for petroleum activities in the Graben should involve regulated compensation and livelihood restoration as well as adequate planning and sensitization of communities. Emphasis should be on the tools and methods in resettlement action planning so as to ensure that communities have no fears of unfair compensation.

4.1.2 The National Environment Act, Cap 153, 2000

The National Environment Act is the principal law on environmental management in Uganda. It establishes the National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) as the overall body, charged with the management of environmental issues and provides for sustainable management of the environment. The Authority, in consultation with the lead agencies, is empowered to issue guidelines and prescribe measures and standards for the management and conservation of natural resources and the environment. The Act provides for environmental monitoring and impact assessment; environmental audit; environmental restoration orders and improvement notices; environmental easements; environmental performance bonds; licensing and standard setting; use of economic and social incentives; civil and penal sanctions, including community service, among others. It establishes the Policy Committee on Environment; the National Environment Fund and a collaborative framework with lead agencies and other stakeholders in environmental management. The main gap regarding enforcement and compliance to environmental standards by the Oil and Gas sector is inadequate support by the current licenses and Permits to the application of “Polluter Pays Principle”. Although this Act provides for environmental protection, it does not specifically address the issues related to oil and gas exploration, production and transportation. NEMA does not also have adequate capacity to deal with the peculiar environmental challenges posed by the discovery of oil and petroleum in the Albertine Graben. The National Environment Act, Cap. 153 is, therefore, one of the legislations that are undergoing review to ensure that oil and gas activities are provided for.

4.1.3 The Petroleum Supply Act, 2003

This Act provides for the supervision, monitoring, importation, exportation, selling and distribution of petroleum products. It also vests in the minister responsible for the petroleum sector supervisory powers over all dealers in petroleum products. The key objectives of this Act is the need to ensure that petroleum supply in Uganda is adequate, economical for dealers and consumers, as well as the need to strengthen government capacity to regulate the petroleum sector among others. The Act also provides for a Commissioner of PEPD, who, together with the technical staff under him, to carry out petroleum exploration promotion, initiate petroleum legislation and monitor oil companies’ compliance with existing laws, regulations and agreements.

Page 37 This act is to superseded by the new petroleum legislations and any environmental matters that arise are provided for as discussed in section 4.1.4

4.1.4 The Petroleum Act, 2013 and Petroleum Bill, 2012

"The new Petroleum Act (Exploration, Development and Production) enacted in 2013 repeals the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act, 1985 as revised in 2000 which successfully guided the sector through the initial promotion efforts and subsequent licensing of international oil companies that led to the discovery of commercial oil reserves in 2006. "

The Petroleum Act provides for the promotion, licensing and exploration of petroleum in the country, but following the Oil and Gas Policy of 2008, the Government embarked on a new law (the Petroleum Bill 2012) which was passed by parliament. The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013 was assented to by the President on the 21st March, 2013 and commenced on 5th April, 2013 while the Petroleum (Refining, Gas Processing, Conversion, Transportation and Storage) Bill, 2012 is awaiting accentuation by the President. According to the Oil and Gas Policy, a new Act is to, among other things, include provisions for the development and production of natural gas; bring on board international best practices in areas like Improved Oil Recovery (IOR) together with Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) standards; provide a harmonious relationship with the proposed law on management of petroleum revenues; provide for National participation as an effort to enhance value creation by oil and gas activities; and provide for a more competitive licensing process. The new Act will also take recognition of the Petroleum Supply Act (2003), and adequately relate to the emerging issues of the midstream petroleum sub-sector (i.e. oil and gas transportation, processing and refining).

(i) The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act, 2013 The objective and principle of the Act is to give effect to article 244 of the Constitution; to regulate petroleum exploration, development and production; to establish the Petroleum Authority of Uganda; to provide for the establishment of the National Oil Company; to regulate the licensing and participation of commercial entities in petroleum activities; to provide for an open, transparent and competitive process of licensing; to create a conducive environment for the promotion of exploration, development and production of Uganda's petroleum potential; to provide for efficient and safe petroleum activities; to provide for the cessation of petroleum activities and decommissioning of infrastructure; to provide for the payment arising from petroleum activities; to provide for the conditions for the restoration of derelict lands; to repeal the Petroleum (Exploration and Production) Act, Cap 150; and for related matters. The Act came into force on 5 th April, 2013.

(ii) The Petroleum (Refining, Gas Processing, Conversion, Transportation and Storage) Bill, 2012. The Act is to give effect to article 244 of the Constitution; to regulate, petroleum refining, gas processing and conversion, transportation and storage of petroleum, to promote policy formulation, coordination and management of petroleum refining, gas processing and conversion, transportation and storage; to provide for third party access to infrastructure; to provide for an open, transparent and competitive process of licensing by the Minister responsible for petroleum; to provide for health

Page 38 and safety environment; to provide for cessation of petroleum activities and decommissioning of petroleum facilities and infrastructure and to provide for related matters. The SEA Team reviewed the Bills and prepared recommendations in form of advisory notes for strengthening environmental provisions. It is expected that with coming into force of the two bills, the Legal framework in this sector will become strengthened.

4.2 Regulations

Besides principal legislations, otherwise called Acts of parliament, there are also a number of subsidiary legislations (regulations) which equally affect environmental protection in the oil and gas sector in Uganda. One of the key regulations is The Petroleum (Exploration and production)(Conduct of exploration operations) Regulations, 1993. The Petroleum (Exploration and production)(Conduct of exploration operations) Regulations, 1993. These are a set of regulations currently guiding the conduct of operations in the upstream petroleum sub-sector. There is need to revise these regulations in order to take into consideration the global improvements in technology over the recent past together with the increasing concern for environmental conservation and sustainable development. This will include implementation of international best practices for flaring during flow testing of oil and gas wells. The improved regulations will also better address the operations and activities undertaken during the development and production of oil and gas. The activities to be regulated under the upstream petroleum sub- sector shall include exploration, development and the production of oil and gas. The new regulations will be in harmony with those for midstream (refining and transportation) and downstream (petroleum products distribution, marketing and sales) petroleum activities. There are several other regulations that are of particular relevance to environmental protection in the oil and gas sector. These are presented in Appendix 5.

Other Regulations In connection with the review process for the National Environment Act, Cap. 153 Act, the following regulations are also under review:

• Regulations and Audit • Effluent discharge • Noise regulations • Waste management New regulations are being formulated on “Air Quality”. The “Oil Spills Liability” draft is currently updated and “Oil Spill Contingency” is being drafted. New guidelines will be prepared on “Waste Management”. Existing guidelines that are relevant for environment management:

• Physical Planning Regulations, 2011 • Guidelines to the Physical Planning Act 2010 • National Physical Planning Standards and Guidelines, 2011 Regulations and guidelines on waste management are particularly overdue and the process for their development needs to be expedited.

Page 39 4.3 International and Regional Conventions/Treaties, and guidelines

Uganda, just like many other states, is an active player in regional and international environment matters. According to the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD, 2010), there are already existing frameworks for regional cooperation in petroleum matters through the Committee on Energy of the East African Community of which Burundi, Kenya, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda are members. Harmonizing policies, laws and fiscal framework for the oil and gas sector is one of the key matters being worked on by this committee. Since 1990, Uganda has also had an Agreement of cooperation with the Democratic Republic of Congo. This agreement was amended in January 2008. Under this arrangement, Uganda has made available to DRC data and information in the public domain and has invited representatives from DRC to the data room to view data that are not in the public domain to allay any fears that Uganda may be doing something that may jeopardize the interests of DRC. More agreements will probably be executed with other neighboring countries to more specifically cater for oil and gas exploration and production. At the international scene, Uganda is a party to several international treaties as explained in Appendix 5.

4.4 Compliance and Enforcement

4.4.1 Compliance

Compliance monitoring has been undertaken for purposes of detecting violations, supporting compliance to specific conditions in the laws, regulations and various permits, providing evidence for enforcement response and building compliance statistics. Compliance monitoring takes various forms namely self-monitoring, inspections, citizen complaints and area monitoring. Specifically for oil and gas activities, compliance monitoring started in the mid- 1990 and increased in the mid-2000 when oil and gas activities intensified. The companies involved in oil and gas exploration and production use indicators related to environmental resources such as water or degrade these resources through the various activities they carry out such as discharge of effluent from their operations, disposal of drilling cuttings etc. Strategically, oil exploration and production companies are required to carry out self-monitoring and submit their data to the various environmental agencies on a quarterly basis. Inspections are carried out by the regulators but these are sometimes not well coordinated and harmonized. In addition, due to limited financial and human resources, the frequency of monitoring has been quite low, sometimes once every quarter. Announced and a few unannounced inspections have been undertaken, single and multi-disciplinary teams of Officers have carried out monitoring of compliance involving also districts’ key technical staff. Observations from the SEA Team reveal that compliance monitoring remains a challenge at district level given the rigor required for monitoring and level of sensitivity of the sector. As proposed earlier a compliance monitoring system can be strengthened and staff at local government level given sector specific tools to enable them to adequately monitor activities. Further description of relevant monitoring tools is presented in Appendix 5.

Page 40 4.4.2 Enforcement

The following tools are used by the regulators namely National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA), Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD), Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM). These are listed below and described in Appendix 5:

• National laws and policy instruments • Permits • Production Sharing Agreements (PSA) • Field operations plans • National Park Management Plans and regulations • Inspection • Reporting • Delegated Authority • Self-Regulation

4.5 Institutional Framework and Capacity

The institutional framework and capacity for the oil and gas sector is considered in the SEA as a mechanism that will influence the management of the petroleum resources and activities with crucial implications to the environment. The Government has underlined the importance of the institutional capacity issue through a national program on “Strengthening the management of the Oil and Gas sector in Uganda”. The purpose of the program is: “To put in place institutional arrangements and capacities to ensure well-coordinated and results oriented Resource management, Revenue management, Environmental management and HSE management in the oil and gas sector” in order to contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the National Oil and Gas Policy. Objective 9 of the NOGP is specifically relevant to environment management and the SEA, that is, “to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity. Objective 8 provides a framework to support the development and maintenance of national expertise. Institutional capacity is to be built for both the authorities and national entrepreneurs and the oil companies operating in the country which are expected to contribute to this effort and in the transfer of technology.

4.5.1 General Governance Structure

The Policy direction for the petroleum sector is the responsibility of the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD). However, Government’s institutional reform policy of Regulatory Best Practice (RBP) recommends separate institutions for policy, regulation and the business/commercial aspects of the oil and gas sub sector. Therefore, while MEMD handles the policy aspects, new institutions will be set up to handle the regulatory and business/commercial aspects. The regulatory functions will be handled by the Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU) while the business/commercial aspects will be handled by the Uganda National Oil Company (NATOIL). The roles and relevance to environment management of oil and gas of the State, the Ministry, the new institutions as well as other institutions of Government and Civil Society are discussed in the next paragraphs.

Page 41 The role of Parliament According to the National Oil and Gas Policy, the specific role of parliament in Uganda’s petroleum sector is to enact petroleum legislation, to enact the proposed legislation for the management of petroleum revenues and to monitor performance in the petroleum sector through policy statements and annual budgets. The key challenge will be the capacity of parliament to ensure that environmentally streamlined legislation and policies are enacted and adequately financed.

The Ministry Responsible for Oil and Gas The mission of the Ministry is: “To promote, develop, strategically manage and safeguard the rational and sustainable utilization of energy, petroleum and mineral resources for economic and social development. Currently MEMD will continue to play all the roles of Government for the oil sector including policy making and implementation, regulation of the sub-sector and managing the commercial/business aspects until the new institutions are established. For more efficient management, of the sector, the policy recommends establishment of the Directorate of Petroleum.

The Directorate of Petroleum Among the roles of the Directorate, the following are considered relevant for environment management:

• Initiating, developing and implementing oil and gas policy • Submitting draft legislation to Parliament • Issuing Petroleum Regulations • Proposing Petroleum Administration • Negotiating, endorsing and administering PSA’s • Approving Plans for Field Development • Approving data management systems • Recommending the option to exercise state participation in development and production of oil and gas • Ensuring dissemination of information on oil and gas activities. The relevant Department for petroleum affairs is the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department, PEPD.

The Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU) An authority shall be put in place to regulate the different players in the sub-sector. The specific roles of the PAU that are specific to environment management include:

• Proposing and implementing Regulations • Assisting in proposing and implementing petroleum legislation • Assisting in proposing and implementing oil and gas policy • Assisting in negotiating and administering PSAs • Assessing Plans for Field Development • Assessing tail-end production and abandonment • Ensuring that licensees uphold laws, regulations, rules and contract terms • Ensuring Health, Safety and Environmental standards in oil and gas operations • Ensuring appropriate implementation of petroleum legislation • Assisting in the acquisition of data for use in promoting unlicensed areas.

Page 42 The SEA concern is capacity for the authority to streamline environmental issues into development and implementation of the legislation and regulations and ensuring that appropriate environmental data is part of the database supporting licensing areas.

The Uganda National Oil Company (NATOIL) The NATOIL will handle the national commercial interests in the sub sector, e.g. state participation in the licences and marketing the country’s share of oil and gas production received in kind. The SEA concern is capacity to integrate eco-labeling to flagship Uganda’s best environmental practices in oil and gas production.

Other Government Ministries and Agencies As provided in the policy, the SEA considers the roles of Government stakeholders including Ministries that are responsible for policies relevant to oil and gas, and operational/managerial agencies dealing with implementation and regulation. The SEA considers the following as crucial:

• National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) is responsible for approving environmental impact assessments and reports for mining projects. • The recently formed Uganda Chamber of Mines and Petroleum and relevant groupings that may come in place will constitute the main stakeholders of institutional framework for the development of the sector. Other key ministries and agencies that comprise the institutional framework are presented in Appendix 5.

Civil Society and Traditional/Cultural Institutions These have a role in advocacy, mobilization and facilitating dialogue with communities. A major issue is the capacity of Civil Society and Cultural Institutions in undertaking this role.

Business /Private sector The NOGP recognizes the role of the private sector on the basis of the contribution to the development of an oil and gas sub sector through investment in productive sectors of the economy, development of new economic and social infrastructure, increasing power generation capacity and the general enhancement of energy security through production and refining of oil. This is seen to be in line with Uganda’s Poverty Eradication Action Plan (PEAP) that focuses on promoting private- sector led economic growth.

Page 43

4.5.2 Institutional framework for environment management of oil and gas

Institutional Framework defined under the NOGP The institutional framework provided in the NOGP provides wider designates NEMA and UWA for specific roles that cater for environment managment. NEMA is designated for the following roles:

• Co-ordinating the processes of environmental impact assessments for oil and gas activities. • Carrying out, alongside other stakeholders, environmental monitoring and audits of oil and gas activities. • Ensuring and monitoring compliance of oil and gas activities with environmental guidelines. • Issuing guidelines for strategic environmental assessment. • Harmonizing national performance standards in the oil and gas sector on environmental sustainability with international standards.

The role of Uganda Wildlife Authority is defined as follows:

• Monitoring compliance of oil and gas activities to regulations governing operations in wildlife protected areas. • Harmonizing national and international performance standards on wildlife protected areas • Monitoring the impact of oil and gas activities on wildlife protected areas. • Participating in evaluation of Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) and environmental audits for oil and gas activities. • Issuing consent to undertaking petroleum operations in wildlife protected areas.

Environment Management Pillar

The Government instituted an environment management pillar as one of three pillars for the management of oil and gas in the country. The environment management pillar comprises institutions with a mandate to manage the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity and whose heads form the strategic level monitoring team. The institutions include: National Environment Management Authority (NEMA), Directorate of Water Resources Management (DRWM), Directorate of Environmental Affairs (DEA), National Forestry Authority (NFA), Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), Department of Fisheries Resources (DFR), and Ministry of Lands Housing and Urban Development (MLHUD). A multi-sectoral technical team was also instituted at national level to inspect oil exploration activities on a quarterly basis. The team includes the following institutions: NEMA, PEPD, UWA, DWRM, NFA, Fisheries and Department of Occupational Health and Safety. However, environment management of oil and gas requires a multi-sectoral approach involving institutions that have been designated as resource and revenue management pillars, as well as the institutions that have been highlighted for the governance of oil and gas. The multi-sectoral institutional structure for environment management is illustrated in Figure 4.1.

Page 44

Figure 4.1: Generic institutional framework for environment management of oil and gas

The main challenge with the institutional framewok is the capacity of the environment management pillar institutions in fulfilling their mandate to manage the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity. The details of capacity issues and recommendations are provided in Chapter 6.4.

4.6 Policies, Plans and Programs

This chapter presents an overview of Policies, Plans and Programs (PPPs) to be considered when Key Issues are identified (see Chapter 2 for more details) and further assessment of how to link these to existing laws/regulations and PPPs is undertaken. PPPs provide the context for the SEA and they are the key subjects of the assessment for environmental consequences. In broad terms, the policies to be considered in the Albertine SEA are the proposed government actions and options at the highest level. A policy, unlike a law, is an outline of what government hopes to achieve and the methods and principles it will use to achieve them. It states the goals of the institution, mostly, the ministry. A policy document is as such not a law but it often identifies new laws needed to achieve its goals. In Uganda, there are several policies related to environmental protection, such as the National oil and gas Policy, 2008, the National Environment Protection Policy, the Water Policy etc. On the other hand, plans and programs prescribe options and measures for carrying out a proposed course of action for a particular policy sector. A number of plans and programs have been prepared for the oil and gas sector. Here below is a brief account of some of the most relevant policies to the oil and gas sector that are relevant for the SEA process.

Page 45 4.6.1 Policies

THE NATIONAL OIL AND GAS POLICY FOR UGANDA (NOGP, 2008) Consideration for environmental management is entrenched in the fourth Principle of the NOGP, which is “Protection of the environment and biodiversity”. It integrates an operational objective (objective 9) pertaining to the environment which is to: “ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity among the 10 objectives of the National Oil and Gas Policy. However, the National Oil and Gas Policy focuses more on upstream and midstream activities, and provides complementary action on downstream issues from the Energy Policy of 2002. Concerning environmental management, the NOGP focuses on institutional framework aimed at addressing environmental and biodiversity issues, capacity, as well as monitoring the impact of oil and gas activities, promoting self-regulation and environmental restoration. Further, the NOGP recommends the upgrading of environmental and biodiversity legislation to address oil and gas activities, strengthen institutions with a mandate to manage the impact of oil and gas activities on biodiversity and, to develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors. The policy also assesses the following likely environmental impacts of oil and gas activities on the environment: energy use (clean energy for human health and reduction on dependence of biomass energy), air, and water and land pollution and infrastructure development. The use of the “Polluter Pays Principle” in pollution control and management is also encouraged in this policy. In addition, the NOGP provides for revenue sharing in which each district is to receive 7% of the revenues generated from its extracted deposits. These funds will be a constant amount which is exchange rate immune. The resources are strictly for use in the development of the respective district social and economic infrastructure. The basis for determining the percentage that goes to districts is not clear. However, the idea is to keep a bigger percentage of the revenues at the center (MPFED, and is held in trust) such that at the end of the extraction period, the center can use the funds to support continued social and economic development in the districts. The draft public finance bill takes this issue further. The main challenge with the revenue sharing provision, however, is managing the different expectations from the various stakeholders. For example, the Bunyoro kingdom’s demand is 15%. With time also the expected increase in population and other economic influences such as inflation acerbate the challenges of revenue sharing and bear on stakeholder participation and relations. The NOGP also provides for institutional arrangements for management of various aspects of oil and gas sector, including those for managing environmental aspects.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT POLICY (1994) The National Environment Management Policy provides for the institutional structure as well as policy measures for environmental management in Uganda. The overall goal of the policy is sustainable social and economic development, which maintains or enhances environmental quality and resources productivity on a longer-term basis that meets the needs of the present generations without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. The specific objectives of the policy are to:

Page 46 • Enhance health and quality of life of all Ugandans and promote long-term sustainable economic development through sound environmental and natural resources management and use. • Integrate environmental concerns in all development-oriented policies, planning and activities at national, district and local levels, with participation of the people. • Conserve, preserve and restore ecosystems and maintain ecological processes and life support systems, including conservation of national biodiversity. • Optimize resource use and achieve sustainable level of resource consumption. • Raise public awareness to understand and appreciate linkages between environment and development. • Ensure individual and community participation in environmental improvement activities.

This Policy sufficiently addresses general requirements for environment management but by treating environment as a crosscutting issue, certain aspects of environmental management e.g., management of extractive industries in national parks is not adequately addressed. The policy does not also sufficiently provide for mechanisms needed to mitigate environment degradation in areas where oil exploration and production will take place. However, in order to address the challenges of integrating environmental concerns in all policies, plans and programmes the Strategic Environment Assessment Steering committee was created in order to increase understanding of sector specific environmental concerns in the planning of line ministries. This team recommends that a social and environment management system be developed and implemented for sustainability. The aim would be to discuss different mitigation options, indicators and the need for compliance incentives where applicable. Additional relevant policies are included in Appendix 5.

4.6.2 Plans

The SEA is addressing the key strategic plans according to consultations with relevant stakeholders. Plans which are not highlighted are also important and should be further followed up in the implementation of the SEA.

NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (NDP) 2010 The NDP is the overarching framework for national development planning. The NDP 2010 outlines strategic actions for improving public sector management and administration including oil and gas. The plan emphasizes establishment of new and strengthening the existing regulatory agencies within government to ensure proper and efficient regulation in critical sectors including oil and gas industry. The NDP also emphasizes specialized human resource training to be carried out for personnel in key sectors including the Oil and Gas to so that the skills gaps are addressed in order to enhance efficiency and productivity in existing and emerging sectors of the economy.

OIL AND GAS SECTOR DEVELOPMENT AND INVESTMENT STRATEGY/PLAN (2010) The plan is part of the program by the Uganda Government through MEMD and the Government of Norway Strengthening the Management of the Oil and Gas Sector in Uganda. The investment plan is a live document which can be updated annually in the event that the expected results do not materialize or new, promising opportunities emerge. Investments planning will focus on three thematic areas approved for the program: Page 47 • Preparing a detailed integrated field development plan • Developing an oil and gas utilization plan • Preparing technical and economic feasibility studies for prioritized investment requirements.

BASIN WIDE DEVELOPMENT PLAN Following significant exploration success in 2009 and the progress made in forming a new aligned partnership, the focus is now on delivering an accelerated development program. The oil industry is working with the Government of Uganda on clearly defining the phases of development. Phase 1 is already under way. Lake Albert Phase 1: This involved the development in Block 2 of the Nzizi gas field, to fuel a regional thermal power station, and the Mputa oil field for industrial consumption within Uganda. An extended well testing program was planned to support development planning of Kasamene and subsequent fields. This program, which focused on gathering essential dynamic production data and testing proposed production systems, commenced in mid-2010, starting with the Kasamene field. The crude oil produced from the testing operations will be used to supply fuel to local industrial users and provide the first domestically produced oil in sub-Saharan East Africa following other Sub-Saharan countries as South Sudan, Nigeria, Gabon, Republic of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Côte d’Ivoire, Chad, Cameroon, and Angola. The appraisal drilling and well testing will be complemented by in-fill 2D and 3D seismic acquisition. Beyond Phase 1: The first objective of the new proposed partnership was to agree on a Basin Wide Development Plan that will encompass the production of the northern and southern fields via an integrated infrastructure. A refinery will be developed to supply the national and regional demand. If there is any excess crude, an export option may be considered. The plan is not yet available.

MANAGEMENT PLANS FOR PROTECTED AREAS The various protected areas in the AG have general management plans, some of which are outdated. There is therefore a need to update or develop new management plans. In cases where oil development is approved, such plans have to be updated to consider the sensitivity and values of the protected area as well as the aspects and impacts from oil activities. The process of updating Management Plans for areas such as Murchison Falls National Park, Maramagambo Forest Reserve and Queen Elizabeth National park to consider aspects related to oil and gas is currently underway.

OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN Oil spill contingency planning will provide guidance on national oil spill responses and actions including a risk analysis of the oil and gas activities and stakeholder sensitization. It will provide a comprehensive framework to guide mitigation efforts. The petroleum activities in Lake Albert region are being undertaken in a sensitive ecosystem. River Nile which runs towards Sudan is an international resource. In addition, oil transportation activities may involve oil spills/accidents, which will need a comprehensive framework to guide mitigation efforts. The National Oil Spill Contingency plan is being developed and is expected to be in place in 2013.

PLANS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF AN OIL REFINERY AT KABAALE A refinery covering an area of 29 km2 is planned at Kabaale village, Buseruka sub-county, Hoima District for an initial capacity of 20,000 barrels per day which will subsequently be expanded to Page 48 60,000 bbls/d and finally 120,000 bbls/d or even 180,000 bbls/d if demand for the products exists. This follows establishment of commercial quantities of oil and gas deposits in the area east of Lake Albert and the Nile Delta north of Lake Albert in the Districts of Hoima, Buliisa and Nwoya. As the crude has a pour point around 40°C and a high wax content, it requires heating to keep the oil in liquid state. The refinery feasibility study (2011) has therefore recommended that the refinery should be constructed close to the producing oil fields to avoid lengthy and costly pipeline transportation and to optimize the value from the oil resources. As a result of the refinery planning significant infrastructure developments will be carried out in the project area. This will require construction of roads, pipelines and development of construction camps and settlements. An environmental baseline study is to be commissioned to ensure that any significant environmental and social aspects are considered during the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) phase and that the identified issues are integrated in the early planning stages of the project and serve as a basis against which future impacts can be measured or monitored.

PLANS FOR TRANSPORT OF OIL FROM THE FIELDS TO THE REFINERY A feasibility study for the development of pipelines and storage facilities for crude oil and gas in Uganda was finalized in January 2012. The study evaluated the commercial feasibility of two crude oil pipelines and associated storage facilities to transport crude oil from a northern and southern central processing facility to the central refinery including required pump stations, block valves and pigging facilities. Scenarios also included gas and oil transportation from additional fields. The crude oil properties require permanent heating of the oil pipelines as part of the design to ensure continued flow. As the northern and southern central processing facilities are more or less defined, there are not many options regarding pipeline routing.

PLANS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF A PETROLEUM BASE AT BUTIABA A private developer, the East African Petroleum Services Ltd. (EAPS) has proposed to construct and operate a petroleum base at Butiaba. EAPS is a company set by the Norwegian NorSea Group and the Ugandan logistics operator Mineral Services Ltd. (MSL Logistics) aiming to provide warehousing, repair, drilling waste treatment and disposal, water treatment and sewage, laboratory services, emergency preparedness, storage and transportation among others. Construction of the base is underway but is not yet decided which facilities will be established at the base and what services are finally offered as not all approvals have yet been obtained.

NATIONAL WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (2006) The strategy aims to provide direction for water quality management in Uganda in terms of strategic targets, actions and implementation plan and possible funding requirements. The strategy has its key principle and policy related objective to link the water quality monitoring objectives with a set of environmental values given in Clause 4.3.3 of the National Water Policy, 1999, national and international commitments and national environmental responsibilities. The integrated monitoring and assessment framework that the strategy presents addresses basic ambient monitoring , operational and affluent monitoring, preventive measures as well as a data management framework that can benefit the processes of addressing water resources management in the Albertine region.

NATIONAL TRANSPORT MASTER PLAN (2008-23) The National Transport Master Plan including a Transport Master Plan for Greater Kampala Metropolitan Area (NTMP/GKMA) is a 15-year strategy framework for development of the transport

Page 49 sector involving overall planning of the medium-term economic and social development of Uganda. It is a comprehensive long-term plan for the whole sector, covering investment needs, and a whole transport framework including policy and strategy; the institutional, legal and financial framework; and other relevant aspects, including land and environment, stakeholder interests, and capacity building. The long term view of the sector envisions the Rail Transport Sub-Sector beyond 2023, with a possibility for a Kampala-Nakasongola-Gulu, with a branch off to the oil fields in the Albertine catchment area and possible electrification of the network in total or in part. The plans include expanded air transport. Therefore, there is need to take into account the influence of these plans on future oil and gas activities and the socio-economic as well as ecological implications. The strategy recognizes that environmental protection will be a critical factor in infrastructure development. One of the key aspects of the draft strategy and policy paper is to ensure that all transport development projects are subject to environmental impact assessments (EIA’s) approved by the National Environmental Management Authority.

THE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN FOR THE ALBERTINE GRABEN 2012-2017 Uganda has prepared an environmental monitoring plan for the Albertine Graben to cover a period between 2012 and 2017. The plan was prepared under an established environmental monitoring program in the Albertine Graben covering ecological and societal issues as part of management actions in connection with the planned activities of oil and gas exploration. The program is funded by the Norwegian Government under the Environmental Management Pillar of the Uganda oil for development program. NEMA is the lead agency in Uganda for developing and managing the monitoring program, including the process of establishing it. The process has been highly participatory and started with a scoping workshop attended by various major stakeholders in April 2011. The Norwegian Institute for Nature Research (NINA) was contracted by the Directorate for Nature Management, Norway, to facilitate the workshop (Thomassen & Hindrum, 2011). The new monitoring plan for the Albertine Graben provides a framework with indicators based on valued ecosystems services that would enable different stakeholders assess performance of the sector, however, a Social and Environment Management System needs to be developed under PEPD to further enhance ongoing interventions while bringing on board all stakeholders and addressing coordination issues. Other plans that have a bearing on environment management of oil and gas include:

• Strategic Plan for the Northern Albertine Rift of Uganda 2011 – 2020 This Strategic Plan includes the landscape from Murchison Falls National Park in the north to the Toro- in the south. It focuses on improving livelihoods of rural populations outside protected areas, forest planning outside protected areas and integration of conservation and protection measures for forests, wetlands and biodiversity.

• Uganda Association for Impact Assessment Strategic Plan 2010 – 2015 The objective and priorities of the Strategic Plan is to advocate for environmentally sustainable practices, develop and share public opinions on Environmental Impact Assessment, participate in international fora and implement methods and standards of knowledge and skills for people seeking to become members of the association.

Page 50 THE RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN (RAP) FOR THE REFINERY AREA

The main objective of the RAP is to develop a framework for managing the loss of economic activities and livelihoods through compensation or resettlement from the site of the local people. Government undertook a feasibility study on the development of a refinery in the country. The study which was carried out by Foster Wheeler Energy Limited, a UK Engineering firm was completed in September 2010 and approved by Government in April 2011. The study confirmed that developing a 60,000 barrels/day refinery in the country was a viable venture with post tax rate of return of over 30% and payback period of 2.2 years. The study undertook a comparative analysis of a crude pipeline to the Mombasa. The waxy Ugandan crude would require having the pipeline continuously heated for the entire length thus making it very expensive. The study also analysed six possible locations for the refinery that included two areas around the Lake Victoria shores, Majanji in Busia, Nakasongola and, Biiso and Kabaale in Hoima district. Kabaale parish was chosen as the most suitable location for the refinery because of its close proximity to the oil fields in the Albertine Graben, the availability of a large source of water (Lake Albert), its fairly flat terrain and sparse population. With this, there was need to prepare a RAP for the Kabaale area. The RAP is expected, among others, to consult all stakeholders especially the affected people about their concerns on the proposed land acquisition, prepare a social impact analysis, raise awareness about the project and its consequences, and measure current property and socio-economic status of the Project affected persons.

PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE ALBERTINE GRABEN REGION (TO BE PREPARED) Following the declaration of the Albertine Graben as a special planning area, the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development (MoLHUD) has embarked on the development of a regional physical development plan for the area. The process which is supported by DFID through the World Bank is at procurement stage. The plan is to address the following: Actions and alternatives for the present and future land use development that will stimulate development in the region and developed detailed development proposals and implementation strategies. Alternative spatial development concepts illustrating broad land use concept, settlement development strategies, key environmental management strategies and the primary internal transportation network; all derived from an inventory and assessment of the environmental, socio- cultural, economic opportunities, existing problems/constraints and potential components of the spatial system of the Albertine Graben Basic environmental scoping exercise to determine any significant adverse impacts that are likely to arise from implementation of the proposals and formulate mitigation measures as required. The plan will guide locations and structures of industries, infrastructure, agriculture, housing, environmental conservation and other activities that will arise as a result of oil and gas development. There is already infrastructural boom and population increase in Bunyoro as more people pour in the region in anticipation of opportunities that will accrue from oil exploration. Given the ecological sensitivity of the area, the physical development plan should in general integrate ecological principles and should specifically focus on the land use planning within protected and environmentally sensitive areas.

Page 51 FAST TRACKING URBAN PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT OF SELECTED AREAS IN THE AG While the Physical development plan will provide an overall planning framework to guide activities in the Albertine Graben, some urban areas and settlements in the region are fast expanding. This has warranted fast tracking physical development planning for selected areas including Buliisa, Butiaba, and Sebigoro.

UGANDA WILDLIFE AUTHORITY OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR OIL AND GAS EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION IN WILDLIFE PROTECTED AREAS (DRAFT). The guidelines were developed to complement the Sensitivity Atlas, the Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs), various regulations and policies relevant to petroleum developments in order to ensure minimal negative impacts on the environment. The purpose of the guidelines is to ensure that the oil and gas activities do not negatively impact on the integrity of the protected areas. The guidelines were formulated to guide the operations of oil companies within wildlife protected areas including dual management areas and are categorised under four major themes; Operations and coordination, Infrastructure, Tourism and Ecosystem health. The guidelines emphasises that the all oil and gas operations within wildlife protected areas shall be conducted in line with the provisions of the Act and where the guidelines contradict the EIAs, the guidelines shall take precedence. The key objectives of the guidelines include: To minimize long and short - term negative impacts of oil and gas developments on the integrity of protected areas and associated ecological processes; to minimize potential negative impacts of oil and gas development activities on tourism; to guide, coordinate and regulate activities of oil companies within protected areas; and to enhance awareness and appreciation of conservation among the oil companies.

MURCHISON FALLS NATIONAL PARK, KARUMA WILDLIFE RESERVE AND BUGUNGU WILDLIFE RESERVE (MURCHISON FALLS PROTECTED AREA) GENERAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (2012-2022) The purpose of the plan is to successfully conserve Murchison Falls Protected Area (MFPA) and address the increasing level of human demands and limited natural resources. It is important that a management plan be developed. The purpose of the plan is to guide management in making decisions for the sustainability of the Protected Area. With the minimal resources, the plan will help management to prioritize the activities and locate resources to the most critical areas. In addition, the plan will contribute to the general management of the area. This plan therefore identifies the desired future conditions (management objectives) of MFPA during the 10-year period (2012-2022) and presents strategies to enable the PA managers achieve this objective.

4.6.3 Programs

STRENGTHENING THE MANAGEMENT OF THE OIL AND GAS SECTOR IN UGANDA’ S PROGRAM The program is between the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Government of the Republic of Uganda under the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development. The program started in July 2009 has a lifespan of five years and is expected to end in June 2014. The overall objective of the program is to contribute to the achievement of the goal of the National Oil and Gas Policy of Uganda which is: “To use the country’s oil and gas resources to contribute to early achievement of poverty eradication and create lasting value to society”.

Page 52 The purpose of the program is: “To put in place institutional arrangements and capacities to ensure well-coordinated and results oriented Resource management, Revenue management, Environmental management and Health, Safety and Environment management in the oil and gas sector” in order to contribute to the achievement of the objectives of the National Oil and Gas Policy. The program is implemented under the three pillars of Resource Management, Revenue Management and Environment Management. Each of the pillars is headed by a Pillar Manager and each Pillar Manager has a counterpart on the Norwegian side referred to as a Resource Manager. The Pillars and the entire program are coordinated by a Program Coordinator in Uganda who also has a counterpart in Norway. The Pillars are coordinated and supported at Program Management level by the Program Secretariat (MEMD, 2012)

TRAINING PROGRAMS The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development has worked with the Ministry of Education and Sport to introduce training programs in petroleum-related fields to build national skills and expertise. These programs would help the country to build a team of trained scientists to manage and monitor oil production. In 2009, Makerere University started to offer a Bachelor of Science in Petroleum Geosciences degree; and in March 2010, the Uganda Petroleum Institute at Kigumba began offering diploma and certificate courses. The ministry of Energy and Mineral Development has also sent students abroad for degrees in petroleum-related fields (Mugyenyi and Twesigye, 2010).

ASSESSMENT OF THE NEEDS TO ESTABLISH AN ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY IN PEPD Done by GEUS of Denmark; assessment of the needs to establish an environmental laboratory in PEPD to analyse the effects of possible oil spills or pollution from petroleum activities. The project was financed from Danish trust funds with UNDP and apart from laboratory needs; the TOR included capacity building in terms of training courses for staff at PEPD. The purchase of proposed new equipment was not part of this activity. However, preparations for such procurement (elaboration of specifications and identification of possible donors) were included. The GEUS/UNDP project ended in 2005.

Page 53 5 INTEGRATION OF KEY ISSUES INTO LAWS/REGULATIONS; POLICIES, PLANS AND PROGRAMS

As already described in Chapter 2, this chapter is focusing on how to ensure that environmental and sustainability considerations are taken into account during early stages of decision making and how these considerations are integrated into relevant Policies, Plans and Programs.

The Key Issues identified (Chapter 2) represent the environmental and sustainability aspects to be considered. The Key Issues are sorted into 18 groups to make the further assessment more structured. For each of these groups, relevant Policies, Plans and Programs are identified for consideration in integration of the aspects. To ensure an effective engagement with people/organizations connected to the respective aspects, a thorough registration of stakeholders was carried out. Preliminary recommendations prepared by the SEA Team were presented to the stakeholders as basis for a good and relevant discussion about how to integrate the Key Issues into the relevant PPPs.

In the following sections, the conclusions from the stakeholder engagement process and the subsequent recommendations made by the SEA Team are presented for each Key Issues Group. The relevant PPPs, stakeholders and laws/regulations as well as the outcome of the stakeholder consultations are covered in Appendix 7, the Key Issues Integration Matrix.

Key Issues Group 1: Petroleum related Activities in Protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Consideration of biodiversity loss, also aquatic. Footprint. Considerable petroleum activities are taking place in protected and environmentally sensitive areas. 2. Attention on sites with international conservation status. Petroleum activities are taking place within sites of international conservation status (e.g. Ramsar sites and Biosphere reserve) which may attract international condemnation. Uganda is a signatory to international conventions. 3. Impacts on wildlife population and movement. Wildlife is sensitive to external activities and infrastructure. Further pressure from petroleum activities has potential to severly impact on wildlife. 4. Sensitive aquatic resources such as deltas, shorelines Aquatic habitats notably floodplain wetlands, deltas, vegetated shorelines and shallow inshore belts (< 6 m deep) are essential and sensitive breeding, feeding and nursery sites, rich in aquatic biodiversity. 5. Coexistence with wildlife. Due to the high human population in the Albertine Graben, wildlife is mostly restricted to protected areas. Wildlife going outside protected areas results in human-wildlife conflicts and is often killed. Petroleum activities, which are known to have a large footprint, will compete for space within these areas. 6. Operations within the protected areas. There are rules and regulations that govern management of protected areas. Petroleum activities will to a large extent affect animal behavior and survival, and cause reduction in protected area value. 7. Pollution and disappearance of endemic species. The Albertine rift is a global center for species endemism. It harbors more endemic mammals, birds and

Page 54 amphibians than any other region on the African continent. It also has high plant endemism. Any further disturbing activity in this area is a potential threat to these animals and plants. 8. Habitat fragmentation due to construction works The existing protected areas are either just enough or require connectivity in order to maintain viable populations of the existing wildlife species. Further fragmentation may be a threat to some species. Fragmentation is often associated with introduction of invasive species. It also opens up pristine areas for encroachment. 9. Environmental monitoring of operations in sensitive areas Environmental monitoring is a crucial tool for baseline understanding and measurement of impacts and mitigating measures. Current environmental monitoring is influenced by availability of funds. There is higher need for more planned and regular monitoring in order to pick up any changes.

Recommendations: ‹ There is a need to review laws and regulations regarding protected areas and their protection status due to the fact that economic activities such as petroleum developments were not envisaged when designing the existing laws and regulations. This review has to take into consideration the extraordinary environmental value of the protected areas and the risks represented by the petroleum activities. A good example is the extensive petroleum activities taking place in the Murchison Falls National Park. ‹ The same principles as for the protected areas should be applied for the environmentally sensitive areas in order to safeguard their ecosystem functions. Environmentally sensitive areas are those identified in the Environmental Sensitivity Atlas which will be updated regularly. ‹ Future petroleum activites not yet licensed shall be based on the Integrated Management planning recommended to be developed in the near future (see chapter 6.2). ‹ The Uganda Forest Policy should be revised to include oil and gas issues, and a timeline should be set to complete the forest regulations and guidelines for EIA in forest developments. ‹ The Toro-Semliki Management Plan needs to be reviewed to comprehensively address oil and gas issues. ‹ Valuation of ecosystem services should be established. ‹ Procedure of forest valuation needs to be reviewed. Government valuer only considers merchantable timber. A cost also needs to be attached to other values of the forest in question e.g. ecosystem services, biodiversity value and carbon sequestration. This will either cause oil companies to label certain parts of the forest as extremely sensitive in that no activities should be carried out in them or be more careful when carrying out activities in such areas. ‹ Tree planting and support to tree resource management is essential and should also be considered as part of corporate social responsibility. ‹ Companies should consider supporting local forests as a way of payment for carbon emissions. ‹ When preparing an EIA for any oil and gas activity, there is need to incorporate transportation impacts related to that activity. ‹ Local Government needs to develop standards for Environment Officers’ operations.

Page 55 ‹ The wetlands policy, regulations and standards need review to incorporate oil and gas issues and the wetlands specific laws need approval by Parliament. ‹ The wetland map needs to be updated. ‹ The Fisheries Act and the National Fisheries Policy should be reviewed to include oil and gas issues, and lacking fishery control instruments should be put in place. ‹ Fish breeding areas should be clearly mapped out and gazetted. ‹ There is need to consider the writing of one overall EIA for wells and/or other infrastructure that may be within the same locality so as to capture the cumulative impact of the activities other than writing an EIA for each well or piece of infrastructure. ‹ Institutions should endeavor to include international standards such as ISO, the Aichi Targets (United Nations, 2010) etc. into regulation drafting to ensure that petroleum companies adhere to accepted international standards that are possibly above existing Ugandan law. ‹ Since this is just the beginning of oil and gas exploration in Uganda, very sensitive areas can be either avoided completely or not explored until technologies that would minimize degradation of such landscapes have been developed. ‹ Natural resource management institutions and PEPD should develop a harmonized stand on critical environment issues to avoid scenarios where fear of economic cost that could be incurred overides conservation concerns.

Key Issues Group 2: Co-existence with Local Communities

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Compensation, livelihood restoration, resettlement. Agricultural Production is the mainstay of over 90% of the population in the Graben and as petroleum activities are undertaken in the area, land taking is common. While there are legal instruments that govern compensation and livelihood restoration, adequate planning and sensitization of communities on the tools and methods in resettlement action planning is needed to ensure that communities have no fears of unfair compensation. Compensation guidelines and procedures are today not known by the affected persons. 2. In-migration at a larger scale. Large workforce. In addition to a large workforce of 5.000 – 10.000 the extensive activities in the region will attract people looking for jobs and opportunities. This increased activity and population will lead to social tensions/disruption. Previously, the Graben was not as heavily populated as it is today, especially around the fishing villages, and as such, the facilities will not be able to meet the service demands of an increased workforce. 3. Socio-economic issues incl. education, health, social patterns, adaptation capacity etc. Opening up of roads and related infrastructure has attracted a huge number of people that have opened up land for agriculture and have settled in the area. This has escalated the demand on existing social infrastructure. Although the income levels are likely to increase, the disparity in living standards will remain. 4. Land rights and tenure, land conflicts and speculation. Customary land ownership is the predominant land tenure arrangement, however, petroleum activities are triggering speculation and high transaction costs for attaining titles, resulting into tension amongst community members that require a unique understanding of land issues and guidance on how to handle compensation packages from untitled land amidst increased cost of living. 5. Consultation with cultural and traditional institutions. Indigenous knowledge. In the recent past, officials from the cultural institutions have expressed concern regarding land use issues and revenue sharing, moreso, on the need to protect cultural heritage within the Graben and where possible, adequate compensation handled in the event that activities are unavoidable. Indigenous (traditional) knowledge could add value to ecosystem understanding and planning of petroleum activities in the region.

Page 56 6. Impacts on population dynamics in the region. Urbanisation. The petroleum activities will escalate the urbanization process in the region. The local population and immigrants will be attracted to settle in existing and new centers which will lead to management challenges related to physical and social infrastructure. Additionally, if not well planned, increased numbers of people pose a threat on existing wildlife resources with increased poaching and encroachment into protected areas in search of fuel wood, water and agricultural land; and even new settlements in environmentally sensitive areas. 7. HIV/AIDS. The increased petroleum activities with large numbers of workforce and new inhabitants from outside will lead to social changes accompanied by increased social vices like alcoholism and increased spread of HIV/AIDS. 8. Involvement of locals in new job market. While the petroleum industry has a lot of employment opportunities for skilled and semi-skilled workers, low literacy levels and limited vocational training means that most local people may not be able to getting jobs. In addition, this new job market could drain the existing sectors of skilled capacity. 9. Relations between indigenous communities and petroleum industry. Petroleum activities are associated with a lot of social changes that indigenous communities may not be able to understand including how to get employment opportunities and adequate compensation for land as well as related environmental and social impacts. The need for the sector to build trust within indigenous communities is underscored. 10. Recreation and amenity facilities offered by the environment. There are a lot of ecosystem values attached to environment at the moment and there is need for adequate planning to ensure that such amenities and facilities are considered when it comes to implementation of petroleum activities. At the same time it is a fact that local communities do not always see this value. 11. Increase of costs of living. With the opening up of the Graben and increased demand for goods and services, cost of living is likely to increase. Salaries will be raised for certain groups but for those not directly involved with the new sector, this will lead to a difficult situation. 12. Large challenges for the districts to prepare for new settlements. Infrastructure. While the Graben has been declared as a planning area, the planning of the petroleum activities is ahead of the district plans to provide the necessary physical and social infrastructure. 13. RAP reports not followed up. Resettlement Action Plans (RAPs) in other sectors have so far not been adequately implemented. The new sector is expected to handle this better including grievance management and livelihood restoration. 14. Methodology for sensitization valuation to be improved. People do not fully understand the RAP process due to lack of adequate sensitization. This leads to frustration and refusal to accept offered valuation. 15. Disruption of existing livelihoods. Agriculture and fisheries are the mainstay of most of the population in the Graben. The introduction of the new petroleum sector will change their livelihood by offering jobs and opportunities moving the focus away from existing conditions. 16. Expectation management. Different stakeholders have different expectations from the petroleum related activities and there is need to ensure that these expectations are managed well before any activities start. 17. Local deliveries of goods and services. Refer to the description in Group 4. 18. Informal and traditional administrations worked before. What now? There are informal groups/structures such as clans, traditional healers, pastoral and fishing groups having a role in the districts today. These structures are already under threat and introduction of the new petroleum sector could worsen this situation. In addition we have the Kingdoms with structured administrations. 19. Ownership to land required by the petroleum industry. There is no clear system for acquiring land by oil companies from the owner. This is leading to unnecessary disputes and misunderstanding.

Page 57

General observations from the stakeholder consultations reveal that regarding land issues to date, land remains an important productive asset to communities within the Albertine Graben. However, the challenges with land issues stem from the inconsistencies in the land law and rights that individuals have over land. While titled land is the most secure form of land tenure, transaction costs make it expensive for rural communities to gain access to this service.

Recommendations: ‹ Local communities will experience opportunities as well as risks. The capacity to adapt to the changing framework conditions has to be a key focus and long-term socioeconomic benefits have to be ensured. A social development plan should therefore be developed. The scenario analysis reveals the presence of large numbers of workforce, especially during construction periods and points at significant in-migration. The planning of urbanization and required associated infrastructure has to be advanced in line with petroleum development planning to avoid social tension and lack of capacity of infrastructure. ‹ Generally, legal framework for land administration exists. Training materials and sensitization materials for land acquisition are available at the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development. The ministry needs to be allocated a budget to translate information into local languages in the Albertine Graben. Also, district land boards need to be trained. ‹ The Land Administration Department should be more involved in issues of resettlement action planning instead of only dealing with the office of the Chief Government Valuer. ‹ On issues of social development, including communities coping with the growing sector, a comprehensive development programme similar to Northern Uganda Social Action Fund or the Nile Basin programme should be established to address issues of: • HIV/AIDS • Co-existence of agricultural systems with the oil and gas sector • Community infrastructural planning programmes including social and economic infrastructure • Conflict resolution • Expectation management • Alternative Income Generating Activities ‹ Education and awareness on management of social issues: The Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social Development has all the policies and guidelines in place, but the linkage to other sectors such as the petroleum sector should be strengthened. ‹ On planning for growing economy, a census should be carried out in order to determine numbers of population to serve. Furthermore, related budgets should be allocated to local governments.

Page 58 Key Issues Group 3: Co-existence with Archaeology and Cultural Heritage

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Archaeology and cultural heritage. In the recent past, there has been increased awareness on the need to integrate concerns relating to archeology and cultural heritage. As petroleum activities are being undertaken, care has to be taken to ensure that such sites are not affected. 2. Awareness about and coexistence with cultural heritage. Refer to point 1. 3. Inclusion of cultural institutions in the petro strategies. Capacity building.

Recommendations: ‹ The Historical Monuments Act should be expeditiously amended to capture specifically all matters that concern cultural heritage in the country. This will go a long way in giving the principle legislation a face lift matched by the rest of the world. ‹ The sanctions and penalties enforced/ administered on transgressors and perpetual offenders of cultural heritage property should be revised, strengthened and possibly increased. ‹ The government should increase on the number of gazetted sites and areas of historical significance in the AG.

‹ It is important to strengthen links and partnerships with law enforcement agencies to handle cases of destruction of National Monuments and heritage at large. Local policing capacity under the community leadership should be established. ‹ It is advised that Uganda should readily adopt more International Treaties and Conventions concerning Cultural Heritage. There are several international instruments that Uganda has not yet ratified and transposed into national law. ‹ An Archaeological Impact Assessment Study (AIAS) should be given priority and legal backing by making it mandatory that all future projects to develop any land in the country should undertake such investigations and study. ‹ To ensure an increase of awareness and safeguard cultural heritage focus should be given to providing relevant infrastructure. ‹ There should be massive awareness campaigns carried out throughout the country by lead agencies in the country and other government bodies geared at making the public aware of the importance of their cultural heritage and appreciate it in a positive way. ‹ Strengthening Institutions at a local level is yet another essential element. This involves support to the local committees in terms of training for simple formal organizational/management skills to effectively manage the different cultural heritage objects in their locality. This includes developing their lobbying skills. ‹ It is further recommended that the local authorities should be encouraged to establish by- laws and regulations that would prevent the destruction cultural aspects and their consequent preservation and management. This will reduce the reliance on the central government to come with effective policies and laws providing for the same. ‹ To develop management/co-ordination of institutions at a regional level. Two institutions are recommended: a body of the community themselves and a support or service organization

Page 59 which would serve as a focal point for conservation activities and provide technical service and research functions and advocacy. ‹ Long-term funding for Institutions involved in the promotion, protection and conservation should be secured. ‹ Values placed on monuments and by local communities as well as uses and regulations should be reconciled with other values and practices such as biological research and ecotourism.

Key Issues Group 4: Co-existence with Other Industries and Service Providers

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? Petroleum activities as catalyst for other service/industry development. Normally the petroleum activities offer large opportunities for developing connected service/industry. This development requires proper planning.

Recommendations: ‹ The petroleum industry should be required to offer capacity building programs for existing and potential new businesses with the aim of preparing them for delivery of goods and services to the petroleum industry in good time before any activities take place. This is to make the potential local companies competitive at international levels. ‹ The Government should develop local infrastructure supporting the involvement of local companies. ‹ The Government should plan for extra energy resources and provide services (whether by private Companies or public) such as sewage and storm water management for extended or new urban centres. ‹ The Government needs to plan for the uncommon hazardous wastes from industries such as refineries, petrochemicals that will come in AG. ‹ Alternative means of transport need to be developed and include railway, air transport and water transport to make businesses competitive.

Key Issues Group 5: Co-Existence with Tourism Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? Co-existence with tourism. Tourism is currently the second highest earner of foreign exchange. It is also expected to outlive oil activities if well managed. It should therefore not be sacrificed in the process of extracting oil. Oil exploration and production may disturb wildlife habitats leading to reduced breeding and feeding grounds, declining numbers/diversity and the eventual migration of wildlife to other areas or even across the border into DRC. This has implications for (i) the value of the park(s) to visitors; (ii) human safety for communities in the fringes of the park(s) (iii) returns to investment and employment in tourism sector in the areas and (iv) the local economy if oil is extracted from this region and fruits being experienced/invested elsewhere.

Page 60 Recommendations: ‹ There should be regulations on the maximum acceptable disturbance levels of oil and gas activities taking the tourism sector views into consideration. ‹ Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area. ‹ The oil and gas exploiting firms must ensure minimum disturbance to the circuits, and alternative circuits should be developed by the oil firms to replace the ones out of use due to exploration activities.

Key Issues Group 6: Co-existence with Fisheries

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Co-existence with fisheries. Petroleum activities focusing relatively short term benefits, could threaten fishery resources, which are inherently renewable if sustainably exploited. 2. Fish prices high due to competition on salaries. Petroleum activities lead to increased demand for fish resulting into higher fish prices which are not affordable by local people. This situation could be positive for the fishermen.

Recommendations: ‹ Develop regulatory frameworks to operationalize the Fisheries Policy (2004). ‹ Develop plans and programs to: • map critical breeding, nursery and feeding grounds for major commercial fish species; • identify year class recruitment strategies; and model population dynamics of major commercial fish species for management purposes, • track and mitigate impacts of pollution from petroleum activities on the aquatic environment and fisheries; • map the hydrodynamics of major lakes in the AG for input into the oil spill contingency plan; • promote sustainable aquaculture and other viable non-capture fisheries in the AG as a relief measure to fishing pressure on lake fisheries. ‹ Develop and operationalize an effective oil spill contingency plan for the AG. ‹ Strengthen strategies and plans for water resources assessment, monitoring and allocation to multiple uses with particular focus protecting sensitive aquatic ecosystems in the AG. ‹ Strengthen the multi-institutional approach to fisheries administration and management, setting clear mandates and modes of interaction and coordination amongst the key institutional actors namely the Centre (DFR), District Local Governments and community representatives for example BMUs. ‹ Formalize and strengthen inter district dialogue, coordination and collaboration to enhance management and development of fisheries and other natural resources in the AG. ‹ Address international Transboundary challenges to fisheries management in AG lakes.

Page 61 Key Issues Group 7: Sharing of Revenues and Wellbeing between the National and the Local / Regional level. Co-operation Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Revenues to the benefit of local communities and future generations. Benefit sharing has been one of the instruments used in managing some of the public natural resources where law enforcement is costly for government (forests, national parks, etc). The aim is to reduce illicit activities (poaching, deforestation) and to build local stewardship for the resources. 2. Lack of collaboration between local and central government. Also influencing budgets. For the Petroleum sector, Sharing of revenues here is proposed as means of reducing the discontent that is likely to develop if oil is extracted from this region and fruits being experienced/invested elsewhere. Situations of rioting, perhaps destruction of oil infrastructure can be avoided if the communities in the areas where extraction is taking place realize “a fair share of the cake”.

Recommendations:

‹ Develop a flexible revenue sharing mechanism, taking into account not only the size of the petroleum production and population size, but the impacts of the oil activities on the alternative sources of income for the districts. ‹ There is need for a discussion with the stakeholder districts to explain to them why the proposed percent is the ideal share. ‹ Revenue shares should be inflation adjusted (indexing) to reduce the risk of loss of the real value of the funds. ‹ Give districts the autonomy to spend the money on priority projects with the central Government playing a supervisory role. ‹ Advise district planning authorities on investment in projects in which both the current and future generations will benefit from. ‹ Revise revenue share incomes so as to minimize the value loss due to inflation. ‹ Ensure that the oil revenue based funding/support to the districts will be sustained in the period after the oil extraction era.

Key Issues Group 8: Discharges and Emissions from the Petroleum Industry Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? Air emission, and risk of soil and groundwater pollution Petroleum activities by nature create emission to air as well as liquid and solid discharges. Activities throughout the petroleum value chain (from exploration, appraisal, production, construction activities, transportation of produced crude/gas as well as goods and manpower, refining, etc.) cannot be undertaken without emissions and discharges. Activities are planned to take place on land and offshore (lakes). Within each phase there are extensive impacts, especially in areas with sensitive ecosystems and these impacts need to be understood, mitigated and monitored. Refineries are complex systems of multiple linked operations. The involved operations depend on the crude refined and the range of refinery products. Refinery age, location, size, variability of crude and product slates and complexity of operations all influence on operating configurations and different air emission point counts. This results in differences in quantities of air pollutants and the selection of appropriate emission management approaches.

Page 62 Air emissions of a refinery include fugitive and volatile organic components and combustion products. Primary hydrocarbon emissions from piping systems fugitive leaks, product loading, storage tanks and wastewater collection and treatment. Combustion emissions come largely from heating process streams, chemical reaction promotion, steam provision and power generation.

Recommendations: As the Albertine Graben is of national and international importance in terms of its outstanding biodiversity and network of protected areas, special care has to be taken with respect to emissions and discharges, incl. potential related pollution. The area is relatively sparsely populated by indigenous pastoral communities but there are also several urban centers in the wider region. It is highly likely that the population numbers and distribution will change rapidly with the petroleum developments. To safeguard the ecosystems and their value to people, the following is recommended regarding pollution prevention: ‹ Develop air, noise, vibration and discharge regulations incl. average thresholds and peak limits over periods of time in line with international standards. Special limits shall be considered for protected and sensitive areas. Occupational health exposure limits shall be defined and monitored. ‹ Develop national benchmarks/ threshold limits of defined pollutants using established land use zoning categories (residential, agricultural, industrial, etc.) to safeguard environmental quality and public health. ‹ Specific recommendation regarding air emissions are: ° Development of national air quality standards to protect public health and environmental quality. Standards may be concentration limit values for specific averaging periods or number of times a limit value is exceeded. ° Long-term analysis of ambient air quality shall be undertaken by the authorities using suitable parameters including dust to provide a baseline for later air quality modeling. ° Air emission dispersion modeling shall be undertaken for the refinery and IPP to understand the local meteorology and dispersion factors. ° Facilities shall be designed and built based on BAT and BEP. Well established commercially available control equipment, designs, principles or practices that are technically and economically applicable, shall be used. ° The EIA of a facility (IPP, refinery, etc.) shall include a full emission inventory and a plan for regular measurements of key pollutants to be reported to the relevant authorities. ° Auditing personnel shall be fully trained for performing their task. A buddy system of authority personnel and senior specialist might be most beneficial in the early phases for training and consistency purposes. ‹ Emission reduction measures shall consider: ° Specific emission control equipment for emission reduction shall be implemented (leak detection and repair program, low emission type valves and pump seals, leakless technology, etc.).

Page 63 ° Storage tank design shall consider emission reduction in line with stored product characteristics (fixed vs. floating roof tank types, vapor recovery, etc.). ° As loading to rail cars, tank trucks, etc. is a large source of fugitive air emissions, vapor control has to be considered (submerged or bottom loading, vapor balance systems, vapor recovery, etc.). ° Fugitive air emissions from refinery waste water shall be controlled (minimize waste water generation, reduce hydrocarbons entering waste water system, reduce air/water interface area, heat exchanger leak detection program, etc.). ° Reduce process vent emissions (e.g. recycle and reuse discharged material, vapor recovery) for the refinery. ° Prefer flaring over venting where feasible. ° Implement refinery flare minimization plan as part of the overall EMS and consider flare gas recovery. ° Reduce fuel consumption by applying energy efficiency conservation measures. Consider co-generation opportunities. ° Combustion processes shall be controlled to minimize emission of Sox, NOx and particulate matter.

Key Issues Group 9: Waste Management Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Management of pollution and waste Compared to common industrial development, Petroleum activities are known to have the potential to pollute the environment (land and water resources) and wastes from petroleum activities require skilled and controlled management. There are no adequate waste facilities in the region today. Some wastes from petroleum activities are categorized as hazardous requiring special/ unique treatment and disposal. For the first time in Uganda, petroleum activities are taking place in the lake and have to be considered in terms of pollution and waste management. 2. Waste management. Regulations and guidelines missing. Existing waste management regulations and guidelines do not cover the new petroleum sector activities. 3. Identifying and regulating transporters and waste facility operators. Systematic selection of waste transporters and waste facility operators do not exist for the new petroleum sector activities. In addition the required regulations/guidelines, expertise and capital investments are not locally in place. 4. Transportation of waste. No control. The existing regulations for waste transportation are not adequate for the new petroleum sector activities petroleum activities. In addition there are no regulations/guidelines on what kind of equipment is applicable.

Recommendations: ‹ Strengthen existing waste management regulations to cover aspects of the new petroleum sector and make new guidelines. Potential transboundary issues need to be handled. ‹ Strengthen existing regulations related to transportation of wastes and make new guidelines for transporters and waste facility operators. ‹ Adequate infrastructure to handle the new petroleum generated waste needs to be developed prior to further activities in the region. Page 64 ‹ To avoid conflict of interest oil companies (producers of waste) should not act as waste handlers or waste management companies. Independent third party companies regulated by NEMA should undertake the waste management.

Key Issues Group 10: Water Management Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Pollution of surface waters and aquifers. Water management. Surface water and groundwater is to a large extent consumed untreated by the local communities. Waste, emissions, discharges and potential oil spills from petroleum activities on the lakes/rivers and on land could therefore have serious pollution impacts on the water resources and the ecosystem. This is also a transboundary issue of high importance. 2. Freshwater management. There will be definite increase in water demand for domestic and industrial purposes. Water allocation for different uses will therefore be a big challenge. 3. Need monitoring plan on district level for water resources. There is already a monitoring plan in place for the different resources in AG which is new and yet to be implemented. Baseline data on water resources is not fully available making proper monitoring difficult.

Recommendations: ‹ Review of the National Water Policy, Act and associated abstraction, use and discharge regulations to incorporate standards relating to oil and gas activities. ‹ Re-equip the National water quality laboratory in Entebbe to ensure oil and gas testing capability. ‹ Capacity building for relevant staff to handle the oil and gas issues. ‹ Provision of equipment for water quality and quantity monitoring. ‹ Need for improving on staffing. ‹ Capacity building for monitoring oil related parameters. ‹ The mandate of the water officer should clearly include water for domestic, institutional and industrial use and not domestic & institutional only. ‹ Create a central database, regularly updated, for information accessible to central and local governments. ‹ There is need to review and integrate petroleum development related water resource issues in the annual local government rural water and sanitation workplan in the districts of the AG .

Page 65 Key Issues Group 11: Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and in Surface Waters Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Oil spill contingency planning, on land and surface waters. The current management of oil spills on land and on surface waters in the country is inadequate. With significant increase in petroleum activities in AG, professional handling of this issue is extremely important, not only for Uganda, but also in an international context specifically related to the river Nile and the lakes in the region. The Scenario Analysis is clearly concluding that there will be tremendous increase of road traffic specifically truck transportation of oil leading to extensive risk of oil pollution on land. 2. Knowledge about movement of spilled oil There are no operational oil spill models available in Uganda today. Oil spill models are normally based on meteorological data, knowledge about oil characteristics, understanding of oil movement and behavior in different media on land and in surface waters etc. Such input data is not fully available today. 3. Existence of necessary public infrastructure to meet the petro development. The existing public infrastructure is in general not adequate for the current state of the Uganda Economy. This infrastructure (roads, harbors, railways, water supply etc) is vital for oil spill contingency response in addition to specific oil spill contingency infrastructure such as oil spill contingency equipment, storage facilities etc.

Recommendations: ‹ A functioning NOSCP has to be in place including resources and equipment being available, personnel fully trained and communication lines tested and fully functioning prior to large scale development activities. ‹ In case relevant input data for the environmental risk assessment, oil spill contingency analysis and subsequent NOSCP is missing, these gaps shall be filled as soon as possible. ‹ This plan should be coordinated with public infrastructure development plans and should be the basis for provision of specific oil spill response equipment, training needs, etc. ‹ There is a need to coordinate efforts between the NOSCP and establishing waste management procedures/facilities and the development of new public infrastructure. ‹ All relevant stakeholders need to be involved in developing the oil spill contingency plan among which are: • Fire brigade of Uganda Police, • Department of Disaster preparedness in OPM, • Uganda Peoples Defense Forces (UPDF).

Key Issues Group 12: Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and Construction Materials

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Infrastructure needs. Key observations from the Scenario Analysis for the Graben (carried out by the SEA Team) suggest that there is need to develop petroleum related infrastructure to meet the needs of the sector. For example it is expected that trucking of oil from Extended Well Testing (EWT) to consumers and also trucking of oil from Central Processing Facility (CPF-1) in phase 1 will increase transportation needs tremendously. 2. Existence of necessary public infrastructure to meet the petro development.

Page 66 Refer to point 1. 3. Transportation systems. Infrastructure. Existing transportation system (roads, airways, railways, water transport) is very inadequate and was not designed with petroleum activities in mind. Transportation of oil related goods requires adequate infrastructure. There are also high chances of environment degradation e.g. due to spills and opening up new areas to construct additional transportation infrastructure. According to the Scenario Analysis, the road transportation of oil, pipes, building material etc will be extensive. 4. Transportation of crude and materials. Refer to point 3.

Recommendations: ‹ Cooperation of the petroleum sector and the Ministry of Works and Transport, UNRA and local governments should be strengthened to ensure that the needs of the petroleum sector are integrated in the overall infrastructure planning and budgeting. UWA should be involved in the planning to ensure concerns regarding protected areas and sensitive habitats are considered.

‹ Alternative transportation means should be developed and include railway, air and water transport. ‹ All infrastructure associated with oil and gas development should be subject to integrated ESIA.

Key Issues Group 13: Institutional Capacity Building. Structure and Functions

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Institutional capacity regarding petro sector. The petroleum industry in Uganda is relatively young and the institutional framework is not yet fully established. 2. Inadequate local capacity to review oil and gas EIAs and do audits. The oil and gas industry is attracting various developments that require EIA and environmental audits. However there is limited capacity amongst the regulators to review EIAs, make audits and monitor performance of oil and gas projects. 3. Capacity building for national and local governments. Reference is made to no.1.

Recommendations: ‹ Effort shall be made to train NEMA staff and other relevant supervisory agency staff to scrutinize and review EIAs related to the petroleum sector. ‹ Both, new institutions to be established and existing ones require awareness, training and infrastructure for handling their mandate in managing the petroleum industry. ‹ Establish a panel of experts on rational basis who should be appointed periodically to review EIS of the Oil and Gas sector. ‹ Increase the capacity of line ministries and lead agencies to review EIAs on oil & gas . ‹ Ensure capacity and adequately staff and budget ministries that regulate the petroleum sector, such as Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities; NEMA; MEMD; Ministry of Finance and Planning; Ministry of Justice; Labour; Education; etc .

Page 67 ‹ A framework of monitoring of oil and gas activities as provided for in the National Oil & Gas policy should be done. Thereafter monitoring protocols to be developed. ‹ More independent environment inspectors should be appointed by NEMA to effectively inspect the Oil & Gas activities to be effectively managing the environment. ‹ A thorough stakeholder engagement process should be part of the EIA in line with international best practice such as IFC. ‹ Capacity building shall include CBOs and other civil organizations.

Key Issues Group 14: Capacity of District Local Governments to Manage Environmental Concerns

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Strengthen environmental concerns at district level. Awareness building. District officers should carry out planning, day-to-day monitoring of the environment and build environmental awareness. They are unfortunately often not informed of ongoing activities and also not well equipped (technically) to carry out the monitoring. The introduction of the new petroleum sector will make this situation worse. 2. Lack of adequate baseline data is restricting effective monitoring. Only compliance monitoring done today. Existing environmental data is mainly for protected area and some of it does not have full coverage of the areas of interest. It will therefore be impossible to know when a resource had been degraded. The districts do not have access to all relevant existing environmental baseline data relevant for the petroleum sector. 3. Need inter district cooperation on water management. The Albert Water Management Zone was established one year ago with the intention to manage water resources including the AG. The districts are not yet actively taking part in this management structure. 4. District budgets on environmental management. There are inadequate district budgets for environment management, which limits implementation of environment plans. 5. Understaffing at district level. Although the districts have an organizational structure, many positions are vacant. The limited available staff lacks capacity to effectively perform the full range of duties. This results in inadequate management and monitoring of the resources. The introduction of the petroleum industry will make this even more challenging. 6. District officers are overlooked by the petro industry. Petroleum industry receives most of their instructions from the central government. The central government does not keep the district administrations up-to-date on what instructions have been given out. So the industry acts independent of districts yet the districts are mandated to monitor activities carried out in their districts.

Recommendations: ‹ Environmental managment should be given high priority when preparing district budgets. More skilled personnel should also be recruited at the districts to fill vacant posts in the environment and natural resources fields. A specific program should be developed and implemented for capacity building on environmental management related to the oil and gas sector in the AG. ‹ Both, new institutions to be established and existing ones, require awareness, training and infrastructure for handling their mandate in the industry. This can be achieved by strengthening cooperation between the petroleum industry, PEPD and local governments (districts). ‹ There is need for improved coordination between the districts and the relevant central Government departments and the information flow channels should be clearly outlined and followed.

Page 68 ‹ Environmental and socio-economic data available at central Government departments and agencies should be available to the districts. Extra data should be collected to fill any gaps. ‹ The district officers need to be actively involved in the planning process so that they know what to monitor. What is planned for would also be used as justification for a more realistic budget. ‹ The district local government should be actively involved in the activities of the Albert Water Management Zone. ‹ There is need for improved coordination between the districts and the relevant central Government departments and the information flow channels should be clearly outlined and followed. ‹ More district officers need to be given opportunity to train in aspects of the petroleum industry that are relevant to their fields of operation. ‹ Operationalize the communication strategy of oil/gas to avail information to the district.

Key Issues Group 15: Development of Legislation and Regulations. Standards Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Transfer of EIA when operatorship change Each company has their own understanding of baseline conditions in the actual area. They have their company specific experience and they have their individual standards when it comes to environmental management. Taking over an EIA which is not yet approved should trigger an update under the responsibility of the new operator. 2. EIAs are too generic. Standard controls are used more than specific mitigation measures. EIAs are project and location specific addressing impacts on the ecosystems in the area of influence. EIAs which are too generic do not cover the relevant concerns in each case. 3. Policy guidance and legal safeguard for the petro industry missing. Most of the relevant laws and regulations were put in place prior to exploration and production of oil and gas in Uganda. Therefore there is lack of specific guidance to the new oil and gas sector.

Recommendations: ‹ More focus should be on waste specific to oil and gas in terms of generation , treatment and disposal. ‹ There is a need to review the existing EIA regulations and develop sector specific standards and guidelines for the petroleum sector. ‹ Assess whether the existing laws and regulations are punitive enough. ‹ Develop regulations on occupational health and safety for the oil and gas sector. ‹ Classification of wetlands needs to be reviewed to enable regulations. ‹ To strengthen the competence among the environmental practitioners connected to the new oil and gas sector, there is a need to review and update the existing regulations for this expert group. ‹ Develop legislation and guidelines for ocuupational health and safety of workers.

Page 69 Key Issues Group 16: Land Use and Spatial Planning

Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Land use and Physical/spatial planning. In addition to the oil and gas exploration and production infrastructure in the Albertine Graben, the region is expected to experience increased social economic infrastructure and settlements, conservation and related activities such as research and tourism. Spatial planning is, therefore, considered to be of key importance to allow for co-existence with existing activities and agriculture. There are issues of tenure, compensation schemes, displacement and resettlement, which are acerbated by lack of proper demarcation and or titling of the communal lands. Challenges to public regulation of land are evident, including the formal/statutory and informal/customary system of land administration as well as an efficient land registry system. The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development is commissioning a Physical development Plan for the AG region but the process is overdue considering the pace in the growth and dynamics of the oil and gas sector. This calls for expeditious process for development and implementation of the planned physical development plan. Considering that the AG hosts vulnerable biodiversity resources and is an internationally recognized biodiversity hotspot, the planning process should apply an ecological approach to spatial land use planning. 2. Need for urbanization policy. The population in the Albertine Graben has been relatively low and urbanization low due to the hot and dry conditions on one hand and on the other hand, accessibility challenges posed by the rift landscape. However, the increasing oil and gas activities are bound to increase population and settlements, leading to unplanned expansion of the existing fishing villages and the towns. Urbanization is also taking place along the road system in the region. This process is likely to intensify due to oil production activities in the region. The growing urbanization will pose new environmental changes if it is not well planned. Yet, there is limited policy guidance for urbanization despite general reference to minerals and petroleum in the Uganda National Land Policy.

Recommendations:

‹ Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development shall expedite the process for the development of the AG regional physical development plans with emphasis on ecological land use planning to cater for the various sensitive areas. ‹ Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development needs to urgently initiate development of the Urbanization Policy as recommended in the National Land Policy in order to provide sufficient guidance for the comprehensive orderly planning and sustainable development in the AG.

Key Issues Group 17: Transboundary and International Issues Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Conflicts with international environmental agreements. Uganda has signed several international and regional international conventions/treaties of relevance to the petroleum development in the Graben such as the United Nations convention on biological diversity (1992), the Ramsar convention (1971), the convention concerning the protection of world cultural and natural heritage (1972), the convention on migratory species (1979), the African convention on the conservation of nature and natural resources and the convention on the protection and use of trans-boundary water courses and international lakes. The development plans for the petroleum resources in Murchison Falls National Park is an example which needs to be considered in this context. The new sector may lead to serious violation of these conventions/treaties. 2. Security Issues and regional emergency response.

Page 70 A number of attacks are threatening the borders to DRC. This instability is increasing due to petroleum discoveries in the rift on both sides of lake Albert where most of the oil has been discovered. The border cuts straight through the lake. Security is also an internal problem in Uganda due to for example the complex land disputes related to the petroleum industry with complaints about none transparent processes and insufficient compensation leading to instability, public anger and riots.

Recommendations: ‹ Security planning shall include consideration of the roles and responsibilities of the police, military and private security companies. Security of local communities as well as economic activities shall be the key focus. Planning shall be based on transparency and dialogue with the relevant stakeholders. ‹ Any plans and activities which could be in conflict with international conventions/treaties, need to be assessed by the Government with the view of identifying potential breach of the agreements and possible consequences. ‹ Transboundary challenges related to fisheries management and oil spill contingency planning in AG lakes shall be addressed. ‹ The government plans of mapping and demarcating of the border as per 1956 between Uganda and DRC should be fast tracked.

Key Issues Group 18: Establishment of Transparent Baseline Data. Scientific Basis Key Issue. Why is the Key Issue relevant? 1. Strong scientific basis for decisions. While environmental assessments (such as EIAs) form the basis for approval of projects or activities deemed likely to have significant impacts on the environment, baseline data are not always adequately verified in terms of transparency and scientific methods used. 2. Focus on trend analysis as to baseline conditions. Changes in baseline conditions over time are inevitable. Using static baseline information will lead to biased environmental and socio-economic assessments.

Recommendations: ‹ Set appropriate qualifications plus regular awareness refresher instruction on environmental assessment practitioners and EIS reviewers. ‹ Provide for independent verification of environmental baseline data for transparency and conformity to scientific methodology; and periodic updates to establish adequacy of baseline information. The establishment of a “Clearing House” for baseline data should be initiated. ‹ Require appropriate capacity building of relevant technical staff at District local Governments in the AG to enable them meet the challanges of environmental assessment and monitoring with particular reference to oil and gas exploration, development and production. ‹ The existing Environmental Information Network (EIN) needs better support and more publicizing to ensure that acquired data is adequately stored and accessible to the public.

Page 71 6 ASSESSMENT OF STRATEGIC ASPECTS RELATED TO PETROLEUM ACTIVITIES

This chapter comprises an assessment of strategic aspects related to future petroleum activities. The assessment is an in depth discussion of some of the most challenging high level strategic aspects which are: • Petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas • Co-existence with other sectors and local communities - fisheries - tourism - local communities (social issues, economic issues including benefit creation and land use, livelihoods and compensation - cultural heritage • Institutional framework and capacity - environmental management on a national level - coordination between governmental agencies and district/local level - capacity building • Management of pollution and waste - oil spill contingency planning - drilling waste and produced water

The assessment is based on three development scenarios, namely: • Scenario 1, a development combining construction and operation of a refinery with associated power plant and an export pipeline transporting crude oil to markets outside Uganda. This Scenario was used as basis for identifying Key Issues and has already been described in Chapter 2.2 and Appendix 3. It should be noted that Phase 1 Scenario – Phase 4 Scenario are describing four phases of Scenario 1 as explained in Appendix 3. • Scenario 2 with construction and operation of a refinery and a power plant with no export of crude oil. • Scenario 3 with the export of crude oil to markets outside Uganda. This involves the construction and operation of an export pipeline (Option a) or construction and operation of a railway system for transportation of crude (Option b) to Mombasa. A small power plant is also constructed and operated to produce electricity for the public grid. While Scenario 1 is already described in detail in the Scenario Analysis in Chapter 2.2 and Appendix 3, Appendix 8 provides an overall description of Scenario 2 and 3. The assessment of the scenarios is carried out with a focus on these concerns: • Pacing and siting of infrastructure /activities • Cumulative effects • Choice of technology • Mitigation measures • Emergency response and security • Infrastructure needs

Page 72 6.1 Description of the development scenarios

Discussions are ongoing regarding which developments are reaching the objectives of the National Oil and Gas Policy in the best way and are most favorable for Uganda. The three scenarios have therefore been developed to paint a picture of the potential future situation in the country when exploiting the petroleum resources in place. The assessment of potential benefits and impacts of each scenario allows identification of key differences between the scenarios and a high level comparison. All scenarios are divided into four phases over a timeline from today to 2030. The phases are: • Phase 1 from today to end 2015 • Phase 2 from end 2015 to end 2017 • Phase 3 from end 2017 to end 2022 • Phase 4 from end 2022 to 2030

It is worth noting that the activities in the oil and gas fields are assumed to be similar for all three scenarios which all require the oil and gas fields to be developed to either feed the refinery or to be exported, or both. Appendix 8 provides a short description of the field activities, an overall description of Scenario 2 and 3, and a high level qualitative assessment of selected indicators for the three scenarios during the specific phases. These indicators represent the most relevant aspects considered in the SEA. At this strategic level of planning a more detailed analysis would not add value. The scenario matrix below presents a summary of the activities for each scenario during the four phases and reflects the differences between the scenarios based on the more detailed evaluations made in Appendix 8. The selected indicators are, among others, basis for the assessment of risks and opportunities for the scenarios in Chapters 6.2 to 6.5. It should be noted that the scores within each selected indicator is reflecting the outcome of the evaluations as an average for the specific scenario over the four phases. The scores are only indicating the differences between the scenarios within each selected indicator. The production levels stated in the following figure refer to Appendix 3 (Scenario Analysis) and Appendix 8 (Description of Scenario 2 and 3).

Page 73 Four color shades of red (highest to lowest) are used to visualize the outcome of the evaluations. Highest Lowest

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3a Scenario 3b Refinery and export pipeline Refinery only Export pipeline Railway export Development phases Phase 1 (2013 -2015) - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - 3D seismic in National Park - 3D seismic in National Park - 3D seismic in National Park - 3D seismic in National Park - Integrated Power Plant (IPP) - IPP - IPP - IPP - Oil trucking from EWT - Oil trucking from EWT - Oil trucking from EWT - Oil trucking from EWT - Building of construction/supply bases - Bases - Bases - Bases - Road construction - Road construction - Road construction - Road construction - Refinery construction - Refinery construction - Trucking of material/pipes/modules - Trucking of material etc Phase 2 (2015 -2017) - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - IPP - IPP extension - IPP - IPP - Extension of bases - Extension of bases - Extension of bases - Extension of bases - Trucking of oil from EWT - Trucking of oil - Trucking of oil from EWT - Trucking of oil from EWT - Refinery 20.000 bbls/d - Refinery 20.000 bbls/d - Trucking of oil produced, - Trucking of oil produced, - Refinery extension - Refinery extension 20.000 bbls/d 20.000 bbls/d - Trucking of products from refinery - Trucking of products - Construction of export pipeline - Construction of railway - Trucking of material etc - Trucking of material etc - Trucking of material etc - Trucking of material etc. Phase 3 (2017 -2022) - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - IPP - IPP - IPP - IPP - Construction of product pipeline and - Refinery 60.000 bbls/d - Construction of gas fired power - Construction of gas fired power gas pipeline - Refinery extension plant and LPG plant plant and LPG plant - Trucking of material etc - Trucking of material etc - Export of oil in pipeline - Export of oil on railway - Refinery 60.000 bbls/d - Extension oil pipeline to - Construction of gas pipeline - Construction of gas pipeline - Refinery extension refinery - Trucking of material etc - Trucking of material etc - Construction of oil export pipeline - Construction of product - Rehab./construction of railway pipeline and gas pipeline Phase 4 (2022 -2030) - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Infield infrastructure - Large IPP - IPP - IPP - IPP - Construction/operation of gas fired - Construction/operation of gas - Operation of gas fired power - Operation of gas fired power power plant and LPG plant fired power plant and LPG plant plant and LPG plant plant and LPG plant - Refinery 120.000 bbls/d - Refinery 300.000 bbls/d - Export of oil in pipeline, - Export of oil on railway, - Export pipeline 180.000 bbls/d - Pipeline transport of products 300.000 bbls/d 300.000 bbls/d - Pipeline transport of products and and gas - Pipeline transport of gas - Pipeline transport of gas gas - Petrochemical industry towards Kampala towards Kampala - Petrochemical industry - Uganda hub - Uganda hub - Uganda hub - Uganda hub Selected indicators Disturbance of sensitive and protected areas - refinery/pipelines/railroad High/medium Medium M edium/low Medium - petroleum field activities High High High High

Conversion of land

Waste volumes

Workforce presence - construction High/medium High Medium Medium - operations Medium/high Medium/high Low Medium/low

Pressure on local communities

Creation of benefits and jobs - benefits x x x x - skilled workforce High/medium High/medium Medium/low Medium/low - unskilled workforce High/medium High Medium/low Medium

Road usage and trucking of: - goods/equipment High/medium High Medium Medium - refinery products Medium/low Medium/low NA NA - oil from EWT Medium Medium Medium Medium

Risk of accidents - construction High/medium High Medium Medium - operations Medium Medium Low Medium/low

Institutional capacity needs

Figure 6.1: Scenario matrix

Page 74 These are the main differences for the three development scenarios during the four phases:

Phase 1 High level construction activities for Scenario 1 and 2 create similar levels of positive and negative effects. Effects related to Scenario 3, both negative and positive, are a bit lower as the large scale construction activities of the transportation infrastructure (tank farm and pipeline or railway) start only in the next phase. Nevertheless, some construction is similar for all four scenarios, e.g. CPFs, gathering lines, roads, supply bases, etc.

Phase 2 The high level of construction activities requires a large construction workforce present in the region for all Scenarios. For Scenario 3 the pressure on local communities besides the oil field activities is more temporary and transitional due to the linear construction spreads for the pipeline or railway moving onwards. The disturbance of protected and sensitive areas is also high for all scenarios as oil field activities are ongoing and construction takes place.

Phase 3 Large scale construction activities are ongoing for Scenario 1 and 2 to expand the refinery. However, construction is also ongoing for both Scenario 3 options due to the construction of the gas fired power plant and the LPG plant. The trucking is reduced for Scenario 3, especially regarding petroleum products. Also the disturbance of protected and sensitive areas is reduced for Scenario 3, especially for the export pipeline option as the pipeline corridor has been reinstated and habitat fragmentation is therefore limited. On the other hand, workforce opportunities for skilled and unskilled labor are also lower.

The risk for accidents during operations is low for the export pipeline, medium for the railway due to the higher risk of human error and sabotage and high for Scenario 1 and 2 for the same reasons. Also the pressure on local communities is lower for Scenario 3, largely because the linear infrastructure of railway or pipeline requires a more temporary presence of workforce.

Phase 4 Construction activities have been finalized for Scenario 1 and 3 while extension of the refinery is under construction for Scenario 2. The construction workforce and presence in the area is thus reduced for Scenario 1 and 3. The need for operational workforce is lower for Scenario 3 than for the other Scenarios, both skilled and unskilled. The need for trucking is on low levels for Scenario 3, while Scenario 2 is still having higher requirements for road usage.

The risk for accidental events during operations is significantly higher for Scenario 1 and 2 than Scenario 3. This is due to the refinery installations being prone to third party interference or human errors while the pipeline is buried, requiring low maintenance and having a lower risk for sabotage. The risk for the railway option is higher than for the pipeline option as railway is prone to third party interference or human error during operations.

The overall socio-economic benefits will be higher for Scenario 1 and 2 than for Scenario 3 if managed well. However, Scenario 3 will have lower environmental effects due to less industrial activity in the area.

Page 75 6.2 Petroleum Activities in Environmentally Sensitive and Protected Areas

It is the responsibility of the Government of Uganda to formally designate areas for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation and to avoid activities that compromise their ecological integrity. The Government shall also regulate activities in environmentally sensitive areas in general to secure their biological value. The petroleum companies shall on their side develop appropriate responses and systems to manage their business activities in areas of high environmental value according to regulations, international best practice and company standards. If the Government decides to open up for petroleum activities in highly sensitive hotspot areas, both parties have a clear responsibility of doing whatever possible to minimize the impacts on the environment.

Petroleum activities in the Albertine Graben may result in negative primary and secondary impacts on environmentally sensitive and protected areas.

Primary impacts are normally directly connected to the area of influence of a project/activity and can often be mitigated when projects incorporate sound operational management and biodiversity conservation practices from the earliest stages of project development.

Secondary impacts do usually not result directly from project activities but are the result of the project presence. Such impacts may reach outside project or license boundaries and are not limited to a project’s life cycle. Secondary impacts may often result from high level (government/district) decisions and the actions of nearby communities in response to a project’s presence, rather than from the operational decisions and activities of project connected people. It is therefore often difficult to identify the origin of such impacts.

Secondary impacts are often caused by human population changes in an area and new/additional activities resulting from project development such as roads, settlements, harbors and power generation. Petroleum development in Albertine Graben will attract people who hope to get jobs or to use the business opportunities created by the project’s need for goods and services. This in- migration is encouraged by local or national governments, making secondary impacts a particularly sensitive political issue. Due to the character of the secondary impacts, the petroleum industry is not always in a position to control or influence these.

Typical onshore/waterway impacts related to petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas similar to those in the Albertine Graben are presented in Appendix 9. The most significant impacts are related to onshore seismic activities, land take and presence in general, construction of roads and pipelines, traffic, produced water, oil spills and secondary impacts related to in-migration.

When it comes to primary and secondary impacts from operations in the environmental sensitive parts of the lakes, these are mainly related to seismic surveys, drilling operations, installation of platforms/artificial islands, pipeline laying, operations and supply activities. Typical aspects and possible impacts are:

• Acoustic disturbances of marine organisms • Damage and fragmentation to habitats from anchoring, maneuvering vessels and construction/presence of infrastructure • Short-term, local disturbances to marine organisms from noise and vibrations • Short-term disturbance to wildlife from emissions, noise and light

Page 76 • Local damage to flora and fauna • Damage on ecosystems from waste, produced water and spilt oil • Adverse impacts on habitats outside of project area from siltation caused by operations • Increased pressure on fishing by none fishermen

Although avoiding, minimizing and mitigating the negative impacts should be the priorities when environmentally sensitive and protected areas are influenced by petroleum activities, companies might take the opportunity to benefit biodiversity in and around project sites. Offsetting of residual impacts is also an alternative action.

The condition of the environmentally sensitive and protected areas has a direct influence on the tourism industry which is the second highest earner of foreign exchange in Uganda. Petroleum activities in such areas are therefore directly influencing on the success of developing Uganda as an eco-tourism major player in East-Africa. This sensitive co-existence between two major sectors is demanding strong leadership from both parties supported by governmental pro-active management.

The infrastructure associated with petroleum activities may have various negative impacts on tourism if not well managed. Such impacts could, for example be an increase in the number of roads and vehicles in the area, which could lead to increased road kills of wildlife, the infrastructure at the drilling sites and the associated lights may scare away wildlife while at the same time reducing the aesthetic value of the protected area. The construction of petroleum associated infrastructure also often increases fragmentation of the landscape, which may cause animals to move away from the known good viewing sights. A combination of such impacts may contribute to reduction in revenue derived from tourism.

6.2.1 Assessment of risks and opportunities for current and future petroleum activities

Opportunities Petroleum activities are associated with a variety of developments. Many of these, in addition to serving the petroleum industry, create new opportunities of development of the area where the petroleum activities are taking place. Some of the major developments that are likely to be beneficial are listed below:

• The different stages in the petroleum industry development will require high numbers of both skilled and unskilled labor. Some of this labor may be sourced from the region. This may reduce the extractive pressure the local communities exert on resources from the protected areas. It will also provide an alternative source of income other than depending on the natural resources extraction. It may also reduce the level of conflict over resource extraction between the local communities and the protected area management.

• Infrastructure: This includes roads, markets and housing. With better roads, access to the area will be improved. This may enable local communities to access markets to sell their goods and also get resources that do not exist in the area. The roads may also provide the protected area managers better coverage of monitoring activities.

• The local communities will have a wider market for their produce because of the increased population in the area resulting from the high number of workers recruited by the industry. Organized communities will be able to boost their production potential e.g. through growing crops that will be on demand other than depending on the limited natural resources like fish.

Page 77 • With the population increase and good road infrastructure, various service providers e.g. accommodation (hotels and housing estate companies), transport sector, the health sector and supplies sector (bigger shops and supermarkets) will extend their services to the region.

• Future enhancement of protected area value due to good restoration and support to protected area management. After the establishment of the oil wells and connecting infrastructure, areas will be restored. Enforcement of the mitigation and restoration plans, improved protection from poachers and management lessons learned throughout the high activity period will provide a better basis for improved management of the protected areas. Risks Petroleum Activities require large areas and a large labor force. They are known to have a high footprint due to the many activities and infrastructural developments associated with the industry. Where the activities are located within the protected or sensitive areas, primary impacts may be great. Secondary impacts are also likely to be exaggerated due to the magnitude of the petroleum activities. Major risks include:

• Fragmentation of protected and sensitive areas. The protected area system in the graben is either just adequate for some species or already too small for the survival (maintenance of a viable population) of some species e.g. mammals. Further fragmentation of these areas through construction of roads, pipelines and other associated infrastructure will threaten the survival. Seismic lines, a feature expected to be of temporary nature, sometimes persist for years because communities or other people carrying out activities in the protected area keep using them. For some of the animals (especially mammals and birds), an open place is a major barrier that prevents them from accessing resources on the opposite side of the open space.

• The high labor force associated with the petroleum industry will result in high human population increase. This increases competition for space between wildlife and the people, trampling of the landscape, demand on the natural resources. Human-wildlife conflict may also increase because of the animals moving away from where activities are taking place to community areas.

• Invasive species may be introduced especially along the roads, areas where camps are set up and field sites where workers spend a lot of time.

• Wildlife population may decline due to various causes. Roads and other infrastructure like seismic lines and openings for pipelines may be used by poachers to access areas that were originally not accessible and therefore a refuge for wildlife. Machinery used in seismic activity may kill or maim slow moving wildlife. Increased vehicle numbers and reckless driving may lead to increase in road-kills and stress of wildlife. Stress may in turn lead to reduction in reproduction, a common feature with some animal species e.g. Kobs.

• Soil and water contamination, especially with heavy metals, may occur during the exploration, appraisal and drilling stages, and during the transportation of the petroleum products. Oil spills that occur may contaminate local habitats, especially waterways, water table and ground surface, which would in turn affect both flora and fauna.

• Petroleum activities in protected areas will cover all parts of the areas of interest leading to opening up of areas that were not often or had never been accessed by humans. This is a disturbance to both vegetation and wildlife. If the activities are not well managed, it will lead

Page 78 to the degradation of such areas and the protected areas in general. EIAs are prepared for all activities taking place in the protected and in sensitive areas. If the mitigation measures are not well implemented, the areas may be degraded.

• Protected area devaluation leading to reduction in income from tourism. Most of the tourists that come are interested in seeing wildlife in the wilderness. The high petroleum infrastructure will reduce or fragment such wilderness area, which may cause reduction in numbers of tourists.

• The extensive earth works during the oil fields development stage will have a number of impacts e.g. burying of sensitive habitats, increased erosion and disturbance of below ground biodiversity. If field development activities are not carried out in a suitable climatic window, the impacts may even be greater.

6.2.2 Recommendations

1. Petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas

‹ Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area. As an example, the National Parks fall into category II of the IUCN classification. The activities should also ensure maintenance of the status quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or even improving it. Any decision-making regarding potential future petroleum activities in protected or environmentally sensitive areas need to be based on an Integrated Management Plan according to the principles outlined in Appendix 12. Therefore the detailed content of the Integrated Management Plan should be developed and implemented urgently. ‹ Petroleum exploration activities that are already licensed to take place in protected and environmentally sensitive areas should continue to be based on approved EIAs and relevant national policies and guidelines such as the National Policy on conservation and sustainable development of wildlife resources. In addition such activities should follow international best practice for operations in protected and environmentally sensitive areas . ‹ Petroleum companies who are taking part in petroleum developments in environmentally sensitive and protected areas shall build their involvement on a Framework for ecosystem protection and for integrating biodiversity into their activities. The Framework shall focus on these principles: • The Framework shall address the ecosystem/biodiversity aspects as covered by the respective Integrated Management Plan and shall be approved by the Government prior to any activities. • The companies shall integrate ecosystem/biodiversity considerations into their Environmental Management Systems (EMS) at corporate and project level. The EMS shall focus on performance more than just following a strict process. • Companies shall take a pro-active approach on ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation and shall develop plans for avoiding, minimizing and mitigating impacts rather than focusing on offsetting residual impacts. Pro-active engagement could be to; strengthen creation and management of sensitive/protected areas, support for scientific research/assessments, initiate and support campaigns to save endangered species, share baseline information on biodiversity, support environmental education and awareness

Page 79 building, support capacity building in national/regional agencies, support for conservation easements and to support for integrated conservation and development. • Development and use of technology shall go beyond the general objectives of cost efficiency and shall have a prevailing focus on minimizing environmental impacts. • Contingency plans shall be developed and implemented in order to ensure no harm to the environment independent on cause and complexity of the accidental event. ‹ Ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation shall be an integrated and focused part of Environmental Impact Assessments for projects in environmentally sensitive and protected areas based on these principles: • Implement an ecosystem approach according to the IMP. • Ensure that secondary impacts are considered and that cumulative impacts are taken into consideration according to the IMP. • Differentiate between impacts on ecosystem-species-genetic levels and respond with applicable preventative and mitigating actions. • Develop proper ecosystem/biodiversity indicators for planning and monitoring purposes. • Assess and respond to the interaction between environmental and social concerns. • Questions of concern are; does the activity lead to biological loss on population level or the chance of loss of habitats/ecosystems; does the activity surpass the maximum sustainable produce, the carrying capacity of a habitat/ecosystem or the acceptable disturbance levels of a resource/population/ecosystem; does the activity lead to changes to the access/rights over biological resources, etc. ‹ New conservation and land use planning methods should be considered and tools should be selected to deal with the trade-offs between different interest groups where environmentally sensitive and protected areas are under threat. Such tools should provide opportunities for objective and transparent planning to avoid conflicts by offering open access to data and relevant stakeholder involvement on all levels.

2. Evaluation of future development scenarios ‹ All three scenarios have a high disturbance of protected and environmentally sensitive areas in phase 1 (today – end 2015). This is mainly due to petroleum field activities involving extensive seismic surveys in and around the Murchison Falls national park. There is no available IMP today and the companies are thus planning and operating on a piece by piece basis without being able to ensure an integrated approach, development/use of best available technology and assessing/responding to the cumulative impacts. It is thus strongly recommended to postpone any further activities in Murchison Falls until an IMP is developed with the involvement of the companies based on the general principles outlined under Section 1 above. The ongoing seismic surveys should be narrowed to an absolute minimum and stopped immediately if the parallel monitoring demonstrates serious negative effects on the ecosystem/biodiversity. ‹ The high disturbance is ongoing for all scenarios until after 2022 mainly due to the fast field development and operations in Murchison Falls. More available time is therefore essential for the planning and development of environmental friendly solutions/technology, and it is therefore recommended to moderate the speed of the development in Murchison Falls to allow for Integrated Management Planning.

Page 80 ‹ There is an extensive need for land for all scenarios. For Scenario 3a the permanent land take is restricted to the land for compressor/heating stations. In addition, there will be user restrictions with respect to a narrow corridor for operational maintenance and safety. The other scenarios require a permanent ownership to the land. ‹ From a socio-economic point of view, Scenario 1 and 2 offer large opportunities for value creation. ‹ In the case of a slower exploitation speed, scenario 3a has lower flexibility than 3b as to receiving oil production from a less steep production profile. This scenario would require a longer period of road trucking of oil before the production levels can economically justify building an export pipeline. Railway transportation is more flexible as to stepvice oil production. ‹ Scenario 3a with export through an oil pipeline is the most favorable scenario based on a full speed field development. ‹ As the field developments and primarily the Murchison Falls development is the dominant reason for the environmental disturbance, it is from an ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation point of view more important to take the necessary time to optimize solutions in and around the park than choosing a scenario with lesser disturbance on other factors. In addition to above, sequencing of activities should be assessed. However, as production takes place for a long time, the feasibility of sequencing production scenarios appears limited.

6.3 Co-existence with Other Sectors and Local Communities

Following the scenario analysis and in relation to co-existence with Other Sectors and Local Communities this section is a presentation of issues and impacts relating to the fisheries, tourism, other industry/service providers, local community issues including benefit creation, land use, livelihood restoration and compensation, cultural heritage and water management. Regarding regulatory framework, social issues are addressed by line ministries including Ministry of Gender Labor and Social Development, Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development, Ministry of Health, Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries and Ministry of Health amongst others. Environmental legislation is meant to ensure that resources are used sustainably. Since this affects social aspects, such as opportunities to improve the livelihoods, general wellbeing and increased access to social and economic infrastructure, coordination between the relevant ministries is essential. A number of concerns have emerged during the SEA process which have to be addressed at strategic level: • Socio-Economic Benefits • Fisheries Management • Occupational Health and Safety Issues and HIV/AIDS • Urbanization and Public Health Issues • Increased demand for social infrastructure • Public Disclosure and sensitization on impacts related to petroleum development activities within all sectors (agriculture, health, gender, land issues, infrastructural planning e.t.c) • Land issues including adequate compensation planning and livelihood restoration in the event the personal properties are affected • Building of community capacity to enable participation in the petroleum related activities

Page 81 • Building capacity for monitoring mitigation measures including addressing coordination failure • Finally the need for a regional social development plan to address the vulnerability contexts of communities closest to the oil resource

It is expected that if these key concerns are addressed, then project specific Environment Impact Assessment and environmental and social management plans will adequately integrate values for different ecosystems services in the assessments and mitigation planning. This section gives a brief overview of the related impacts identified within the different sectors during the petroleum development activities and recommendations on how they can be addressed.

6.3.1 Co-existence with Fisheries

Potential environmental impacts on fisheries due to petroleum exploration, development and production in the Albertine Graben include marked increase in demand for fish that would translate into unsustainable fishing pressure if unmitigated; and pollution (with oil and gas contaminants) of sensitive surface water habitats where fish breed, nursery, feed and shelter. The boost in economic benefits due to rise in fish sells at inflated prices would be short lived, giving way to unsustainable fisheries. Petroleum activities can be associated with serious degradation of aquatic environments through physical damage and chemical pollution connected to construction works and transportation as well as exploration drilling and production from platforms located in the lakes . Such serious damage has so far not come to light. Yet stockpiling of waste products of exploratory drilling for oil and gas (that could contain contaminants detrimental to the environment) close to surface waters pauses significant potential risk to aquatic resources including fisheries. This section outlines the baseline setting for fisheries in the AG focusing on how critical fish habitats and fisheries could be impacted by petroleum exploration, development and production. Recommendations for high level mitigating interventions towards co-existence of sustainable fisheries and petroleum activities in the AG are proposed. Current Situation Reports from the AG indicate that petroleum activities are already influencing the rise in cost of fish due to rising demand for fish mainly by unskilled employees in the industry able to pay more for fish. Higher prices attract more investment into the fishing industry. New internal job seekers are also attracted into the fishery. The use of illegal and destructive fishing gears like monofilament gillnets and small hooks become attractive because they are cheaper and have higher catch rates. This scenario was reported to be already in place. Fisheries management capacity is inadequate to counteract it effectively. The result is enormous increase in fishing pressure and the reported uncharacteristic reduction in catch rates per fishing unit. Low catch rates were particularly evident for more popular commercial fishes such as Nile perch, Nile tilapia and tiger fish, signaling overfishing. Degradation of sensitive fish habitats and resources due to physical and/or chemical impairment inflicted by contaminants from exploration of relevant oil and gas exploration, development and production in the AG was not identified during the engagement with the stakeholders. Possible environmental contaminants are expected to be associated with the high oil waste volumes released during field operations. Contaminants would also be released into the environment by large

Page 82 accidental oil spills and through refinery effluents. Presence of low level environmental contamination cannot be ruled out because there is no effective ongoing pollution monitoring in surface waters. Future Prospects Demand for fish will increase further during Phase 1 (2013-2015) in tandem with the expected need for casual labour during heightened seismic activity especially in the Murchison Falls national Park. Such labour is likely to be required most during Phase 2 (2015 to 2017) during pipeline construction works and similar activities. The growing demand is expected to spur fish production and generate revenues to a limit. If use of destructive fishing gears is firmly controlled by fisheries administration, fishery production will peak and begin to decline under sustainable management. Unmitigated the fishery could collapse rendering the speculative investment a major loss. The risk of large oil spills leading to contamination of the aquatic environment and fisheries resources will be greatly enhanced by the onset of large scale oil and gas production and movement likely in phase 3 Phase 3 (2017-2022). Mitigation of the likelihood of serious contamination of sensitive habitats for fisheries will depend on timely development and operationalization of effective oil and gas waste management plan and strategy; and a comprehensive oil spill contingency plan. The Challenge of Transboundary Harmonization This challenge is complicated further by the lack of harmonized fishing regulations in the Trans- boundary fishery on Lake Albert. Intensive Trans-boundary use of undersize gears especially hooks on long lines is reportedly threatening the survival of Lates macrophthalmus.

Recommendations 1. Petroleum activities and interference with fishery interests

‹ Coordinated and more effective enforcement of management regulations of the fisheries in the region is essential and should be strengthened in order to ensure sustainable fisheries. ‹ A coordination forum between the fisheries and the petroleum industry should be created in order to effectively discuss and resolve coexistence issues on a mutual basis. Representatives from authorities or others could be invited when necessary.

2. Evaluation of future development

‹ Today to end 2015 (Phase 1) According to scenario analysis the demand for fish obtaining today is expected to increase further during the rest of this phase in tandem with the expected unskilled workforce need for casual labour during enhanced oil field activities such as the extensive 3D seismic acquisition in the Murchison Falls national Park. The growing demand is expected to spur fish production and generate revenues to a limit. If use of destructive fishing gears is firmly controlled by fisheries administration, fishery production will peak and begin to decline under sustainable management. Unmitigated the fishery could collapse rendering the speculative investment a major loss. During this phase the risk of accidental environmental contamination of sensitive aquatic habitats will be high due to the high volumes of oil waste in the AG, and to the trucking of oil from extended well testing through the AG to the consumers.

Page 83

‹ End 2015 – end 2017 (Phase2) and end 2017 – end 2022 (Phase 3) The size of unskilled workforce required is expected to be larger in Phase 2 than during Phase 1 due to the need for more labour to lay infield pipelines for channeling oil from production wells to the local Central Processing Facilities (CPFs) and for menial labour for the construction of the oil refinery. The risk of environmental contamination due to accidents involving trucks carrying oil from EWT will be enhanced by those trucking refinery products. ‹ Successful mitigation of serious contamination of sensitive habitats for fisheries arising from accidental oil spills will depend on timely development and operationalization of effective oil and gas waste management plans and strategies; and on comprehensive oil spill contingency plans.

6.3.2 Co-existence with Tourism

The Uganda Wildlife Policy (2000) was developed before the oil exploration era. There have not been major revisions of the policy to incorporate the activities of the oil and gas sector. However, UWA has developed guidelines to ensure that the oil and gas sector activities do not injure their interests of protecting and conserving biodiversity. For example, UWA has ensured that the oil pipelines pass through the less sensitive areas of parks and reserves. Further, pipeline disturbances of the wildlife habitats will only be short-run. The major concern is how to deal with the pollution damages to the wildlife and the health of their habitats.

The Uganda Tourism Policy (2003) was also developed before the oil exploration era. The concern for this group of stakeholders is the disturbance to wildlife habitats. The observation is that there are specific circuits where the chances of seeing animals are high. A number of these circuits have been taken over by the oil exploration activities. Thus there has been a reduction in access to wildlife viewing. The consulted person suggests that the oil and gas exploiting firm must ensure minimum disturbance to the circuits, and alternative circuits should be developed by the oil firms. This will internalize the external disturbances of oil activities. The other concern was that of waste disposal versus the health of the protected areas. The consulted officer emphasized the need for the oil exploiting firms to employ technology that ensures minimal ecosystem disturbances.

Risk and Opportunities for the Tourism Sector The opportunities that may accrue from the oil and gas sector to the tourism sector include: • Provision of resources for the development and improvements of the tourism sector • Provision of alternative sources of energy, reducing the demand on biomass fuel and consequently having positive impacts on forests and biodiversity conservation. Increased number of tourists both international and domestic ones leading to a boost in revenues from tourism activities. • Increased marketability (advertisement) of the regions tourist resources, and therefore a positive impact on employment in the sector and revenue to tourism operators. • If the oil extraction activities are conducted carefully with minimal damages to the environment, the area will become a demonstration for sustainable exploitation/co- existence of oil operations within protected areas. This can be another centre of attraction for tourism and for educational demonstrations.

Page 84 Oil and gas operations may be a threat to the tourism sector if: • Air and water quality deterioration due to oil production reducing the number of visitors due to the scare of health damages. • Deterioration of wildlife ecosystem health leads to changes in the wildlife grazing arrangements, breeding capacity, and migration patterns. • Presence of oil infrastructure in areas where tourists want to view wildlife and undisturbed ecosystems. • New diseases outbreaks take place when inhabitants (wildlife) of certain zones of the parks and reserves are pushed into other areas as a result of habitat fragmentation by the oil and gas activities. • Influx of new settlers close to the parks and national reserves making it necessary to increase the amount of resources allocated to parks management and the curbing poaching.

Recommendations: ‹ There should be regulations on the maximum acceptable disturbance levels. ‹ Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area.

6.3.3 Co-existence with Local Communities

Given the nature of environment in the Albertine Graben makes communities vulnerable to a number of issues. Previously, a hard to reach area, the area had limited coverage of social services including schools, health centres and roads. With recent developments, settlements are influenced by changes in population due to migration of people in search of labor or business opportunities. This results in increased demand for safe water coverage and latrine coverage, adequate health facilities, education facilities as well as increased demand for food and means of production including land.

General observations relating to the petroleum activities is that there is general increasing social infrastructure in the Graben due to the presence of oil companies including roads, health centres, services like banks, petrol stations, microfinance institutions for example in Buliisa which was previously hard to reach and community intervention projects like sensitization for HIV/AIDS by companies. Furthermore, some community members have been able to get jobs and therefore able to add capital to their traditional production systems like agriculture. The key strategic opportunities within the communities include:

• Employment of locals in petroleum related activities • Increased access to social infrastructure • Growth in local economy as a result of demand for services and products for those participating in petroleum activities • General knowledge and awareness about petroleum activities and increased participation in governance issues amongst local government staff and communities.

The key challenge observed so far include immigrations and its related challenges. Specifically:

• Petroleum activities attracted members within the local communities that were mainly land speculators which created fear of loss of land or unfair compensation

Page 85 • Regarding community health and safety, location of some fields are located within community areas companies and this exposes them noise related impacts, on its part, Bulisa is updating its land use plan in order to address these challenges. • The land use plan should be able to address issues of urbanization, sanitation and community health issues that are a menace in the area. • On HIV/AIDS companies have been sensitizing communities however; local governments need to come on board. • On land issues, so much has been ongoing including the fear for unfair compensation given the trend in the region. Community members always refer to their experience with other sectors like Rural Electrification Agency, Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Limited and Uganda Roads Authority in addition to the land acquisitions at district level. Major concern was that most land was customary land tenure which may not attract high compensation rates. Although there is a land administration system in the county, it has not been followed by most stakeholders. Area land committees have rarely been involved in land transactions aside from signing forms; yet, they have the tools and mandate to be involved in sensitization and solving disputes. District land boards have only began updating compensation rates given the demand from petroleum related land acquisition process and the presence of the Land Administration Department at the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development has equally had limited presence in the land acquisition processes in the sector. Furthermore, while Uganda’s national land laws provide for compensation of property and disturbance allowance, utilization of international principles of best practice including: o Adequate sensitization of potentially affected persons so that they are able to make informed decisions o Clear guidelines on identification of potentially affected persons for project specific activities. For example within the roads sector, there is standard when it comes to land acquisition which includes 30m or 50m road reserve that is acquired by Government for utilities. Petroleum related standards need to be developed and communicated to stakeholders including the buffer required for an oil field, refinery, pipelines amongst others. • On agriculture and food security issues, crop production is predominant in the Graben in addition to livestock rearing. Most production systems are still traditional in nature; farmers would benefit more from improved farming methods so as to cope with increasing crop production in a water stressed area. • On interaction with natural resources, encroachment in protected areas in search of firewood, grazing and agricultural land is common. The social development programme proposed by Ministry of Gender Labor and Social development should include coping strategies including energy saving technologies, adoption of alternative income generating activities so that increased demand for resources is managed. Access to safe water will ensure that communities have access and secondly they do not have to depend entirely on unsafe water sources. • On conflict resolution and managing of grievances, perceptions differ on how conflicts within communities on land issues, grievances with petroleum related stakeholders can be handled. Although the local council system is in place and can be used, they should be supported by technical staff and also district land boards as well as area land committees.

Page 86 Recommendations 1. Petroleum activities in general On the whole, social mitigation measures mainly require strategic interventions as they are indirect impacts of petroleum related activities.

‹ It is recommended to moderate the speed of development to ensure balanced capacity building amongst relevant institutions, such as NEMA, to manage the sector. Furthermore, this adjustment would benefit the local district governments and population to adapt to the new sector. ‹ Project based risk assessment is undertaken within EIAs and project specific EIAs follow indicators in the Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Graben because that is the tool that is currently used by stakeholders for monitoring. Cumulative impacts, which are beyond the developer, should however be addressed in order to see the overall influence on the communities. ‹ Resettlement action plans should be based on international best practice in order to improve the level of trust . ‹ Develop a specific sector compensation framework including guidelines for valuing natural resources; in the case of forests current compensation rates at the district are used for specific trees but in the case of aquatic resources, these have to be developed. An example of best practice for managing resettlement in line with the IFC Performance Standards is given in Appendix 10.

2. Evaluation of future development scenarios In addition to the current situation, the team has also assessed the petroleum related development scenarios. Within the socio-economic setting, the first phase for all scenarios appears to have a lot of infrastructural related activities which are likely to benefit communities within the Graben in terms of job opportunities, increased access to social services, better planned development as more planning for the Graben is being undertaken by lead agencies including Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development for land use and spatial planning, Uganda National Roads Authority amongst others. However, key challenges include physical presence in community areas and land acquisition for petroleum related infrastructure. High demand for accommodation and food could mean that local communities may become food insecure if they sell all their food in the market and leave less for their consumption. Other related issues include the spread of HIV/AIDS, demand for infrastructure, and limited financing from Central Government to enable districts cope with these changes. Phase 2 suggests that there will be high level of construction activities requiring a large construction workforce present in the region for all scenarios. It is expected that 5.000 – 10.000 workers will move to the Albertine Graben considering that the extensive activities in the region will attract people looking for jobs and opportunities. This increased activity and population will lead to social tensions/disruption. Previously, the Graben was not as heavily populated as it is today, especially around the fishing villages, and as such, the facilities will not be able to meet the service demands of an increased workforce. For scenario 3 the pressure on local communities besides the oil field activities is more temporary and transitional due to the linear construction spreads for the pipeline or railway moving onwards. This means that significant impacts relating to compensation and land acquisition will be along pipelines and roads. Adequate sensitization is needed for such structures to ensure that communities are aware of the different infrastructural related activities. Page 87 Considering that Phase 3 will be characterized by large scale construction activities for scenario 1 and 2 to expand the refinery, impacts on communities are limited as many within the refinery environs will have been compensated and relocated. However, construction is also ongoing for both scenario 3 options due to the construction of the gas fired power plant and the LPG plant meaning that more land needs to be acquired. There is need to ascertain total land take vis-à-vis productive land so to make an informed decision on the vulnerability of communities. The risk for accidents during operations is low for the export pipeline, medium for the railway due to the higher risk of human error and sabotage and high for scenario 1 and 2 for the same reasons. Also the pressure on local communities is lower for scenario 3, largely because the linear infrastructure of railway or pipeline requires a more temporary presence of workforce. In the case of phase 4 where construction activities have been finalized for scenario 1 and 3 while extension of the refinery is under construction, scenario 2 will have less employment opportunities for locals because the construction workforce and presence in the area is thus reduced for scenario 1 and 3. The need for operational workforce is lower for scenario 3 than for the other scenarios, both skilled and unskilled and they are likely to experience a high cost of living; communities need to be prepared for this phase. The risk for accidental events during operations is significantly higher for scenario 1 and 2 than Scenario 3. This is due to the refinery installations being prone to third party interference or human errors while the pipeline is buried, requiring low maintenance and having a lower risk for sabotage. In the case of communities, oil spill contingency planning is key in order to ensure that they do not become vulnerable. The overall socio-economic benefits will be higher for scenario 1 and 2 than for scenario 3 if managed well. However, scenario 3 will have lower environmental effects due to less industrial activity in the area. In conclusion, an evaluation of the scenarios for the phases, it can be concluded that in the case of co- existence with local communities short term impacts are more severe within the first phases and hence the need to prepare the communities to cope with the development opportunities and challenges in the region.

6.3.4 Co-existence with Cultural heritage

Cultural Landscapes The project area is mostly in the national Game Park and reserve. It is mostly covered by forest and savannah vegetation thus a habitat for wild game and flora. It is located at the riverbank of the great river Nile which harbours some historical sites like the top of the falls which was a crossing point for the Bunyoro kings to the north and back when need arises, just like other African people in different part of Africa, the inhabitants of the area had their small god which they used to worship in the forest and hill in different parts of the region. However most of such cultural activities have long been abandoned by the local people who prefer Christianity which was brought by the colonial master leaving behind only memories and traces like at fort Bugungu in Kilylango village.

Cultural groups within the project areas The areas is not only occupied by the Banyoro, other tribes are also settled in the area in fact the other tribes are so diverse and have settled in the area gradually most of them having migrated into the area during the Congo wars and northern insurgence between 1986 to 2003. These tribes include Acholi, Lango, Alur, Bangungu and the Baluli. Some of these have been assimilated into the early inhabitants hence use the Alur, Runoyo or Lugungu language as medium of communication.

Baseline indicators

Page 88 • Living heritage site means places where people practice cultural traditions like performing rituals e.g., coronation sites, cleansing. • Historical sites; The historical forts in the region like fort Magungu in Kilyango village found in Bulsia district form part of the archaeology and history of the place which need to be assessed and documented in the right way. • Burials/ graves means a place of internment and this includes the content, headstone or other marker that may be used like a plant. • Palaeontological sites . The Albertine region covers the districts of Masindi, Bulisa and Hoima. 41 new fossil localities are believed to have been recorded in the Albertine region by 1965. Four Pleistocene localities were located of which yielded stone artifacts for example in the regions of Nkondo and one at Hohwa River where abundant fossils were collected at the site on the southern banks. Nkondo paleontological site is the most studied in the region, the site is found 12 km south of Kaiso on the Eastern shore of Lake Albert. It is important as the paleontological site for the mammalian fossils. Kaiso site is also found on the Eastern Lake shores of Albert and is found in the South eastern side of Ndondo. It has been very important for paleontological research where plant fossils have been discovered of about 2.5 million years ago and fossilized horns of the extinct long- horned Buffalo of about 2.6 M.a. Most of the above give the back bone activity of site and monument section. • Archaeological and historical sites; Ethno-archaeological sources indicate that during the 19th century, the state was mainly supported by the cattle pastoralist and small stock husbandry together with substantial cultivation places. In addition trade in several key commodities like slat and iron were probably important in the maintenance of the centralized authority. The first Babito king Isingoma Mpunga Rukidi is traditionally credited with the development of iron and salt industries of Bunyoro Kitara kingdom. Historical sources show that during the late 19th century, Kibiro salt was important component in the Bunyoro economy. In the pre- historical economy, the region and Kibiro in particular could provide insight into the origins of salt economy and cultural relationships of some people who formed part of that state which Buliisa is definitely a component. • Iron smelting and salt production sites ; Whereas Iron production was a wider activity in the region, salt production was more within the Lake Albert basin. It is believed by the local people that Kibiro salt producing village demonstrates a traditional salt producing technology which has sustained its people for over eight hundred years and continues to do so. The archaeology of Albertine rift has been considered by researchers as unique in the western Uganda, the iron-using agriculturalists of the last millennium left behind good stratified deposits of material culture in terms of iron slag, pottery, slat gardens and many others which can be studied and kept in the record for the future generations. • Bunyoro kingdom Today the Kingdom of Bunyoro-Kitara is the remainder of a once powerful empire of Kitara. At the height of its glory, the empire included present-day Masindi, Hoima, Kibale, Kabarole and Kasese districts; also parts of present-day Western Kenya, Northern Tanzania and Eastern Congo. That Bunyoro-Kitara is only a skeleton of what it used to be is an absolute truth to which history can testify. Related to the kingdom there are so many heritage sites like; Mparo tombs, Katasiiha fort and cultural site, kabalega’s forts in different

Page 89 parts of the oil region, Buhimba fort, Kijura cultural site in Masindi, Karuzika-Hoima Palace, Kihande in Masindi, Kibiro hot spring, Waraga tombs and Nyabweya.

Traditional sites/ intangible (palaces and living culture) For the purposes of this report, traditional sites comprise palaces and living culture. One should note that palaces may be included in the living culture as they were re-instituted by the 1993 reinstitution of traditional assets. Living culture meaning traditional beliefs and practices that are living and can be passed on to future generation. Cultural trees and cultural shrines were therefore placed under living culture. The area is not only occupied by the banyoro, other tribes are also settled in the area gradually most of them having migrated into the area during the Congo wars and northern insurgence (1986 to 2003). Just like other traditional people in different parts of Africa, the inhabitants of the area had their small God which they used to worship in the forest and hill in different parts of the region Distraction, site abuse of the ritual places, Clan cemeteries and family graves may be exposed, culturally sensitive trees may be cut if care is not taken from the start.

Archaeological materials Archaeological assemblages are classified as small bones, small and medium-sized pottery scatters, stone artifacts, iron smelting sites and other features that are historic information. These sites may be impacted by the oil activities indirectly or directly if the project comes into contact with the material.

Assessment of risks and opportunities for current and future petroleum activities 1. Excavations - of the road and for materials like marram (gravel) will lead to total distraction of the archaeology and other cultural resources found in the soils like burials. This impact is likely to happen during the construction phase.

2. Vibration from equipment and vehicles -This poses threat to the physical fabric of the pottery, iron slag, furnaces, tuyeres and the bone remains which are already under threat from the natural causes and by vehicles using the road. This impact is likely to run from the construction phase to the operational phase.

3. High Humidity and oil spillage - The consequence of high humidity and moisture is the deterioration of the material culture fabric. The archaeological materials are made of different fabrics and react differently to sudden change some cannot withstand high moisture content. This may happen when the cultural materials get exposed due to different project activities.

4. Encroachment - There is likely to be an expansion of both human settlements and agricultural land use, which will ultimately have an impact on the aesthetic values of the sites. Human traffic, also poses a threat to the sites. The major consequences of encroachment are the destruction of the physical site and its related values.

5. Poor drainage may cause erosion which will damage and also lead to the exposure of archaeology in the project area. It may also cause water logging which will directly impact on the archaeological materials buried in the soil negatively.

6. Theft of Cultural property ; Movable physical cultural properties may be impacted on by the project as the incoming workers may provide ready markets for the cultural resources.

Page 90 7. Interference/ abuse of the spiritual life ; the intangible life of the region may not be easily understood by the project workers who may end doing wrong things in spiritual related areas.

Physical cultural property contingency planning At the moment there is insufficient cultural/ archaeological data base and information of potential risks associated with potential oil activities in the Albertine Graben and related project locations due to the fact that most impacts takes place only when the project activities like excavations get in contact with the archaeological or cultural sites.

Recommendations ‹ The identification and mapping of all heritage resources in the area affected. ‹ An assessment of the significance of such resources in terms of the heritage assessment criteria, which needs to be clearly stated with reference, or prescribed. ‹ An assessment of the impact of development on such heritage resources. ‹ An evaluation of the impact of the development on heritage resources relative to the sustainable social and economic benefits to be derived from the development. ‹ The results of consultation with communities affected by the proposed development and other interested parties regarding the impact of the development on heritage resources. ‹ If heritage resources will be adversely affected by the proposed development, the consideration of alternatives. ‹ Plans for mitigation of any adverse effects during and after the completion of the proposed development. ‹ Development of Chance Find procedure, to take care of any cultural materials which may be missed during the assessment phase and discovered during the implementation phase. Cultural sites and human remains: ‹ Acquisition, maintenance of and access to cultural sites must be in a manner that provides appropriate respect for and recognition of legitimate concerns of people intimately involved with such site, while accommodating the needs of other legitimate users. ‹ Acquisition, use of and access to culturally sensitive sites and human burial should take into account (above and beyond the usual criteria) the ongoing feelings of the community of origin for such site concerning its appropriate use. At all times, attempts should be made to avoid or reconcile conflicts between the oil projects and responsible custodian of such a site.

Concluding recommendations The "archaeological heritage" is that part of the material heritage in respect of which archaeological methods provide primary information. It comprises all vestiges of human existence and consists of places relating to all manifestations of human activity, abandoned structures, and remains of all kinds (including subterranean and underwater sites), together with all the portable cultural material associated with them.

‹ Heritage consultants or the Uganda Museum should compile guidelines which should spell out procedures to be followed by projects in the event that any heritage resources are disturbed and discovered during the project. A cultural heritage programme aimed at

Page 91 orienting and empowering the personnel who will be working on exposed projects should be put in place prior to commencement of work. ‹ Development projects constitute one of the greatest physical threats to the cultural and archaeological heritage. It is the duty of developers to ensure that archaeological heritage impact studies are carried out before development schemes are implemented. Development schemes should be designed in such a way as to minimize their impact upon the cultural heritage.

6.4 Institutional Framework and Capacity

This chapter is focusing on the following strategic aspects: - Environmental management on a national level - Coordination between governmental agencies and district/local level - Capacity building

6.4.1 Environmental management on a national level

The Albertine Graben warrants special measures to safeguard the environment and ecosystem integrity because of its significance as the most species rich eco-region for vertebrates in Africa, high tourism potential and at international level identified as a biodiversity hotspot with a very sensitive biodiversity area. At national level, the Government of Uganda has instituted environment management structures for oil and gas sector including establishing a regulatory framework and strengthening institutional framework including monitoring infrastructure as well as skills training in relevant disciplines for nationals in the new sector. Each of these structures is, however, still evolving as the oil and gas activities also evolve through the different stages of exploration and forthcoming development. Establishment of regulatory framework for the sector The 1995 Constitution of the Republic of Uganda is the primary instrument for environmental management in Uganda. The constitution provides for promotion of sustainable development and public awareness of the need to manage land, air, and water resources in a balanced and sustainable manner for the present and future generations. Environment issues in the oil and gas exploration and development are mainly regulated through the National Environment Act – Cap 153 and related regulations on water, air, land, and promotion of the protection of biological diversity. It has, however, been recognized that existing legislation, guidelines and policies for petroleum operations and the existing legal framework in other sectors need to be updated as well. Recognized also is the need to develop new regulations, guidelines and standards relevant to the new oil and gas sector. The 2008 National Oil and Gas Policy (NOGP) provides for environment protection and biodiversity conservation. The policy includes an objective “To ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity”. The policy has set strategies pertaining to environment management mainly focused on ensuring availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to oil and gas activities; ensuring capacity building for the necessary manpower to monitor the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity; obligating oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use internal control/self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection and biodiversity conservation; and requires oil companies and any other operators to return all operational sites to their original condition as an environmental obligation. Page 92 Following the Oil and Gas Policy of 2008, the Petroleum, Exploration and Production Act 1985 and (revised in 2000) which provided for promotion, licensing and exploration for petroleum in the country is to be superseded by new legislation, that is the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Actl, 2013 and the Petroleum (Refining, Gas Processing and Conversion, Transport and Storage) Bill, 2012. Recommendation: ‹ This SEA process has reviewed the bills and proposed amendments through advisory notes aimed at strengthening environment management in the new legislation. Following this precedent, it is imperative that effective environmental safeguards are stipulated in the regulations and guidelines that will be developed following both the petroleum and relevant environmental legislation.

Strengthening regulatory infrastructure This analysis reflects international precedents on proper management techniques and best environmental practice that if applied can eliminate and or mitigate many if not all potential environmental impacts. In addition to the international environmental conventions, recognition is also accorded to international guidelines and relevant international standards. While recognizing that individual companies are committed to self regulation through own policies and codes, Government regulation and enforcement is still the cornerstone for environment protection. The Government of Uganda in partnerships with the Norwegian Government is implementing a program on strengthening state control and management of the Oil and Gas sector. On the area of Environmental Management the program focuses on the following;

• Environment Impact Assessments (EIAs) for all development projects; • Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the Albertine Graben; • Environmental and biodiversity related policies put in place/ reviewed with respect to oil and gas including biodiversity off-sets; • Existing Acts reviewed, recommendations drafted and presented for approval; • Reviewing and where necessary preparing new Management plans for protected areas: The general management plans in some of the protected areas where oil production will take place need to be reviewed to take into account oil exploration activities; • Relevant sector plans for the AG updated taking the oil and gas issues into consideration; • An environmental monitoring system for the AG for monitoring changes in the environment before, during and after the extraction of oil and gas in the Albertine Graben; • Development of environmental regulations and standards relevant to the oil and gas sector; • Strengthening Hazardous waste management system; • Strengthening a framework for compliance monitoring and enforcement of the oil and gas industry; • Developing and operationalizing a National oil spill contingency plan; • Developing an HSE supervisory strategy and plan; • Establishing the AG as a special planning area and undertaking a Physical Development Plan for the AG.

Page 93 An institutional framework for the above areas of focus is through the Environment Management Pillar composed of National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) that spearheads the pillar management. The environment pillar was established under the NOGP to contribute towards ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity. NEMA is also coordinating an environment information network (EIN) which will play a key role in the monitoring program for the AG. EIN was established in 2001 with the main objective of enhancing the capability of key data producers in the environment sector to exchange and share information in compatible formats at minimal time and cost. All the key data holders are organized in the EIN and the data management framework for the AG EMP will be part of this framework (NEMA, 2012). Through the Monitoring plan for the AG, the EIN has set targets for strengthening data management for planning and decision making in the AG including hosting an environmental data clearing house at NEMA. The new targets build on previous efforts on a Sensitivity Atlas for the Albertine Graben which was also prepared under the auspices of the EIN. Recommendation: ‹ Critical for effective performance of environmental management is the coordination of the various institutions involved. The key area of cooperation is currently on quarterly monitoring of impacts but oil and gas being a new sector, the capacity of the institutions to perform this task in a coordinated manner is limited. The roles and responsibilities by the institutions need further clarification as capacity of the different institutions in monitoring is strengthened.

6.4.2 Coordination between governmental agencies and district/local level

The ultimate responsibility for environmental management in the country is vested in the Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE). The mandate is executed through the ministry’s directorates and agencies. These include the Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM) responsible for Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) activities such as monitoring, assessing, planning , allocating and regulating water resources, whereas the Directorate of Environmental Affairs (DEA) is concerned with environmental policy and carries out its mandate through three agencies; National Forestry Authority (NFA), Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) and National Environment Management Authority (NEMA). NFA has a mission to “Manage Central Forest Reserves on a sustainable basis and to supply high quality forestry-related products and services to government, local communities and the private sector, while UWA (under the Ministry of Tourism, Trade and Industry) has a mission to conserve, economically develop and sustainably manage the wildlife and Protected Areas of Uganda in partnership with neighboring communities and other stakeholders for the benefit of the people of Uganda and the global community. UWA ensures that oil exploration activities in protected areas such as Queen Elizabeth, Murchison Falls National parks and the various Wildlife Reserves are carried out in a responsible manner. However, NEMA is the principal agency in Uganda charged with the responsibility of coordinating, monitoring, regulating and supervising environmental management in the country including coordinating the activities between institutions to ensure environmental and biodiversity protection during oil exploration activities. A multi-institutional Environment Monitoring Committee has been put in place and is composed of representatives from DWRM; NFA, PEPD, UWA, Fisheries Resources Department (FRD), DEA and District Environmental Officers ( DEOs). The monitoring is at three tiers; the executive level, technical/ operational level and field based monitors. NEMA together with other Government institutions such as PEPD, UWA and NEMA have staff based in the field to monitor the oil exploration Page 94 activities. Both UWA and NEMA have appointed full time officers to monitor oil exploration activities whereas PEPD monitors are also monitoring technical aspects. There is a multi-sectorial technical team composed of NEMA, PEPD, UWA, DWRM, NFA, Fisheries and Department of Occupational Health and Safety that inspects oil exploration activities on a quarterly basis. The heads of these institutions form the strategic level monitoring team. The District Level Monitoring Team is also in place and is composed of the technical staff of the local governments in the AG. Monitoring to ensure compliance with the environment regulations is a collective responsibility for all stakeholders. Therefore the monitors work in close consultation with community members, civil society and the local district leaders through the District Environment Officers. Regular sensitization meetings are carried out in order to gain understanding of the process and listen to community concerns, and be able to monitor the activities basing on knowledge.

Risks and opportunities for environmental coordination between governmental agencies and district/local level in the AG Although the roles and responsibilities in the environment management of oil and gas is spelled out clearly in the framework of the Environmental Pillar under the NOGP, operationalization is still a challenge due to limited capacity in expedition a slow pace in understanding and operationalizing of the new institutional roles . The institutions still require understanding of the roles and how the new sector roles interact in the new oil and gas sector without duplication and conflict. NEMA has been spearheading the coordination of environmental monitoring in terms of programmatic and financial aspects but the sustainability of this role will be a challenge especially as petroleum activities increase in the downstream stages. A functional compliance monitoring and enforcement framework that is proposed to help streamline harmonize compliance monitoring by the different Government Lead Agencies still requires financial and human resources to operationalize. The current coordination efforts, however, present an opportunity for strong partnerships amongst the stakeholders that are beneficial for environmental management in the oil and gas sector. The E&P Forum/UNEP (1997) builds on Agenda 21 objective to illustrate a multi-stakeholder partnership in which the commitment and genuine involvement of all social groups is key in moving from positions of confrontation, dependence or isolation to positions of mutually agreed and understood interdependence for sustainable development. Therefore, the linkages and roles within the multi- stakeholder partnership for the AG may take the form that integrates government efforts with civil society, business and industry in a coordinated structure as shown in Figure 6.2. Recommendations for environmental coordination in the AG ‹ In the short term, NEMA will still require to spearhead the coordination of environmental monitoring program until the institutions are fully equipped to participate. For NEMA to effectively undertake the coordination role, it requires capacity in terms of increased financial and human resources to fulfill this role. ‹ A multi-stakeholder partnership for the AG should be instituted to integrate government efforts with civil society, business and industry in a coordinated structure (Figure 6.2). To effect the partnership model, awareness building will be required from national to local level and defining of roles and responsibilities reflecting multi-pronged interdependence.

Page 95

Figure 6.2: A Multi-stakeholder partnership model for the Albertine Graben (modified after E&P/UNEP, 1997)

6.4.3 Capacity building

To make environmental programs effective, a wide range of capacity building initiatives within relevant institutions in terms of human and infrastructural resources are required. Key of these have been outlined at international level by E&P Forum/UNEP, (1997) and include capacity to undertake baseline surveys; development of environmental policies; legislation and regulatory framework ; environmental inspections; monitoring and enforcement; continuing ability to manage assessments and other approval and review functions; service infrastructure such as specialized water, power and waste services; laboratories; public emergency response systems; transportation systems and local service industries.

Risks and opportunities related to capacity building A key capacity building concern is the uncertainty of the dynamic and long term petroleum value chain as well as establishing and building up of new institutions. However, the National Oil and Gas Policy provides a framework for appropriate resource management systems and procedures in line with the National Development Plan (NDP) mainly through setting up of relevant institutions and capacity building in the country (MEMD, 2010). Through the NOGP, the Government further assures significant training and other capacity building efforts to be undertaken in order to enable the established institutions to effectively carry out their different mandates. The NOGP objectives to “Ensure capacity building for the necessary manpower to monitor the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity”, is being implemented through the program on “Strengthening the Management of the Oil and Gas Sector in Uganda”. The Program which is a joint partnership between the Government of Uganda and that of Norway aims to

Page 96 strengthen the state’s administration and management of the oil and gas sector in Uganda through the following strategies:

• Relevant institutions to get extensive training in management of the environmental component of petroleum operations. Exposing as many Ugandans as possible to various disciplines of oil and gas including management. • Skills training have been planned for the environment management pillar institutions including seminars, workshops and tailor-made courses to accelerate this capacity building. There will also be visits to producing areas elsewhere to gain experiences. • Formal education and training for both diploma and masters programs in petroleum economics, law, accounting, auditing and taxation have commenced using government support for capacity building. • Setting up a petroleum technical institution to initially cater for the relevant vocational training in the sector. • Review the structures of the Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development as well as structures for all stakeholder institutions under the respective pillars to cater for creation of either departments or units within respective areas to specifically handle the requirements of the oil and gas sector with an aim to ensure continuity and sustainability of the activities of the sector.

Other capacity building support is from the oil industry where the companies are supporting formal training on oil and gas in partnerships with universities /tertiary institutions both in the country and abroad. The World Bank has also supported petroleum related environment activities through its environmental capacity building program to NEMA. Despite the various efforts, there are still capacity building gaps and opportunities. A capacity needs assessment for the environmental information network institutions that have been coordinated by NEMA presents resource/logistical as well as human capacity needs in the following areas:

• Aquatic and Ecological involving environmental/biological assessments, fish catch assessments, fisheries frame surveys, wetland fisheries resources assessments, and fish biology studies. A field station is planned to be established on L. Albert to provide research facilities for the various institutions. • Terrestrial Biodiversity Assessment involving aerial surveys and ground counts, vegetation mapping, ground truth and sensitivity analysis. Oil monitoring units are proposed to be established in Murchison Falls National Park, Kabwoya and Queen Elizabeth National Park. • Physical assessments including soils, air and water. There is need for expert knowledge on specifications on technical equipment. • Society: Socio economic Surveys on food, water and sanitation, health, energy, infrastructure, education, livelihoods and culture. The population and housing census, demographic and health survey. Another gap that the EIN should consider is availability of a detailed settlement map for spatial planning and assessments including scenario analysis • Business and Management: Tourism surveys, fish market Information, agricultural trade information, transport surveys, forest product trade information, and trends in production of construction materials. EIN will coordinate with other initiatives e.g. the local content by PEPD

Page 97 • Clearing House involving information management and coordination. Although the clearing house is not a theme, it has been given importance because it is going to support the dissemination of all products of the AG EMP.

Most of these efforts are, however, still to be effected at all levels due to the following barriers: • Lack of timely established National and Local content to guide comprehensive national participation in oil and gas activities: The national and local content require be legislating and planning in order to ensure that comprehensinve local capacity is built to contribute to and participate in the oil industry operations. • Barriers to recruitment at district and local level where inspection and monitoring is important: Many of the stakeholder institutions are seeking to deploy at district level but a host of barriers have not enabled this.

Recommendations on capacity building ‹ Urgent recruitment should be undertaken at district levels in the AG of key vacant positions such as Labor officers, Community development officers, physical planners and at each mun icipality, Urban Planners ‹ Review of the concluded capacity needs assessment should be undertaken once the national and local content plan and legislation are in place. The review should be done to ensure capacity building and participation of all line sector personnel that is required at national, district and local levels in handling oil and gas services ‹ By the wide spatial and temporal implication of environmental impacts of oil and gas, there is need to co-opt more institutions in the EIN to include societal agencies that were not previously included. The new EIN institutions will require special attention on harmonizing with EIN principles and data management infrastructure ‹ Sustaining established databases and future updates in the framework of the EIN requires long term investment in institutional infrastructure and human capacity for the relevant government agencies. This requires that Government prioritizes data and information management for oil and gas sector in the framework of the National Development Plan and National Budget through concerted effort with the resource mobilization pillar with an aim for sustainability. ‹ Fast-track capacity building of non-state institutions and agencies such as the small and medium business enterprises and environmental practitioners in order for them to participate effectively in the new oil and gas sector service delivery.

Page 98 6.5 Management of Pollution and Waste

Pollution from petroleum activities may derive from routine activities as well as from accidental events and can be small and localized to large scale and even trans-boundary depending on the type of pollution, its extent, the potential for pollution migration and other factors. Pollution in the strict sense includes all emissions and discharges deriving from the full range of petroleum and associated activities. However, it is acknowledged that industrial activities cannot be undertaken without certain levels of e.g. air and noise emissions, liquid and solid waste creation as part of the planned activities. Unplanned pollution, however, includes for instance chemical, fuel or diesel spills as well as oil spills. Proper management and implementation of stringent procedures for handling of hazardous chemicals, materials and wastes will reduce the probability of pollution as well as its potential extent and severity of impact to ecosystems and people. The risk of accidental events can also be reduced through the use of adequate technology, implementation of sound management practice and personnel focus and attention. Nevertheless, there is a remaining risk for accidental events and one of the worst cases is a large oil spill. This section therefore focuses on oil spills and drilling/oily waste management as both may have severe negative effects on the existing ecosystems and their supporting functions for the local population and other industry sectors.

6.5.1 Oil spill contingency planning

Currently there is insufficient knowledge about the environmental risks associated with potential oil spills in the Albertine Graben and beyond. The trans-boundary nature of such spills, the fact that the catchment drains into the River Nile which flows towards Sudan north of Lake Albert and the border with DR Congo being situated within Lake Albert requires oil spill contingency planning that addresses trans-boundary effects. Historic data on failure, oil properties, climate, local meteorology and environmental sensitivities are important factors in assessing the risk, behaviour, fate and potential consequences of spilled oil. The largest volumes of crude oil are likely to be discharged as part of a major blow-out during drilling of exploration and production wells, oil pipeline rupture in a gathering pipeline or a potential export pipeline, tank farm or processing spillages and spillages during loading or unloading of crude oil e.g. to or from trucks, road tankers or railway. Discharge points for an oil spill may therefore vary widely but include aquatic catchment areas (streams, rivers, lakes) and inland terrestrial environments. The Oil for Development (OfD) Program currently supports the development of an Environmental Risk Assessment (ERA) and subsequent Oil Spill Contingency Analysis (OSCA) that shall form the basis for a National Oil Spill Contingency Plan (NOSCP) for Uganda. The ERA will be a preliminary assessment based on the current and planned petroleum exploration, production and transportation activities, potential spill incidents and characteristics, oil behavior, migration and spreading vectors and impact receptors. Risk mitigation measures are divided into preventive (probability reducing) measures and consequence reducing measures (contingency). Probability and consequence classifications for human health and safety, environment and socio-economic factors will lead to establishment of acceptance criteria. Risk mitigation measures may reduce risk from an unacceptable to acceptable level. The OSCA will be based on the results of the ERA and will establish potential spill scenarios, the required legal basis and response capacity, response contingency including organization, equipment and procedures for an adequate response system at national, regional and local level for

Page 99 governmental bodies as well as operating companies. The final NOSCP has the objective to ensure timely response to spills or the threat of a spill by detailing a tiered management mechanism that includes preparedness, response, reporting and communication, policy, legal and institutional analysis as well as administration and implementation mechanisms of the NOSCP. Tiered Preparedness and Response is a structured approach that allows potential oil spill incidents to be categorized in terms of their potential likelihood and severity, and the capabilities that need to be in place to respond. Figure 6.3 below illustrates the linkages between size of spill, proximity to operations and respective tier. Large spill Tier 3

Medium spill Tier 2

Small spill Tier 1

Proximit y to operations Figure 6.3: Usual tiers for oil spill contingency

Tier 1 considers smaller, operational-type spills that may occur at or near an operator own facilities as a consequence of its own activities. The operator is responsible to provide resources to respond at this Tier. This usually includes purchase of response capacity from a commercial service provider specialized in oil spill response. Tier 2 considers a larger spill in the vicinity of an operator’s facilities where resources from other companies, industries and possibly government agencies can be called in on a mutual aid basis to fight a spill. Tier 3 considers larger spills where substantial further resources will be required to control the spill. Support from national or even international cooperative stockpile may be necessary. The fundamental components of preparedness and response are consistent across all tiers of capability:

• spill assessment and notification • management framework and roles and responsibilities • response strategies • equipment • response personnel • training program for all stakeholders • exercises to test and practice the arrangements • escalation and integration for people, equipment and other resources

There are four main types of factors each influencing the way response capabilities are designed and built; operational factors, baseline factors, response capability factors and legislative factors. The process of defining the tiers of capability and the boundaries between them is part of a wider risk management strategy; ensuring that all potential risks are as low as practicable and taking measures to mitigate the residual consequences. Examples of factors influencing the response capability needed: 37 Page 100 Operational factors Baseline factors • Probability and frequency of a • Proximity of spill to operations spill occurring • Climate, weather and operating conditions altering fate and • Spill volume behavior of oil or influencing response operations • Oil type • Proximity to sensitive environments • Impact of the spill on operations • Proximity to socio-economic resources • Feasibility for adequate response Response capability factor Legislative factors • Tier 1 resources • Political stability and culture • Availability and capability of • Legal requirements regarding response actions or performance regional Tier 2 options criteria • Access to Tier 3 support • Influences of national, regional or local authorities • Subscription to designated Tier 2 or Tier 3 support

Assessment of risks and opportunities for current and future petroleum activities Current petroleum activities Current exploration and appraisal drilling activities are undertaken by commissioning project-specific oil spill contingency services by the individual operators. The operators have established a mutual aid agreement amongst themselves to provide for larger disasters where the individual oil spill contingency provisions would be insufficient. However, despite the acknowledged sensitivity of the ecosystems in the region, the vulnerability of wetlands, catchment areas and Lake Albert as well as the dependency of the local population on the ecosystem services, there is a lack of coordinated effort above Tier 1 as well as a lack of full scale ERA for planning purposes. In case of a major blow- out, current resources for oil spill response are likely to be insufficient.

Future petroleum activities The scale of planned activities ranging from large scale drilling (exploration, appraisal and production), to storage facilities as well as transportation of crude and processing with possibly transportation of refinery products requires the establishment and implementation of a full scale tiered response mechanism. The foreseen fast-track developments and lack of current capacity in terms of equipment, manpower, coordinated efforts between national, regional and local levels and training above Tier 1 provisions requires a key focus on oil spill contingency. Low education levels and the prevailing social structures in the Albertine Graben region require immediate attention regarding recruiting local manpower, training, reporting lines and coordination amongst relevant institutions and across the various levels of institution hierarchy.

Recommendations 1) General recommendations

‹ OSCP for sensitive or protected areas shall be based on the following principles: • No activities shall be allowed prior to comprehensive oil spill preparedness being in place in sensitive or protected areas, e.g. the Murchison Falls or other protected areas, the Nile crossing, drilling in Lake Albert or wetland areas, trucking of oil and supply activities in the lakes/Nile systems. ‹ The petroleum industry should establish a joint approach to oil spill response to establish efficient use of resources and effective spill intervention.

Page 101 ‹ The development of the NOSCP and the underlying ERA and OSCA shall be undertaken based on the following principles: • The likely lack of relevant information as input to the ERA, OSCA and subsequently the NOSCP, requires a streamlining of development planning with the progress of the oil spill contingency planning and implementation activities. A functioning NOSCP has to be in place including resources and equipment being available, personnel fully trained and communication lines tested and fully functioning prior to large scale development activities. Delays in the current work under the OfD program and its implementation shall be reflected in the overall development planning. • OSCP has to include consideration of equipment selection and use, use of chemicals, containment method as well as clean-up and disposal of contaminated materials and restoration of affected areas. There is therefore a clear link to the establishment of appropriate waste management procedures and facilities. The development of the NOSCP and waste management regulation and facilities planning shall be developed in a coordinated effort. • The scenario analysis undertaken as part of the SEA and any potential updates shall inform the ERA, OSCA and NOSCP. Information exchange between the SEA Team and the consultants working on the ERA, OSCA and NOSCP is essential to develop a streamlined approach. Agreed risk acceptance criteria have to be established as a basis for decision-making. • Once the NOSCP is in place, regular exercises are vital during the implementation and later phases to train the response personnel to cooperate efficiently and make complex decisions under stressful circumstances. Plans, equipment and systems have to be tested and improved. Roles and responsibilities of the different parties (government, industry and other) have to be properly reflected. • Budgets for undertaking regular exercises and replacing/adapting equipment have to be made available by the government and industry. ‹ Oil spill response planning shall be an integral part of Environmental Impact Assessment: • A project-specific ERA shall be part of an EIA for projects with the potential for significant negative impacts to be submitted for approval to NEMA. • NEMA personnel shall have to be familiar with international ERA approaches to be able to evaluate the submissions. Capacity building has to be considered for this purpose. • NEMA shall have sufficient manpower and skill to manage the EIA submissions in an effective and professional manner.

2) Evaluation of future development scenario

‹ As the need and level of activity for oil field development (exploration, appraisal and production drilling, operation of gathering lines and CPFs, etc.) is similar for all three scenarios, all of them require adequate and full-scale oil spill contingency planning at all established tiers. ‹ Scenario 3a has a low probability for a pipeline rupture and associated oil spills as export pipelines, if properly routed and constructed to international standards, have very low failure rates as shown by long-term statistics, if sabotage can be controlled. However, the export

Page 102 pipeline has least flexibility as it cannot be operated below its minimal operating pressure and volume for flow assurance reasons. Should extended transportation by other means, e.g. trucking be required, the risk picture would be much higher. ‹ Scenario 3b in comparison has a much higher accident probability. This is largely related to loading and unloading activities but also to the higher risk of third party interference such as accidents at road crossings, animal or people interactions, etc. ‹ Scenario 1 and 2 have a similar risk picture related to oil spills as the refinery is the more critical part. Furthermore, spills of refinery products transported by truck have a fairly high probability due to road conditions, potential interference with local people and animals, especially when crossing populated areas and driving habits. Spills of refined products such as diesel or kerosene also have a higher environmental impact. ‹ In summary it is important that the oil spill contingency planning, including at a national level with implementation of Tier 3 is implemented in line with development planning. Any delay in the development and implementation of the NOSCP and potential Tier 2 provisions has to be reflected in the progress of development.

6.5.2 Drilling waste and produced water

Generally, during oil and gas activities different waste types are generated. These include anything from household wastes to hazardous wastes such as batteries, paints, solvents, lubricants, transformers, medical waste, and sludge from storage tanks, etc. This chapter, however, focuses on drilling waste and produced water only. Drilling waste predominantly includes drill cuttings; fluid retained by cuttings, excess drilling or completion fluid, excess cement slurry and drilled solid cement. Furthermore, waste water (oily and non-oily), garbage and potential hydrocarbons from production testing will occur. There are currently two groups of drilling wastes to consider: a. Legacy waste from previous drilling operations in the AG Analyses of legacy waste stored in the intermediate waste storage facilities indicate certain levels of heavy metals. These levels may be related to drilling or cementing fluids used in the operations or could be related to the drilled rock. Solutions have to be identified for final disposal of these well defined wastes. Care should be taken to not create cross- contamination with other waste that has no elevated heavy metal levels. b. New waste created from current or planned drilling operations waste volumes will be significant with additional drilling of planned wells. If the heavy metals in the legacy waste were related to the use of drilling and/or cementing fluids, there is a possibility that new drilling waste generated will have better properties. However, hydrocarbon content and potential other components require attention and solutions have to be identified in any case for regulated final disposal of such waste.

Produced water Produced water is a special waste that will become an increasing concern especially during the later stages of hydrocarbon production. Oil and gas reservoirs have so-called formation water that typically lies underneath the hydrocarbons or is trapped in the reservoir rock. Furthermore, to achieve maximum oil recovery additional water is often injected into the reservoirs to help force the oil to the surface. Both the formation water and the injected water are eventually produced along

Page 103 with the hydrocarbons. As the field becomes depleted the produced water content of the oil increases. Produced water normally has a reservoir specific composition that may include amounts of downhole production chemicals and treatment and workover chemicals from the production process, dissolved inorganic salts, dispersed oil droplets, dissolved organic compounds, heavy metals, dissolved gases (particularly hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide), bacteria, dispersed solid particles as well radionuclides (Naturally Occuring Radioactive Materials, NORM) . The particular concentrations of these components can vary over an extremely wide range. The treatment of produced water is a major cost factor in oil and gas production. Furthermore, produced water has several properties that are often not well understood and ignoring them complicates the treatment. These include the potential build-up of mineral scales being formed, solid hydrocarbon deposition (paraffin formation) and changes in pH. Contact with air may result in deposition of iron compounds and elemental sulfur. Problems associated with produced water therefore may include plugging of disposal wells by solid particles and suspended oil droplets, plugging of lines, valves, and orifices due to deposition of inorganic scales, corrosion due to acid gases and electrochemical reactions of the water with piping and vessel walls, and growth of bacteria that plug lines and valves or result in the formation of harmful products. Due to its harmful composition produced water must be either re-used or disposed of adequately. It can be used as a source of water for injection for reservoir pressure maintenance or enhancement. If re-use is not an option, produced water is disposed of after treatment or injected underground. If re-injection is not an option, standards for produced water disposal have to be determined by the regulator. Considering the above, pollution from produced water can be minimized by typically these techniques:

• Minimizing produced water volumes close to the source; • Produced water re-injection for pressure maintenance or injection into a separate structure; • Use of environmentally friendly chemicals for scale inhibition, corrosion control, and flocculants; and • Produced water treatment.

Assessment of risks and opportunities for current and future petroleum activities The management of waste holds opportunities as well as risks. Risks are related to insufficient waste management with associated environmental pollution and public health effects. Inadequate waste management regulations or regulatory enforcement, poor treatment and disposal technologies, inadequate waste handling and transportation may lead to such effects. The current lack of suitable waste management regulation and the related current storage at intermediate waste storage sites increase the risk. Opportunities are related to business opportunities for waste transporters and facility operators. Both can create a significant number of long-term jobs and will create the necessary skill basis.

Page 104 Recommendations 1) General recommendations

‹ Develop waste management regulation for legacy waste as well as future waste, both liquid and solid, based on international categorization of waste. ‹ Focus shall not only be given to drilling wastes but to all kinds of hazardous or toxic waste generated throughout the value chain. This also includes for instance sludge from storage tanks or pigging, cementing surplus, incinerator ash, batteries, transformers, medical waste, mercury, paints, solvents, filters, coolants, etc. ‹ Develop regulatory frameworks for waste management operators for different waste types incl. licensing, auditing, revoking, chain of custody documentation, site management and transportation, occupational health standards, etc. ‹ Develop capacity within relevant institutions such as NEMA, Local Governments, DWRM and others regarding waste matters. ‹ Facilitate development of central waste treatment and disposal facilities in accordance with international standards. All options (biological, thermal, chemical and physical methods) shall be assessed. ‹ Central facilities will reduce land take and establish clear ownership of waste and liability. On- site burial shall be an exception to avoid future legacies.Facilities shall have the capacity to receive contaminated soil and sediment derived from potential oil spill clean-up activities. The siting of such facilities shall consider the tectonic setting and risk of geohazards. ‹ Maximum allowable discharge levels/discharge thresholds of specific components in waste for disposal on land incl. heavy metals, salts, hydrocarbons, etc. ‹ Definition of national benchmarks/threshold limits of defined pollutants in soil using established land use zoning categories ‹ Establish accredited laboratory facilities to monitor and analyze waste compositions ‹ EIAs submitted by project developers shall include a full inventory of chemicals used as well as an inventory of all wastes produced. Consideration shall be given to least toxic chemicals and the internationally accepted waste hierarchy (avoid – minimize – reuse – recycle – dispose, in this order). MSDS sheets shall be submitted as part of the EIA.

Regarding produced water ‹ The formation of scale and possible levels of NORM shall be monitored to avoid cross- contamination with radionuclides and ecosystem and public health impacts ‹ A solution shall be identified for produced water as a special waste type. It shall be analyzed for its contents (e.g. hydrocarbons, heavy metals, NORM, mineral salts, solids and organic and anorganic components). Options shall consider quantities forecasted, components, receiving environment and potential dispersion factors. All disposal options (discharge with pre-treatment, evaporation and salt disposal, injection, etc.) shall be evaluated.

Regarding oily waste from oil spills, see key issue no. 11 and related recommendations.

Page 105 In Uganda waste management is regulated under the National Environment Act 153 of 1995 and the Waste Management Regulations (1999). The National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) is the institution responsible for waste management in its supervisory and co-ordination and monitoring roles through lead agencies. Other institutions which directly have a role to implement waste management regulations include Local Governments, Districts, Cities, Municipalities and Town Boards. These, however, deal with ordinary wastes. It was noted during the SEA process that current Waste Management Regulations 1999 are inadequate to manage E&P drilling wastes and produced water. As a result, Uganda’s Waste Management regulations 1999 are undergoing review to incorporate wastes related to oil and gas activities. In addition, guidelines for managing drilling waste are being developed. Further policies, laws and regulations that should undergo review regarding waste considerations include: The National Environment Policy (1994), Environmental impact assessment regulations (1998), Environment (Audit) regulations, 2006, The National water Policy (1998), The Water Act Cap153 (1988), Water resources regulations, Effluent discharge regulations , Local Government Act (1997), Wildlife Policy 1999, and Wildlife Act Cap 2000 (2000), Waste water discharge regulations. ‹ It is recommended that during review of the above policies, laws, regulations and guidelines, concerned stakeholders should ensure that their reviews are coordinated. ‹ It is also recommended to use expert advice to incorporate international best practice.

Of particular importance is the recently enacted Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Actl 2013. Waste management is one of the issues in the Act. ‹ It is recommended that final version of clause(s) on waste management is assessed to determine its implications. If found inadequate, amendments should timely be made.

2) Recommendations related to future development scenarios ‹ The volume of drilling waste created is the same for the three scenarios as exploration and production will take place in a similar way for all scenarios. Also the amount of produced water is similar for all scenarios ‹ The total amounts of hazardous waste is higher in Scenario 1 and 2 in comparison to Scenario 3 due to the creation of refinery waste incl. sludge, filter wastes, etc. Although such waste is not considered as drilling waste, appropriate waste management facilities as well as waste regulation and adequate handling is vital. The same applies to sludge from pigging, tank farms, etc.

Page 106 7 SUMMARY AND TESTING OF RECOMMENDATIONS. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

The goals of this chapter are to: • summarize the recommendations given in Chapter 5 and 6 • test whether the recommendations are sustainable and compatible with the NOGP • propose monitoring requirements for the implementation of the recommendations • check whether the SEA is meeting the objectives • check whether the SEA is performed according to international best practice • present concluding advice

7.1 Summary and Testing of Main Recommendations

Based on the results of Chapter 5, this section highlights the recommendations considered to be the most significant within each Key Issues Group and tests them against the NOGP in terms of sustainability and compatibility. Tables 7.1 to 7.18 present the results of the evaluations and rank them according to priority. The ranking is given in numbers and similar numbers indicate equal priority. Other recommendations given in Chapter 5 are however also valid and should be implemented to further develop the petroleum sector in Uganda. Furthermore, monitoring requirements of the implementation of the recommendations are proposed. The below tables refer to the issue, strategy and actions of the NOGP relevant for each Key Issues Group. Table 7.1: Key Issues Group 1- Petroleum related activities in protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Main Recommendations 1.There is a need to review laws and regulations regarding protected areas and their protection status due to the fact that economic activities such as petroleum developments were not envisaged when designing the existing laws and regulations. This review has to take into consideration the extraordinary environmental value of the protected areas and the risks represented by the petroleum activities. A good example is the extensive petroleum activities taking place in the Murchison Falls National Park. The same principles as for the protected areas should be applied for the environmentally sensitive areas in order to safeguard their ecosystem functions. Environmentally sensitive areas are those identified in the Environmental Sensitivity Atlas which will be updated regularly. 1. Future petroleum activites not yet licensed shall be based on the Integrated Management Planning recommended to be developed in the near future. 2. The Uganda Forest Policy should be revised to include oil and gas issues, and a timeline should be set to complete the forest regulations and guidelines for EIA in forest developments. 3. The wetlands policy, regulations and standards need review to incorporate oil and gas issues and the wetlands specific laws need approval by the Parliament. 4. The Fisheries Act and the National Fisheries Policy should be reviewed to include oil and gas issues, and lacking fishery control instruments should be put in place. NOGP Issue Many of the areas with a potential for hydrocarbon production coincide with areas of important biodiversity like national parks, water bodies, and game and forest reserves among others. Due Page 107 conside ration will therefore be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9: to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity. - Ensure availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to petroleum activities. - Ensure the presence of necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of petroleum activities on environment and biodiversity. - Require oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection and biodiversity conservation. - Require oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation.

Consideration of using finite resources to create lasting benefits to society. The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations and resources shall be used to inter-generation equity. There shall be a neatly balance between environment, human development and biodiversity for mutual benefit and survival. The NOGP shall contribute and promote sustainable development. It is the responsibility of the licensed oil companies to protect the environment where they work or any areas in the country impacted by their operations while the government shall legislate, regulate and monitor compliance. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment and biodiversity legislation to address oil and gas activities. • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on environment and biodiversity. • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors. Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP is broad and conservation of the environment and biodiversity are objectives clearly stated. The protection of forest resources, wetlands and fisheries can be seen as part of the overall environmental protection goals. The NOGP does not specifically mention protected and sensitive areas. Uganda holds numerous protected areas of various protection statuses and there has been reason for such designations. This includes biodiversity and endemism aspects as well as environmental conservation and such considerations shall be considered in the petroleum sector planning. The NOGP states that there shall be a balance between environment, human development and biodiversity for mutual benefit and survival. Industrial activities shall only be allowed as an exemption in protected areas and only in case no significant negative impacts can be identified as a key principle of EIA best practice. Biodiversity assets are renewable and, if managed well, can provide continued support to economic and human development. The SEA provides recommendations on how to consider environmentally sensitive and protected areas and biodiversity

Page 108 Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 1

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions

Consideration of environmentally Mana gement systems NEMA, PEPD, UWA and sensitive and protected areas other relevant Consideration in integrated institutions management plans

An environmental monitoring plan for The indicators, data collection NEMA, the Albertine Graben has been and analysis described in the AG NaFIRRI/DFR, developed for the period 2012 – 2017 EMP shall be used for NFA, (AG EMP). It covers VECs of aquatic monitoring. DWRM, DWD and terrestrial ecosystems, Wetlands Management The data collected shall be physical/chemical sampling of soil, air Dept. managed through the EIN in line and water, societal parameters and Physical Planning Dept. business and management aspects. with its key objectives to create Surveys and Mapping a publicly available, efficient and Implementation of this monitoring Dept. plan has to be followed up in transparent platform. and other relevant accordance with the plan. institutions

Link requirements for project specific Delivery of monitoring res ults by NEMA monitoring by oil companies with the oil companies as an EIA requirements of the AG EMP and requirement to be used as input incorporate the data. for EIN.

Page 109 Table 7.2: Key Issues Group 2 - Co-existence with Local Communities

Main Recommendations 1. Local communities will experience opportunities as well as risks. The capacity to adapt to the changing framework conditions has to be a key focus and long-term socioeconomic benefits have to be ensured. A social development plan should therefore be developed. The scenario analysis reveals the presence of large numbers of workforce, especially during construction periods and points at significant in-migration. The planning of urbanization and required associated infrastructure has to be advanced in line with petroleum development planning to avoid social tension and lack of capacity of infrastructure. 1. Social development investments: On issues of social development including communities coping with the growing sector a comprehensive integrated development program similar to Northern Uganda Social Action Fund or the Nile Basin program should be established to address issues of: • HIV/AIDS • Co-existence of agricultural systems with the oil and gas sector • Community infrastructural planning programs including social and economic infrastructure • Conflict resolution • Expectation management • Alternative income generating activities 2. Education and awareness on management of social issues: The Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social Development has all the policies and guidelines in place, but the linkage to other sectors such as the petroleum sector should be strengthened. 3. Strengthening land administration systems: Generally, the legal framework for land administration exists through land communities at district level. Training materials and sensitization materials for land acquisition are available at the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development. The Ministry requires a budget to translate into local languages in the Albertine Graben and the district land boards need to be trained. NOGP Issue Co-existence with local communities is not mentioned explicitly in the NOGP. NOGP Strategy Objective 10 supports mutually beneficial relationships between all stakeholders by recognizing and promoting the different roles of the state, the oil companies and other stakeholders NOGP Actions Carrying out consultations with stakeholders especially in the oil and gas producing areas Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP only mentions mutually beneficial relationships between the oil sector and other stakeholders. The strategies and actions point at general stakeholder consultation but not real co- existence mechanisms. Not covered are co-existence mechanisms, sustainable alternative livelihood schemes, inclusive social development programs and management of in-migration vis-à-vis local communities. The livelihoods of local communities are already fragile and infrastructure is predominantly poor. The SEA provides recommendations how to progress co-existence issues with local communities and avoid social tension.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 2 Page 110 Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions The NOGP does not provide mechanisms for Co-existence mechanisms PEPD and other co-existence with local communities relevant institutions and local governments An environmental monitoring plan for t he The indicators, data collection NEMA, Albertine Graben has been developed for the and analysis described in the NaFIRRI/DFR, period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). It also includes AG EMP shall be used for NFA, DWRM, consideration of settlement, food, culture and monitoring. DWD, Wetlands business parameters. Implementation of this Management monitoring plan has to be followed up in The data collected shall be Dept., accordance with the plan. managed through the EIN in Physical Planning line with its key objectives to Dept., create a publicly available, Surveys and efficient and transparent Mapping Dept.and platform. other relevant institutions In -migration Change in settlement and Ministry of livelihood indicators and Gender, Labor and crime rates over time Social Development Social development Implementation of inclusive Ministry of social development programs Gender, Labor and Social Development

Table 7.3: Key Issues Group 3 - Co-existence with Archaeology and Cultural Heritage

Main Recommendations 1. The Historical Monuments Act should be expeditiously amended to include matters related to the petroleum industry as well as to capture specifically all matters that concern cultural heritage in the country. This will go a long way in giving the principle legislation a face lift matched by the rest of the world. Cultural/archaeological impact assessments including baseline surveys shall be undertaken as part of the EIA process and reviewed by the competent institution. 2. The sanctions and penalties enforced/ administered on transgressors and perpetual offenders of cultural heritage property should be revised, strengthened and possibly increased so as to serve a meaningful objective and more applicable. 3. Uganda should readily adopt more International Treaties and Conventions concerning Cultural Heritage. There are several international instruments that Uganda has not yet ratified and transposed into national law. NOGP I ssue Cultural heritage is not explicitly mentioned in the NOGP. NOGP S trategy No strategy to safeguard such irretrievable assets is found in the NOGP.

Page 111 NOGP A ctions No actions are mentioned Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing Safeguarding cultural heritage is not mentioned in the NOGP. Cultural heritage is an important aspect of cultural and national identity. As cultural heritage is irretrievable once destroyed or severly impacted, safeguards have to be implemented with a focus of physically avoidance during siting and routing as part of oil and gas activities and associated infrastructure planning. The SEA provides recommendations on how to improve consideration of archaeology and cultural heritage.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 3

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Consideration of physical and intangib le Adequate consideration in EIA NEMA, Ministry of cultural heritage for the oil and gas regions Tourism, Wildlife as well as export options and corridors and Antiquities An environmental monitoring plan for the The indicators, data collection and NEMA, Albertine Graben has been developed for analysis described in the AG EMP NaFIRRI/DFR, the period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). It also shall be used for monitoring. NFA, DWRM, includes monitoring of archaeological/ DWD, Wetlands cultural sites. Implementation of this The data collected shall be Management monitoring plan has to be followed up in managed through the EIN in line Dept., accordance with the plan. with its key objectives to create a Physical Planning publicly available, efficient and Dept., transparent platform. Surveys and Mapping Dept. and other relevant institutions Link requirements for project specific Delivery of monitoring results b y NEMA survey requirements and monitoring by oil oil companies as an EIA companies with the requirements of the requirement to be used as input AG EMP and incorporate the data. for EIN. Inclusion of physical and intangible Inclusion of appropriate NEMA cultural heritage as part of EIA information in EIAs MTWA, Dept. of community development in affected districts

Page 112 Table 7.4: Key Issues Group 4 - Co-existence with Other Industries and Service Providers

Main Recommendations 1. The petroleum industry should be required to offer capacity building programs for existing and potential new businesses with the aim of preparing them for delivery of goods and services to the petroleum industry in good time before any activities take place. This is to make the potential local companies competitive. 2. The Government should develop local infrastructure supporting the involvement of local companies. 3. The Government should provide relevant public utilities such as sewage or energy for extended or new urban centers. NOGP I ssue Co-existence with other industries and service providers is not mentioned explicitly in the NOGP but indirectly stated as part of national participation. NOGP Strategy Objective 7 states optimum national participation by - promoting the country’s materials, goods and services in oil and gas sector activities - promoting the country’s entrepreneurs in providing goods and services - promoting public private partnerships Objective 8 supports the development of national expertise by - identifying training skills required for the sector - utilizing oil and gas activities to support provision of training - promoting the provision of national goods and services as a way of building national expertise - broadening national education curricula Objective 10 supports mutually beneficial relationships between all stakeholders NOGP Actions - Put in place the necessary regulatory framework for national content - Identify opportunities for national content and plan for its implementation - Review and expand curricula - Require oil companies and subcontractors to provide training to Ugandans Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP takes a broad and bold view on optimizing national content but is not specific with respect to achievable goals and the enhancement of opportunities. Experience has shown that significant efforts have to be made by the government and oil companies to enable national industry to participate in the sector. Without targeted, early and continuous training programs on issues such as HSE, procurement requirements, quality assurance, etc. national content is likely to be low and restricted to unskilled labor. The implementation of appropriate curricula with adequate quality is also essential. In addition to enhancing local content, the SEA provides further recommendations on developing infrastructure and utilities.

Page 113 Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 4

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Securing of adequate level of local Recommendation of on - PEPD and other relevant content going local content study to institutions be implemented. Plans for developing infra- structure and utilities An envi ronmental monitoring plan for the The indicators, data NEMA, Albertine Graben has been developed for collection and analysis NaFIRRI/DFR, the period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). It also described in the AG EMP NFA, includes consideration of water and shall be used for DWRM, DWD, sanitation, mineral resources and monitoring. Wetlands Management construction materials and energy. The data collected shall be Dept., Implementation of this monitoring plan managed through the EIN Physical Planning Dept., has to be followed up in accordance with in line with its key Surveys and Mapping the plan. objectives to create a Dept. and other relevant publicly available, efficient institutions and transparent platform.

Table 7.5: Key Issues Group 5 - Co-existence with Tourism

Main Recommendations 1. See also recommendations for Key Issues Group 1 – protected and sensitive areas as these are focus areas for tourism. 2. There should be regulations on the maximum acceptable disturbance levels of oil and gas activities taking the tourism sector views into consideration. NOGP I ssue Co-existence with other sectors, such as tourism is not mentioned explicitly in the NOGP NOGP Strategy Objective 9 supporting conservation of environment and biodiversity which indirectly supports tourism if well managed. Objective 10 supports mutually beneficial relationships between all stakeholders by recognizing and promoting the different roles of the state, the oil companies and other stakeholders NO GP A ctions • Carrying out consultations with stakeholders especially in the oil and gas producing areas Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP mentions mutually beneficial relationships between the oil sector and other stakeholders. Tourism itself is not explicitly mentioned. The strategies and actions stated point at general stake- holder consultation but not real co-existence mechanisms. Tourism is an important economic factor that should not be put at risk due to oil and gas operations. The SEA focuses on the strong linkage between tourism and environmentally sensitive and protected areas.

Page 114 Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 5

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Risk of loss of business for tourism sector Co-existence mechanisms PEPD and other relevant institutions and the tourism sector An environmental monitoring plan for the The indicators, data NEMA, Albertine Graben has been developed for the collection and analysis NaFIRRI/DFR, period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). It also includes described in the AG EMP NFA, consideration of tourism parameters. shall be used for monitoring. DWRM, DWD, Implementation of this monitoring plan has to The data collected shall be Wetlands Manage- be followed up in accordance with the plan. managed through the EIN in ment Dept., line with its key objectives to Physical Planning create a publicly available, Dept., efficient and transparent Surveys and platform. Mapping Dept. and other relevant institutions

Table 7.6: Key Issues Group 6 - Co-existence with Fisheries

Main Recommendations 1. Develop regulatory frameworks to operationalize the Fisheries Policy (2004). 2. Strengthen strategies and plans for water resources assessment, monitoring and allocation to multiple uses with particular focus on protecting sensitive aquatic ecosystems in the AG. 3. Strengthen the multi-institutional approach to fisheries administration and management, setting clear mandates and modes of interaction and coordination amongst the key institutional actors namely the Department of Fisheries Resources (DFR), District Local Governments and community representatives for example BMUs. 4. Develop plans and programs to: • map critical breeding, nursery and feeding grounds for major commercial fish species; • identify year class recruitment strategies; and model population dynamics of major commercial fish species for management purposes, • track and mitigate impacts of pollution from petroleum activities on the aquatic environment and fisheries; • map the hydrodynamics of major lakes in the AG for input into oil spill contingency planning; • promote sustainable aquaculture and other viable non-capture fisheries in the AG as a relief measure to fishing pressure on lake fisheries. NOGP I ssue Co-existence with other sectors, such as fisheries is not mentioned explicitly in the NOGP. However, it is stated that petroleum activities are likely to improve access to fishing communities and consequently improved marketing opportunities for fish, while negative effects due to release of gas may be detrimental. NOGP S trategy Objective 10 supports mutually beneficial relationships between all stakeholders by recognizing and

Page 115 promoting the different roles of the state, the oil companies and other stakeholders

NOGP actions • Carrying out consultations with stakeholders especially in the oil and gas producing areas Sustainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP mentions mutually beneficial relationships between the oil sector and other stakeholders. The strategies and actions point at general stakeholder consultation but not real co-existence mechanisms. Fisheries, at subsistence level as well as on an economic scale, are important for Uganda and shall not be put at risk. The likely increase in demand on fish and access to markets requires stringent regulation of the fisheries sector. The SEA goes beyond the focus of the NOGP and provides recommendations on improving the knowledge basis on the fisheries sector and co-existence.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 6

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Risk of loss of income or Co-existence mechanisms . PEPD and other relevant livelihoods on fisheries. institutions and the fisheries sector An environmental monitoring The indicators, data collection NEMA, NaFIRRI/DFR, plan for the Albertine Graben has and analysis described in the AG NFA, DWRM, DWD, been developed for the period EMP shall be used for monitoring. Wetlands Management 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). Dept., Physical Planning It also includes consideration of The data collected shall be Dept., Surveys and fisheries parameters. managed through the EIN in line Mapping Dept. Implementation of this moni- with its key objectives to create a and other relevant toring plan has to be followed up publicly available, efficient and institutions in accordance with the plan. transparent platform.

Table 7.7: Key Issues Group 7 - Sharing of Revenues and Wellbeing between the National and Local/Regional Level. Co-operation

Main Recommendations 1. Develop a flexible revenue sharing mechanism, taking into account not only the size of the petroleum production and population size, but the impacts of the oil activities on the alternative sources of income for the districts. 2. Revise revenue share incomes so as to minimize the value loss due to inflation. 3. Give districts the autonomy to spend the money on priority projects with the central Government playing a supervisory role. NOGP Issue Consideration of using finite resources to create lasting benefits to society. The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations and resources shall be used to inter-generation equity. Efficient resource management promotes efficient revenue management by ensuring that

Page 116 petroleum revenues are used to boost balanced growth and sustainable development. Revenues shall be used for durable investments like infrastructure development and other activities which contribute to lowering the cost of doing business in the country. High standards of transparency and accountability include simple and easily understood financial reporting principles. The public sector aims to maximize returns to the society both for current and future generations. NOGP Strategy Objective 6 states ensuring the collection of the right revenues and use to create lasting value to the society by - Identifying and documenting the different sources of revenues - Publishing the revenues received regularly - Ensuring equity, fairness and transparency in the use of revenues - Utilizing revenue to support strategic areas such as education, research, infrastructure development, etc. - Putting in place a sustainable asset in form of a petroleum fund - Taking into account the interests of local governments and stakeholders and sharing of royalties in accordance with the Constitution NOGP Actions • Put in place a law to regulate the payment, sharing, use and management of revenues • Put in place the necessary institutional framework for revenue collection and management • Participate in the processes of the Extractive Industries and Transparency Initiative (EITI) Sust ainability and C ompatibility Testing The NOGP is fairly explicit in its strategy and actions on revenue management and the implementation is crucial to avoid social tension. The society is considered as a whole and no differentiation is made between national and local/regional level. The SEA provides recommendations supporting this policy.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 7

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions

The NOGP strategies and actions for Timely implementations of strategies and Relevant revenue management shall be actions mentioned. institutions implemented

Role of civil society and local Involvement of CSOs, NGOs and local governments to oversee revenue governments in discussions on revenue management sharing discussions.

Page 117 Table 7.8: Key Issues Group 8 - Discharge and Emissions for the Petroleum Industry

Main Recommendations 1. Develop air, noise, vibration and discharge regulations incl. average thresholds and peak limits over periods of time in line with international standards. Special limits shall be considered for protected and sensitive areas. Occupational health exposure limits shall be defined and monitored. 2. Develop national benchmarks/ threshold limits of defined pollutants using established land use zoning categories (residential, agricultural, industrial, etc.) to safeguard environmental quality and public health 3. Establish accredited laboratory facilities to monitor and analyze emissions and discharge from the petroleum industry. NOGP Issue Protection of the environment and biodiversity. Due consideration will be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9: to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity. - Ensure availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to petroleum activities. - Ensure the presence of necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of petroleum activities on environment and biodiversity. - Require oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection and biodiversity conservation. - Require oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation.

The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations. There shall be a neatly balance between environment, human development and biodiversity for mutual benefit and survival. The NOGP shall contribute and promote sustainable development. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment and biodiversity legislation to address oil and gas activities. • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on environment and biodiversity. • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors. Sustainability and compatibility testing The NOGP is broad and conservation of the environment and biodiversity are objectives clearly stated. The management of emissions and discharges related to routine operations of the petroleum sector is not mentioned specifically. Furthermore, public as well as occupational health is not mentioned. The SEA provides recommendations regarding regulations and laboratory infrastructure.

Page 118 Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 8

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Regulation s Air, noise, vibration and discharge NEMA and other regulation. relevant institutions Occupational health exposure limits and monitoring requirements. Land use zoning categories and asso- ciated threshold limits for pollutants. Monitoring laboratory Establishment of laboratory facilities . NEMA Accreditation to international standards. An environmental monitoring The indicators, data collec tion and NEMA, NaFIRRI/DFR, plan for the Albertine Graben analysis described in the AG EMP shall NFA, DWRM, DWD, has been developed for the be used for monitoring. Wetlands Management period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). Dept., Physical Planning It includes physical/chemical The data collected shall be managed Dept., Surveys and sampling of soil, air and water through the EIN in line with its key Mapping Dept. as well as health parameters. objectives to create a publicly available, and other relevant Implementation of this efficient and transparent platform. institutions monitoring plan has to be followed up in accordance with the plan. EIA Requirement for full emission and NEMA discharge inventory for EIA. Monitoring of EIA forecasts against real discharges and emissions.

Table 7.9: Key Issues Group 9 - Waste Management

Main Recommendations 1. Develop waste management regulation for legacy waste as well as future waste, both liquid and solid, based on international categorization of waste 2. Develop regulatory frameworks for waste management operators for different waste types incl. licensing, auditing, revoking, chain of custody documentation, site management and transportation, occupational health standards, etc. 3. Facilitate development of central waste treatment and disposal facilities in accordance with international standards. All options (biological, thermal, chemical and physical methods) shall be assessed. Central facilities will reduce land take and establish clear ownership of waste and liability. On-site burial shall be an exception to avoid future legacies. Facilities shall include capacity for contaminated soil and sediment as part of potential future oil spill clean-up activities. NOGP Issue Protection of the environment and biodiversity. Due consideration will be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9: to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the

Page 119 environment. - Ensure availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to petroleum activities. - Ensure the presence of necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of petroleum activities on environment. - Require oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection. - Require oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation.

The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations. The NOGP shall contribute and promote sustainable development. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment legislation to address oil and gas activities. • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on environment and biodiversity. • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors. Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP is broad and conservation of the environment and biodiversity are objectives clearly stated. Waste management is mentioned under impacts and supports the review, updating and implementation of waste disposal standards together with the establishment and enforcement of the necessary monitoring, evaluation and control mechanisms. The SEA is focusing on the lack of appropriate waste management regulation and appropriate facilities.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 9

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Regulation s Waste management NEMA and other r elevant regulation. institutions Waste facilit ies Central waste treatment and NEMA and other relevant disposal facilities following institutions international standards Waste operators Audit requirements NEMA and other relevant Compliance monitoring. institutions An environmental monitoring plan The indicators, data collection NEMA, NaFIRRI/DFR, NFA, for the Albertine Graben has been and analysis described in the DWRM, DWD, Wetlands developed for the period 2012 – AG EMP shall be used for Management Dept., 2017 (AG EMP). It includes Physical Planning Dept., monitoring. physical/chemical sampling of soil, Surveys and Mapping Dept. air and water as well as health The data collected shall be and other relevant parameters. managed through the EIN in institutions Implementation of this monitoring line with its key objectives to plan has to be followed up in Page 120 accordance with the p lan. create a publicly available, efficient and transparent platform. EIA Requirement for full inventory NEMA of liquid and solid waste volumes by waste type

Table 7.10: Key Issues Group 10 - Water Management

Main Recommendations 1. Review of the National Water Policy, Act and associated abstraction, use and discharge regulations to incorporate standards relating to oil and gas activities. 2. There is need to review and integrate petroleum development related water resources issues in the annual local government rural water and sanitation work planning in the districts of the AG. 3. Create a central database, regularly updated, for information accessible to central and local governments. NOGP Issue Protection of the environment. Due consideration will be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9: to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment. - Ensure availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to petroleum activities. - Ensure the presence of necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of petroleum activities on environment. - Require oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection. - Require oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation. The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations. The NOGP shall contribute and promote sustainable development. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment legislation to address oil and gas activities. • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on environment and biodiversity. Sustainabili ty and Compatibility Testing The NOGP is broad and conservation of the environment is clearly stated. The management of water resources is not mentioned specifically. The SEA is focusing on the large quantities of water necessary for the oil production. The rift valley is relatively arid and large scale water abstraction may lead to decreasing groundwater levels and changes in groundwater quality and may thus have negative effects for local communities and users. A decrease in the water level of Lake Albert would impact on coastal ecosystems and associated fish, amphibian and bird habitats amongst other.

Page 121

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 10

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions

Regulation s Review of National Water Policy DWRM, DWD and related regulations

An environmental monitoring The indicators, data collection and NEMA, NaFIRRI/DFR, NFA, plan for the Albertine Graben analysis described in the AG EMP DWRM, DWD, Wetlands has been developed for the shall be used for monitoring. Management Dept., period 2012 – 2017 (AG EMP). The data collected shall be Physical Planning Dept., It includes potable water managed through the EIN in line Surveys and Mapping Dept. sources. with its key objectives to create a and other relevant Implementation of this publicly available, efficient and institutions monitoring plan has to be transparent platform. followed up in accordance with the plan. EIA Requirement to assess necessary NEMA water abstraction volumes over time and sources of abstraction Monitoring of EIA forecasts against abstracted volumes

Table 7.11: Key Issues Group 11- Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and Surface Waters

Main Recommendations 1. A functioning NOSCP has to be in place including resources and equipment being available, personnel fully trained and communication lines tested and fully functioning prior to large scale development activities. 2. In case relevant input data for the environmental risk assessment, oil spill contingency analysis and subsequent NOSCP is missing, these gaps shall be filled as soon as possible. 2. This plan should be coordinated with public infrastructure development plans and should be the basis for provision of specific oil spill response equipment, training needs, etc. 3. There is a need to coordinate efforts between the NOSCP and establishing waste management procedures/facilities and the development of new public infrastructure. NOGP Issue Protection of the environment. Due consideration will be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9: to ensure that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment. - Ensure availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to address environment and biodiversity issues relevant to petroleum activities. - Ensure the presence of necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of petroleum

Page 122 activities on environment. - Require oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection. - Require oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation.

The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations. The NOGP shall contribute and promote sustainable development. The Polluter-Pays-Principle shall apply. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment legislation to address oil and gas activities. • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on environment and biodiversity. • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridor. Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP is broad and conservation of the environment as well as oil spill preparedness is clearly stated. Furthermore, it is stated that relevant institutions are supported to put in place disaster preparedness and response mechanisms for oil spill preparedness. The SEA is also focusing on the coordination between the NOSCP, the development of waste procedures and facilities as well as development of new infrastructure.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 11

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Adequate oil spill NOSCP PEPD, NEMA, fire brigade and contingency Implementation of NOSCP other relevant institutions Frequency and success of exercises EIA Requirement to include an ERA as part of the EIA NEMA

Page 123 Table 7.12: Key Issues Group 12 - Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and Construction Materials

Main Recommendation 1. Cooperation of the petroleum sector and the Ministry of Works and Transport, UNRA and local governments should be strengthened to ensure that the needs of the petroleum sector are integrated in the overall infrastructure planning and budgeting. UWA should be involved in the planning to ensure concerns regarding protected areas and sensitive habitats are considered. 1. Alternative means of transport need to be developed and include railway, air and water transport as well as pipeline transportation for crude. NOGP Issue Consideration of using finite resources to create lasting benefits to society. The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations and resources shall be used to inter-generation equity. NOGP Strategy Objective 5 states the promotion of suitable transport and storage solutions which give good value to the country’s oil and gas resources by: - Promoting efficient development and utilization of transport corridors and storage facilities. - Prioritizing transport methods giving due recognition to cost and efficiency together with health, safety and environment considerations. Objective 6 is about ensuring collection of the right revenues and using them to create lasting value for the entire society by: - Utilizing petroleum revenues for supporting strategic areas of the national economy like development of infrastructure and other activities NOGP Actions • Evaluate existing transport systems with a view of establishing their importance to oil and gas transportation together with identifying additional requirements. • Put in place the necessary regulatory framework for the utilization of transport corridors • Support development of necessary transport infrastructure for oil and gas • Put in place a law to regulate the payment, sharing, use and management of revenues accruing from oil and gas activities (Objective 6) • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors (Objective 9) Sustainability and compatibility testing The NOGP is broad and development of infrastructure is mentioned in the context of the transportation of oil and gas resources and in terms of revenue use to create benefits to the society. The scenario analysis of the SEA identifies the significant extent of road transportation required. This exemplifies the need for coordinated efforts on physical planning and infrastructure development. Recommendations are given.

Page 124 Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 12

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Adequate coordination and planning Infrastructure master plan Ministry of Works of infrastructure Implementation schedules and Physical Planning Dept. relevant annual budgets UNRA, etc.

Table 7.13: Key Issues Group 13 - Institutional Capacity Building. Structure and Functions

Main Recommendations 1. Both, new institutions to be established and existing ones require awareness, training and infrastructure for handling their mandate in managing the petroleum industry. 1. Ensure capacity and adequately staff and budget ministries that regulate the petroleum sector, such as Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities; NEMA; MEMD; Ministry of Finance and Planning; Ministry of Justice; Labour; Education at all levels. 2. Effort shall be made to train NEMA staff and other relevant supervisory agency staff to scrutinize and review EIAs related to the petroleum sector. NOGP Issue Capacity and institutional building is a key principle to enable the country to participate in, and benefit from oil and gas activities. Institutional capacity building shall entail development of the necessary regulatory framework, infrastructure and manpower. It necessitates the introduction of new legislation and institutions, together with enhancement of existing ones.

NOGP Strategy Objective 8 supports the development and maintenance of national expertise by: - Providing appropriate training to Government personnel in relevant fields Objective 9 is about ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity by: - Ensuring availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to adress environment and biodiversity issues relevant to oil and gas activities. - Ensuring the presence of the necessary capacity to monitor impacts on environment and biodiversity

Upgrading of the existing regulatory framework by putting in a new law on administration of oil and gas activities and a law for the management of oil and gas revenues. Establishment of new institutions (NATOIL, PAU, etc.) NOGP Actions • Train government personnel in monitoring oil and gas exploration, development and production • Require oil companies and subcontractors to provide training to Ugandans • Upgrade relevant environment and biodiversity legislation (Objective 9) • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity (Objective 9) Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP recognizes the need to strengthen capacity of existing institutions and establishment of new institutions in addition to legislation. Focus is given on establishing new institutions under the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development for the upstream sector such as a national oil

Page 125 company (NATOIL), a Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU), and a Petroleum Directorate but the roles of other ministries and agencies as well as civil society is also acknowledged The SEA also considers development of capacity for other institutions such as NEMA, other ministries, etc.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 13

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Capacity Training plans All relevant institutions building Recruiting strategies Implementation schedules and relevant annual budgets

Table 7.14: Key Issues Group 14 - Capacity of District Local Governments to Manage Environmental Concerns

Main Recommendations 1. Environmental management should be given high priority when preparing district budgets. More skilled personnel should also be recruited at the districts to fill vacant posts in the environment and natural resources fields. A specific program should be developed and implemented for capacity building on environmental management related to the oil and gas sector in the AG. 2. Both, new institutions to be established and existing ones, require awareness, training and infrastructure for handling their mandate in the industry. This can be achieved by strengthening cooperation between the petroleum industry, PEPD and local governments (districts). 2. There is need for improved coordination between the districts and the relevant central Government departments and the information flow channels should be clearly outlined and followed. 3. Environmental and socio-economic data available at central Government departments and agencies should be available to the districts. Extra data should be collected to fill any gaps. NOGP Issue Capacity and institutional building is a key principle to enable the country to participate in, and benefit from oil and gas activities. Institutional capacity building shall entail development of the necessary regulatory framework, infrastructure and manpower. It necessitates the introduction of new legislation and institutions, together with enhancement of existing ones. NOGP Strategy Objective 8 supports the development and maintenance of national expertise by: - Providing appropriate training to Government personnel in relevant fields Objective 9 is about ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity by: - Ensuring availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to adress environment and biodiversity issues relevant to oil and gas activities. - Ensuring the presence of the necessary capacity to monitor impacts on environment and biodiversity

Page 126 NOGP Actions • Train government personnel in monitoring oil and gas exploration, development and production • Require oil companies and subcontractors to provide training to Ugandans • Upgrade relevant environment and biodiversity legislation (Objective 9) • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity (Objective 9) Sustainability and Compa tibility Testing The NOGP recognizes the need to strengthen capacity of existing institutions and establishment of new institutions in addition to legislation. No statements have been made regarding central versus district level. The SEA recommends that that district level institutions receive the same focus as central institutions.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 14

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Capacity of district local Training plans All relevant government Recruiting strategies institutions Implementation schedules and relevant annual budgets

Table 7.15: Key Issues Group 15 - Development of Legislation and Regulations as well as Standards

Main Recommendations 1. There is a need to review the existing EIA regulations and develop sector specific standards and guidelines for the petroleum sector. 2. Assess whether the existing laws and regulations are punitive enough. 3. Develop regulations on occupational health and safety for the oil and gas sector. 3. Classification of wetlands needs to be reviewed to enable regulations. NOGP Issue Capacity and institutional building is a key principle to enable the country to participate in, and benefit from oil and gas activities. Institutional capacity building shall entail development of the necessary regulatory framework, infrastructure and manpower. It necessitates the introduction of new legislation and institutions, together with enhancement of existing ones. NOGP Strategy Objective 8 supports the development and maintenance of national expertise by: - Providing appropriate training to Government personnel in relevant fields

Objective 9 is about ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity by: - Ensuring availability of the necessary institutional and regulatory framework to adress environment and biodiversity issues relevant to oil and gas activities. - Requiring oil companies and their contractors/subcontractors to use self regulation and best practices in ensuring environmental protection. Page 127 - Requiring oil companies and any other operators to make the necessary efforts to return all sites on which oil and gas activities are undertaken to their original condition as an environmental obligation.

The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations. The Polluter-Pays-Principle shall apply. NOGP Actions • Upgrade relevant environment and biodiversity legislation (Objective 9) • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impacts of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity (Objective 9) Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP recognizes the need to upgrade relevant legislation and providing capacity building to government personnel to enable them to supervise oil and gas activities. The SEA focuses on the EIA process as an important tool to manage environmental and social issues related to petroleum activities.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 15

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Adequate laws and • Review of laws and regulations with focus on NEMA and other regulations petroleum aspects and international best practice relevant institutions • EIA guidelines • Review schedules and relevant budgets

Table 7.16: Key Issues Group 16 - Land Use and Spatial Planning

Main Recommendations 1. The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development shall expedite the process for the development of the AG regional physical development plan with emphasis on ecological land use planning to cater for the various sensitive areas. 2. The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development needs to urgently initiate development of the Urbanization Policy as recommended in the National Land Policy in order to provide sufficient guidance for the comprehensive orderly planning and sustainable development in the AG. NOGP Issue Consideration of using finite resources to create lasting benefits to society. The activities of the current generation shall not put a burden on future generations and resources shall be used to inter-generation equity. NOGP Strategy Objective 5 states the promotion of suitable transport and storage solutions which give good value to the country’s oil and gas resources by: - Promoting efficient development and utilization of transport corridors and storage facilities. - Prioritizing transport methods giving due recognition to cost and efficiency together with health, safety and environment considerations. Objective 6 is about ensuring collection of the right revenues and using them to create lasting value

Page 128 for the entire society by: - Utilizing petroleum revenues for supporting strategic areas of the national economy like development of infrastructure and other activities Objective 7 is about ensuring optimum national participation in oil and gas activities Objective 9 is about ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment and biodiversity. NOGP Actions • Evaluate existing transport systems with a view of establishing their importance to oil and gas transportation together with identifying additional requirements. • Put in place the necessary regulatory framework for the utilization of transport corridors • Support development of necessary transport infrastructure for oil and gas • Develop physical master plans, environmental sensitivity maps and oil spill contingency plans for the oil and gas producing region and any transport corridors (under Objective 9) • Encourage civil society to participate in the building of a productive, vibrant and transparent oil and gas sector (Objective 7) Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP is broad and development of infrastructure is mentioned in the context of the transportation of oil and gas resources and in terms of revenue use to create benefits to the society. Physical master plans are mentioned and impacts on physical planning and preventing uncontrolled population movements are described. It is acknowledged that organized urbanization in and around the AG shall be endeavoured. The pacing of such activities is mentioned but appears to be insufficient in reality. Oil and gas activities appear to move ahead faster than the necessary physical planning. The SEA is focusing on efforts to streamline and enhancement of physical planning.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 16

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Availability of regional physical Plans Ministry of Lands, development plans for AG and Stakeholder involvement Housing and Urban other areas Development

Page 129 Table 7.17: Key Issues Group 17 – Transboundary and International Issues

Main Recommendations 1. Security planning shall include consideration of the roles and responsibilities of the police, military and private security companies. Security of local communities as well as economic activities shall be the key focus. Planning shall be based on transparency and dialogue with the relevant stakeholders. 2. Any plans and activities which could be in conflict with international conventions/treaties need to be assessed by the Government with the view of identifying potential breach of the agreements and possible consequences. 3. Address transboundary challenges to fisheries management and oil spill contingency planning in AG lakes. 4. The government plans of mapping and demarcating of the boarder as per 1956 between Uganda and DRC should be fast tracked NOGP Issue A guiding principle is the spirit of cooperation. Regarding neighbouring countries this spirit shall be exercised in accordance with the country’s foreign policy. NOGP Strategy The impact on relations with neighbouring countries is acknowledged and focusing on DR Congo NOGP Actions • Unitization to determine sharing of oil and gas resources extending across borders • Trans-boundary cooperation based on existing foreign policy principles and agreements • Programmes, projects and protocols formulated under the International Conference on the Great Lakes Region • Consultation with neighbouring countries for potential transport corridors Sustainability and Compatibility Te sting The NOGP acknowledges the principles of foreign policy for trans-boundary cooperation and consultation with neighbouring states. The SEA focuses on transboundary issues such as oil spill contingency, border security matters and fisheries. It is important that ratified conventions are respected fully.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 17

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions Ratification of important Ratification and Mini stry of Tourism, Wildlife and conventions including cultural implementation Antiquities and other relevant heritage institutions Adhere to ratified conventions Gap analysis Relevant institutions Adequate consultation Formal consultation Relevant institutions plan process

Page 130 Table 7.18: Key Issues Group 18 - Establishment of Transparent Baseline Data and Scientific Basis

Main Recommendations 1. The existing Environmental Information Network (EIN) needs better support and more publicizing to ensure that acquired data is adequately stored and accessible to the public. 1. Independent verification of environmental baseline data for transparency and conformity to scientific methodology and periodic updates are essential to establishing adequate baseline information. The establishment of a “Clearing House” for baseline data should be considered. 1. Require appropriate capacity building of relevant technical staff at District local Governments in the AG to enable them meet the challenges of environmental assessment and monitoring with particular reference to oil and gas exploration, development and production. 2. Set appropriate qualifications plus regular awareness refresher instruction on EIA practitioners and reviewers. NOGP Issue Man y of the areas with a potential for hydrocarbon production coincide with areas of important biodiversity like national parks, waster bodies, game and forest reserves among others. Due consideration will therefore be necessary to ensure harmony between developing the petroleum resources and conservation. NOGP Strategy Objective 9 is about ensuring that oil and gas activities are undertaken in a manner that conserves the environment by: - Ensuring the presence of the necessary capacity and facilities to monitor the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity Objective 10 is about ensuring mutually beneficial relationships between all stakeholders NOGP Actions • Strengthen the institutions with a mandate to manage the impact of oil and gas activities on the environment and biodiversity • Develop environmental sensitivity maps • Provide for availability of information that may be required by stakeholders Sustainability and Compatibility Testing The NOGP does not consider the establishment of environmental baseline data. The SEA highlights the need for high quality baseline data and the importance of the Environmental Information Network as a structure to manage relevant data.

Proposal for monitoring Key Issues Group 18

Issue Monitoring indicators Responsible Institutions

Access to appropriate baseline data Progress of E IN with agreed milestones NEMA

Qualification of EIA practi ti oners Training program development and NEMA and reviewers implementation

Page 131 7.2 Strategic aspects

Table 7.19 presents the most significant recommendations related to each of the selected strategic aspects discussed in Chapter 6. The recommendations for each aspect are not priotised and therefore shown in bullets.

Table 7.19: Main recommendations within each strategic aspect

Strategic Aspect : • Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection Petroleum and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official Activities in protection status of the area. As an example, the National Parks fall into Environmentally category II of the IUCN classification. The activities should also ensure Sensitive and maintenance of the status quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or Protected Areas even improving it. Any decision-making regarding potential future petroleum activities in protected or environmentally sensitive areas need to be based on an Integrated Management Plan according to the principles outlined in Appendix 12. Therefore the detailed content of the Integrated Management Plan should be developed and implemented urgently. • Petroleum exploration activities that are already licensed to take place in protected and environmentally sensitive areas should continue to be based on approved EIAs and relevant national policies and guidelines such as the National Policy on conservation and sustainable development of wildlife resources. In addition such activities should follow international best practice for operations in protected and environmentally sensitive areas . • Petroleum companies who are taking part in petroleum developments in environmentally sensitive and protected areas should build their involvement on a Framework for ecosystem protection and for integrating biodiversity into their activities. Strategic Aspect : • It is recommended to moderate the speed of development to ensure Co-existence with balanced capacity building amongst relevant institutions, such as NEMA, to Other Sectors and manage the sector. Furthermore, this adjustment would benefit the local Local Communities district governments and population to adapt to the new sector. • Create a coordination forum between the fisheries and the petroleum industry in order to effectively discuss and resolve coexistence issues on a mutual basis. Representatives from authorities or others could be invited when necessary. • The oil and gas exploiting firms must ensure minimum disturbance to the tourism circuits, and alternative circuits should be developed by the oil firms to replace the ones out of use due to exploration activities. • Resettlement Action Plans should be based on international best practice in to improve the level of trust in compensation systems within communities . • Development projects constitute one of the greatest physical threats to the cultural and archaeological heritage . It is the duty of developers to ensure that archaeological heritage impact studies are carried out before

Page 132 development schemes are implemented . D evelopment schemes should be designed in such a way as to minimize their impact upon the cultural heritage. Strategic Aspect : • Critical for effective performance of the environment al management is the Institutional coordination of various institutions involved. The key area of cooperation Framework and is currently on quarterly monitoring of impacts but oil and gas being a new Capacity sector, the capacity of the institutions to perform this task in a coordinated manner is limited. The roles and responsibilities by the institutions need further clarification as capacity of the different institutions in monitoring is strengthened. • A multi-stakeholder partnership for the AG should be instituted to integrate government efforts with civil society, business and industry in a coordinated structure. To affect the partnership model, awareness building will be required from national to local level and defining of roles and responsibilities reflecting multi-pronged interdependence. • Review of the concluded capacity needs assessment should be undertaken once the national and local content plan and legislation are in place. The review should be done to ensure capacity building and participation of all line sector personnel that is required at national, district and local levels in handling oil and gas services. • Sustaining established databases and future updates in the framework of the EIN requires long term investment in institutional infrastructure and human capacity for the relevant government agencies. This requires that Government prioritizes data and information management for oil and gas sector in the framework of the National Development Plan and National Budget through concerted effort with the resource mobilization pillar with an aim for sustainability Strategic Aspect : • No activities shall be allowed prior to comprehensive oil spill preparedness Management of being in place in sensitive or protected areas, e.g. the Murchison Falls or Pollution and other protected areas, including the Nile crossing, drilling in Lake Albert or Waste wetland areas, trucking of oil and supply activities in the lakes/Nile systems. • The development of the NOSCP and the underlying ERA and OSCA shall be undertaken based on specific principles outlined in chapter 6.5. • Oil spill response planning shall be an integral part of Environmental Impact Assessment. • A solution shall be identified for produced water as a special waste type. It shall be analyzed for its contents (e.g. hydrocarbons, heavy metals, NORM, mineral salts, solids and organic and inorganic components). Options shall consider quantities forecasted, components, receiving environment and potential dispersion factors. All disposal options (discharge with pre- treatment, evaporation and salt disposal, injection, etc.) shall be evaluated.

Page 133 7.3 Differences between the development scenarios

This section indicates the most significant differences between the development scenarios with regard to environmental concerns. As described in Chapter 6, these scenarios are considered:

• Scenario 1, a development combining construction and operation of a refinery with associated power plant and an export pipeline transporting crude oil to markets outside Uganda. This Scenario was used for identifying Key Issues and has already been described in Chapter 2.2 (Appendix 3). • Scenario 2, comprising construction and operation of a refinery and a power plant with no export of crude oil. • Scenario 3a, comprising the export of crude oil via pipeline to markets outside Uganda (Mombasa) including a small power plant to produce electricity for the public grid. • Scenario 3b, comprising the export of crude oil via railway to markets outside Uganda (Mombasa) also with a small power plant. The assessment of differences between the scenarios builds on the conclusions in the Scenario Matrix (Figure 6.1), and the evaluations made in Chapter 6.2 – 6.5. Table 7.20: Differences between the development scenarios

Area of Concern Differences between the scenario s Petroleum Activities - Due to extensive need for land and pollution to air/water from a refinery in Environmentally and connected petrochemical industry, Scenario 1 and 2 are less Sensitive and favourable than Scenario 3. Protected areas - The dominant disturbance in all scenarios is the field development in Murchison Falls national park. This is the same for all scenarios if full speed development is carried on. - In order to justify an economically viable export pipeline, a certain minimum volume of crude is necessary. If a slower development in the Park is decided according to the recommendations in the SEA, Scenario 3a is less favourable than Scenario 1, 2 and 3b. These scenarios have more flexibility as to stepvice production of crude. Co -existence wi th - The direct physical impacts on fisheries from the petroleum development other Sectors and will take place on and close to Lake Albert/connected waterways and they Local Communities will be on the same level for all scenarios. Development of a refinery and petrochemical industry will lead to extensive impacts on the local society, require large amounts of construction/operations workers and will potentially lead to pollution of the waters. It is however difficult to indicate differences between the scenarios on such issues since impacts are both negative (e.g. overfishing to cover increased demand for fish) and positive (e.g. larger population to buy the fish and better prices for the fishermen). - The most serious impacts on tourism will take place in environmentally sensitive and protected areas such as the Murchison Falls National Park. Impacts are considered on the same level for all scenarios. Whether the impacts related to the refinery/petrochemical industry and pipelines/railway have a resulting negative or positive influence on tourism

Page 134 is difficult to indicate . The scenarios are thus considered similar. - Even if Scenario 1 and 2 result in extensive long term activities and potential social tensions/disruption, these scenarios are altogether expected to create higher socio-economic benefits for the local communities than scenario 3 if managed well. - Development projects constitute a big threat to cultural and archaeological heritage . There is however no reason to distinguish between the scenarios if this matter is managed well. Institutional - Due to the extensive long term operations related to the Framework and refinery/petroechemical activities in scenario 1 and 2, it is assumed that Capacity these scenarios require more focus on developing regulatory framework and more institutional capacity building than scenario 3. Management of - Scenario 1, 2 and 3b have a higher risk for oil spills than scenario 3a which Pollution and Waste has low failure rates and low probability of sabotage if managed well. - Scenario 1 and 2 will produce large quantities of waste including hazardous components that need sophisticated and well controlled treatment. Scenario 3 will lead to much smaller and less demanding quantities of waste.

Page 135 7.4 Achievements as compared with SEA Objectives

This section discusses whether the objectives of the SEA are met by the assessments and conclusions of the SEA.

Propose options of how to deal with conservation of biodiversity and the most valuable and sensitive areas. “Petroleum related activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas” is identified as Key Issue Group 1 (Chapter 5). Several Key Issues related to this topic are evaluated and discussed with relevant stakeholders and recommendations are given on how to integrate these issues into laws/regulations and PPPs. In Chapter 7.1 the most significant Key Issues are highlighted and the recommendations are tested as to sustainability and compatibility. Proposals on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations are presented as well in Chapter 7.1. “Petroleum activities in protected and sensitive areas” is also defined as a strategic aspect (Chapter 6) and recommendations are given on how to deal with this aspect in the context of general petroleum activities and specific development scenarios. In Chapter 7.1, the most significant recommendations of strategic importance are highlighted.

Propose options for best exploration/production technologies from an environmental and social point of view . “Discharges and emissions from the petroleum industry”, “Waste management” and “Oil Spill Preparedness and land and in surface waters” are all relevant for this objective and they are all identified as Key Issues Groups . Recommendations are given on how to integrate these issues into laws/regulations and PPPs. In Chapter 7.1 the most significant Key Issues are highlighted and the recommendations are tested as to sustainability and compatibility. Proposals on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations are presented as well in Chapter 7.1. “Management of pollution and waste (oil spill contingency planning and drilling waste/produced water)” is defined as a strategic aspect and recommendations are given on how to deal with these aspects in the context of general petroleum activities and related to specific development scenarios. In Chapter 7.1, the most significant recommendations of strategic importance are highlighted.

Propose how to deal with vulnerability of ecosystems as a result of the oil and gas developments. Reference is made to the evaluation of the first objective above.

Give options to ensure a sustainable coexistence with other sectors. “Co-existence with local communities”, “Co-existence with archaeology and cultural heritage”, “Co- existence with other industries and service providers”, “Co-existence with tourism” and “Co-existence with fisheries” are all identified as Key Issue Groups (Chapter 5). Several Key Issues related to these topic are evaluated and discussed with relevant stakeholders and recommendations are given on how to integrate these issues into laws/regulations and PPPs. In Chapter 7.1 the most significant Key Issues are highlighted and the recommendations are tested as to sustainability and compatibility. Proposals on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations are presented as well in Chapter 7.1. “Co-existence with ther sectors and local communities (including fisheries, tourism, local communities and cultural heritage)” is also defined as a strategic aspect (ref. Chapter 6) and recommendations are given on how to deal with this aspect in the context of general petroleum

Page 136 activities and specific development scenarios. In Chapter 7.1, the most significant recommendations of strategic importance are highlighted.

Assess potential pollution and waste and suggest mitigations. Reference is made to the evaluation of the technology objective above.

Proposals for improving institutional capacity of different stakeholders to enforce laws and deal with negative consequences of the petroleum development “Institutional capacity building: Structure and functions” and “Capacity of district local governments to manage environmental concerns” are both identified as Key Issue Groups (Chapter 5). Several Key Issues related to these topic are evaluated and discussed with relevant stakeholders and recommendations are given on how to integrate these issues into laws/regulations and PPPs. In Chapter 7.1 the most significant Key Issues are highlighted and the recommendations are tested as to sustainability and compatibility. Proposals on how to monitor the implementation of the recommendations are presented as well in Chapter 7.1. “Institutional framework and capacity (including environmental management on a national level, coordination between governmental agencies and districts/local level and capcity building)” is also defined as a strategic aspect (ref. Chapter 6) and recommendations are given on how to deal with this aspect in the context of general petroleum activities and specific development scenarios. In Chapter 7.1 the most significant recommendations of strategic importance are highlighted.

Propose different forms for compensation mechanism. On issues related to displacements of settlements, resettlement compensation issues, it has been observed that national laws on land regulation and land expropriation are in place but with gaps. These gaps can be filled by using IFC Operational Standard 5 on Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement, Equator Principles, African Development Bank’s social and environmental policies and guidelines. Appendix 10 presents a proposal for a Resettlement Policy Framework for AG. Compensation mechanisms are also integrated into and discussed as part of Key Issue Group 2, “Co- existence with local communities” and strategic aspect “Co-existence with other sectors and local communities”

Assess impacts of ongoing activities and suggest mitigations. In addition review scenarios of future developments and inform on farther exploration and give recommendations. Environmental impacts of existing activities are integrated into the discussions throughout the report and typical impacts related to the oil industry as such are presented in Appendix 2. A specific Scenario Analysis is made based on a discussion of risks and opportunities for a scenario developing a refinery in AG (Appendix 3). Three development scenarios are presented and discussed in Chapter 6.

Identify cumulative impacts of the oil and gas developments to national and regional socio- economic and political developments. This issue is specifically addressed in the Scenario Analysis in Appendix 3, and the discussion of the three development scenarios. It is also addressed in the Key Issues discussions.

Advice on how to pace the further exploration and development stages Pacing is primarily addressed in the Scenario Analysis in Appendix 3 and in the discussion of the strategic aspect “Petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas” (Chapter 6.2.)

Page 137 7.5 Performance compared to international best practice

As already indicated in Chapter 2, a typical characteristic of SEA is that there is no single recipe on how to do SEA for a specific sector in a specific country. In the case of the petroleum sector in Uganda, the SEA is developed and performed to support the local conditions in Uganda and the Albertine Graben. As a general reference to international best practice, the OECD document “Applying Strategic Environmental Assessment”. Good Practice Guidance for Development Co- operation (2006) is used as support. A parallel ongoing SEA process for the petroleum sector in Ghana has also been an important reference. In retrospective, the SEA has been briefly assessed using the IAIA (International Association for Impact Assessment) criteria for how to build a good-quality SEA process (assessment in bracket). According to these criteria an SEA process:

Is integrated • Ensures an appropriate environmental assessment of all strategic decisions relevant for the achievement of sustainable development (partly achieved). • Addresses the interrelationships of biophysical, social and economic aspects (achieved). • Is tiered to policies in relevant sectors and (transboundary) regions and, where appropriate, to project EIA and decision making (achieved).

Is sustainability-led • Facilitates identification of development options and alternative proposals that are more sustainable (defined in the specific policies or values of Uganda) (achieved).

Is focused • Provides sufficient, reliable and usable information for development planning and decision making (achieved). • Concentrates on key issues of sustainable development (achieved). • Is customized to the characteristics of the decision making process (partly achieved). • Is cost- and time-effective (achieved).

Is accountable • Is the responsibility of the leading agencies for the strategic decision to be taken (partly achieved). • Is carried out with professionalism, rigor, fairness, impartiality and balance (partly achieved). • Is subject to independent checks and verification (partly achieved). • Documents and justifies how sustainability issues were taken into account in decision making (partly achieved).

Is participative • Informs and involves interested and affected public and government bodies throughout the decision making process (achieved). • Explicitly addresses their inputs and concerns in documentation and decision making (achieved). • Has clear, easily-understood information requirements and ensures sufficient access to all relevant information (partly achieved).

Page 138 Is iterative • Ensures availability of the assessment results early enough to influence the decision making process and inspire future planning (partly achieved). • Provides sufficient information on the actual impacts of implementing a strategic decision, to judge whether this decision should be amended and to provide a basis for future decisions (not achieved, focus in next phase).

7.6 Concluding Advice

The emerging petroleum sector has a high potential to contribute significantly to Uganda’s economy, industrialization and poverty alleviation plans. Significant efforts have already been made to use this opportunity to develop the country. The recommendations of this SEA should be integrated into national development planning to ensure that environmental and socio-economic concerns are managed well.

The below points describe the overriding advice based on the recommendation from the SEA process.

• The current planning for development of the petroleum sector has a positive drive. However, it is recommended to moderate the speed of development to ensure balanced capacity building amongst relevant institutions, such as NEMA, to manage the sector. Furthermore, this adjustment would benefit the local district governments and population to adapt to the new sector. • Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area. As an example, the National Parks fall into category II of the IUCN classification. The activities should also ensure maintenance of the status quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or even improving it. Any decision-making regarding potential future petroleum activities in protected or environmentally sensitive areas need to be based on an Integrated Management Plan according to the principles outlined in Appendix 12. Therefore the detailed content of the Integrated Management Plan should be developed and implemented urgently. • Petroleum exploration activities that are already licensed to take place in protected and environmentally sensitive areas should continue to be based on approved EIAs and relevant national policies and guidelines such as the National Policy on conservation and sustainable development of wildlife resources. In addition such activities should follow international best practice for operations in protected and environmentally sensitive areas.

• The legal framework and relevant PPPs have to be further adapted to the new petroleum sector. An important element is to further develop the EIA legislation and guidelines according to international best practice. • Co-existence of the petroleum sector with other sectors is of high importance. The petroleum industry should proactively train potential local service providers to reach a high local content. In order to ensure sustainable co-existence with the fisheries, this sector needs stronger regulation and management. The tourism sector is depending on the preservation of ecosystem and recreational functions. The currently weak agriculture sector requires focus to increase productivity while also ensuring that no land conflicts between the petroleum and agricultural sector arise. Mechanisms have to be established to avoid that the petroleum

Page 139 industry is undermining these values. The sectors should establish common communication platforms where relevant concerns can be resolved. • Local communities will experience opportunities as well as risks. The capacity to adapt to the changing framework conditions has to be a key focus and long-term socioeconomic benefits have to be ensured. A social development plan should therefore be developed. The scenario analysis reveals the presence of large numbers of workforce, especially during construction periods and points at significant in-migration. The planning of urbanization and required associated infrastructure has to be advanced in line with petroleum development planning to avoid social tension and lack of capacity of infrastructure. • The Scenario Analysis also reveals that the pressure on public roads is a major concern. Adequate infrastructure to meet the industry needs while ensuring public road safety has to be in place. • Selected areas have been designated for industry development and land take is ongoing. There is concern that resettlement and compensation mechanisms are not adequate. The SEA advices to implement mechanisms in accordance with international best practice. • The National Oil Spill Contingency Plan is under development. Timely preparation and implementation including the relevant training is essential. • Waste management has already received increasing attention. Waste management strategies and facilities covering the existing legacy waste as well as future waste have to be developed in the very near future in line with international best practice. Although produced water is not yet a key concern, it requires dedicated attention already now. • Water management is a major concern. The petroleum industry requires large amounts of water during their operations and this adds to the pressure on water resources in AG. The government should establish water management planning considering the resource needs, sources and associated environmental impacts. • The National Oil and Gas Policy outline the spirit of cooperation and the roles of the government and the oil industry. The oil industry should be encouraged to take an active role in developing technology to meet the challenges of ecologically vulnerable areas and reduce their footprint. • The government has taken a proactive role in communication with neighbouring states regarding transboundary issues such as sharing of petroleum reserves across borders with DR Congo. Further efforts should be made regarding shared oil spill contingency for Lake Albert and the Nile, fisheries management, security of oil and gas installations, public and border security. • The National Oil and Gas Policy outlines goals, strategies and actions for revenue management and transparency. Proper mechanisms and measures should be put in place to ensure that long-term benefits are created and shared fairly with due consideration of the oil and gas bearing regions. • Stakeholder engagement is a key principle of the Ugandan government and the SEA builds on this principle. The disparities in the Ugandan society require attention to ensure that consultation is meaningful and that information is transparent and easily accessible for stakeholders. This will contribute to achieving the social license to operate and minimize the potential for social conflict.

Page 140 • To ensure that the conclusions from the SEA are adequately considered an Implementation Plan should be developed. This should include the collection of and access to adequate baseline data. In addition, the SEA should be updated regularly.

Page 141 8 REFERENCES

• Amanigaruhanga, I., Manyindo, J., and Jordahl M., (2009): Maintaining the conservation & tourism value of protected areas in Petroleum development zones of the Albertine Rift: Ensuring win-win policy approaches. Oil & Gas Series #2 , Uganda Wildlife Society.

• Banana, A.Y. & Turiho-habwe, G. P., (1997): A socio-economic analysis of forest foods consumption in Hoima and Masindi Districts of Uganda. African Crop Science Conference Proceedings, V01.3. pp."1435-1442.

• Buliisa District Local Government, (2010): Buliisa District profile and District Development Plan, 2010/13.

• Cronshaw, I., (2006): Overview of trends in world gas development and use. International Symposium on Natural Gas and Sustainable Development. Doha, Qatar 6-8 February 2006. Published by International Energy Agency.

• David Wood & Associates Accessed on (09/10/2013). http://www.dwasolutions.com/DWA/DWTrainingOptions.htm

• D’Appolonia S.p.A., (2011): Strategic Environmental and Social Assessment of Oil and Gas Development in Mauritania, June 2011, Integrated Environments Ltd.

• Dunne, D.W., Vennervald, B.J., Booth, M., Joseph S., Fitzsimmons, C, M., Cahen, P., Sturrock, F. R., Ouma H,J., Joseph K. M., Kimani, G., Kariuki, H. C., Kazibwe, F., Tukahebwa & E., Kabatereine, N. B., (2006): Applied and basic research on the epidemiology, morbidity, and immunology of schistosomiasis in fishing communities on Lake Albert, Uganda. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene . 100: 216-223.

• E&P Forum/UNEP, (1997): Environmental Management in Oil and Gas Exploration and Production. Joint E&P Forum/ UNEP Technical Publication.

• Eggeling, W.J., (1947): Observations on the Ecology of the Budongo rain forest. Uganda Journal of Ecology, 34:20-87.

• EPA, (1998): Petroleum refining process waste, US, EPA.

• EPA, (2012): The behavior and effects of oil spills in aquatic environments; a report by EPA office of emergency and remedial response. http://www.epa.gov/oem/docs/oil/edu/oilspill_book/chap1.pdf. Downloaded 2012.

• Evans, J. H., (1997): Spatial and seasonal distribution of phytoplankton n an African Rift Valley lake (L. Albert, Uganda, Zaire). Hydrobiologia, Vol 354, pp.1-16.

• European SEA Directive, (2001): Directive 2001/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the Assessment of the Effects of Certain Plans and Programs on the Environment.

• Fichtner MEI, (2012): Feasibility Study for the Development of Pipelines and Storage Facilities for Crude Oil and Gas in Uganda. Unpublished.

• Foster Wheeler, (2010): Uganda Refinery Study. Unpublished.

• Fountain Publishers, (2005): Uganda Districts Information Handbook. Fountain Publishers Ltd, Uganda.

• Fountain Publishers, (2007): Uganda Districts Information handbook – Expanded Edition 2007 -2008. Fountain Publishers Ltd, Uganda.

• GENEVAR, (2011): Strategic Environmental Assessment of Oil and Natural Gas Exploration andDevelopment in the Anticosti, Madeleine and Baie des Chaleurs Basins (SEA2), Preliminary report. http://www.ees.gouv.qc.ca/english/documents/chapter/sea2_information_executive_summary.pdf.

• Geological Survey Department, Zambia, (2010): Preliminary Strategic Environmental Assessment for Petroleum Exploration and Development in Zambia.

• Government of Uganda, (2008): The National Oil and Gas Policy for Uganda; Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, February 2008.

Page 142 • Government of Uganda, (1997): The Local Governments Act. Government Printer. Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (2004): The Mining regulations, (2004). Government Printer , Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (2003): The Mining Act, (2003). Government Printer , Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (2003): The Water Act -CAP 152 (2003). Government Printer, Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (2000): The Wildlife Act, (CAP 200) of 2000. Government Printer, Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (1995): The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda. UPPC, Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (1995): The National Environment Act Cap 153. Govt. Printer, Entebbe, Uganda.

• Government of Uganda, (1996): The Wildlife Act 1996. Kampala, Uganda.

• Greenwood P.H., (1966): The fishes of Uganda. The Uganda Society Kampala. 131pp.

• Hardman Petroleum Africa Pty Ltd., (2005): Environment Impact Statement Report by - Proposed Exploration Drilling on Kaiso-Tonya Block, Lake Albert, Hoima District, Western Uganda, November 2005.

• Hardman Resources Ltd., (2004): Environmental Impact Statement for the proposed Seismic Survey over Kaiso-Tonya Block, Lake Albert, Hoima District, Western Uganda.

• Hardman Resources Ltd., (1998): EIA for the Proposed Seismic survey to be carried out on Lake Albert by Hardman.

• Hecky, R.E. and H.J. Kling., (1987): Phytoplankton ecology of the great lakes in the rift valleys of Central Africa. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie Beiheft, (Ergebnisse der Limnologie, Vol. 25, pp. 197-228

• Hecky, R.E., and R.H. Hesslein., (1995): Contributions of benthic algal carbon tolake food webs as revealed by stable isotope analysis. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 14(4), pp.631- 653.

• Holden, M., (1967): Systematics of the Genus Lates (Teleosti: Centropomidae) in Lake Albert, East Africa. J. Zool. London. 151 (3) 329-342

• Heritage Oil and Gas, (2001): Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Exploration Drilling Well, Semliki Basin, Uganda .

• Hoima District Local Government, (2010): Hoima District profile and District Development Plan, 2010/13.

• Holden, M., (1963): Report on the Fishery of Lake Albert. Cyclostyled Report. Fisheries Department, Entebbe.

• IAIA, (2012): Monica Fundingland Tetlow and Marie Hanusch “Strategic environmental assessment: the state of the art”. Impact Assessment and project Appraisal, vol 30, no.1, March 2012, 15-24.

• IAIA, (2002): “Strategic Environmental Assessment. Performance criteria”. Special Publication Series No. 1.

• IFAD Gender Strengthening Program for East and Southern Africa, (2009): “Market Environment Case Study for Hoima, Uganda.” Unpublished.

• International Alert, (2009): Harnessing Oil for Peace and Development in Uganda.” Investing in Peace, Issue No. 2.

• International Alert, (2011): Oil and Gas Laws in Uganda: A Legislators’ Guide. Oil Discussion Paper No. 1 May 2011.

• IFAD Gender Strengthening Program for East and Southern Africa (2009): Market Environment Case Study for Hoima, Uganda. Unpublished.

Page 143 • IPIECA (2012): Refinery emissions management. Operations Good Practice Series.

• JGI/UWA (2002): Investigation into the Human-Chimpanzee Conflict in Hoima District Report. Jane Goodall Institute (JDI) and Uganda Wild life Authority (UWA).

• Johnson, L., (2007): Assessing the Impacts of Energy Developments and Developing Appropriate Mitigation in the Uganda portion of the Albertine Rift: Report of findings prepared behalf of Wildlife Conservation Society & Uganda Wildlife Authority.

• Langdale-Brown I.,Osmaston H.A., Wilson J.G., (1964): The Vegetation of Uganda. Government Printer, Entebbe.

• Lehman, J.T., A.H. Litt, R. Mugidde and Lehman D.A., (1998): Nutrients and plankton biomass in the rift lake sources of the White Nile: Lakes Albert and Edward, pp. 157-172. In J.T. Lehman (ed.), Environmental Change and Response in East African Lakes. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht. 236 pp

• McLennan, M. R., (2008): Beleaguered Chimpanzees in the Agricultural District of Hoima, Western Uganda. Primate Conservation Vol. 23,45-54.

• MEMD, (2012): Report to the Third Annual Meeting for the “Strengthening The Management Of The Oil And Gas Sector In Uganda”. Supported by the Royal Government Of Norway and prepared by the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, Uganda, January 2012.

• MEMD, (2011): The development of a power sector investment plan for Uganda. Final Report, prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Africa (Pty) Ltd in association with Sunshine Projects January 2011.

• MEMD, (2010): Strengthening the Management of the Oil and Gas Sector in Uganda. A Development Program in Co-operation with Norway.

• Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries (2010): Statistical Abstract 2010. by the Agricultural Planning Department.

• Ministry of Energy and Mineral development, (2010): Strengthening the Management of oil and gas sector in Uganda; a development program in co-operation with Norway.

• Ministry of Water and Environment, (2011): Strategic Plan for the Northern Albertine Rift of Uganda 2011 – 2020.

• Ministry of Works and Transport, (2008): National Transport Master Plan (2008-23).

• Mugyenyi, O. Blythe, A. Twesigye, B. (2010.): Equitable Sharing of the Treasures of Oil and gas in a Transparent and Environmentally Sustainable Manner. A Synthesis Report of the Proceedings of the Parliamentary Symposium on Oil and Gas Development in Uganda

• National Environmental Management Authority, (2010): State of the Environment Report for Uganda.

• NEMA, (2009): Environmental Sensitivity Atlas for the Albertine Graben. National Environment Management Authority. 2009.

• NEMA, (2010): Environmental Sensitivity Atlas for the Albertine Graben. National Environment Management Authority. 2010.

• NEMA, (2012): The Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Albertine Graben, 2012 – 2017.

• NEMA, (1998): Environment protection and economic development Project (EPED) Masindi. National Environment Management Authority, Kampala.

• NEMA (1999): The National Soils Policy for Uganda, National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) Kampala

• OECD (2006): DAC Guidelines and Reference Series “Applying Strategic Environmental Assessment”. Good Practice Guidance for Development Co-operation.

• Odhiambo, A. J., (2011): East Africa rift system, seismic activity, ground deformation and tsunami hazard assessment in Kenya coast. By Kenya meteorological department.

Page 144 • Ogen, K. A., (1993): Paying the Price of Growing Tobacco: Environmental and Social and economic Impact of Production in Arua District. Monitor Publications Limited , Kampala.

• Ogutu-Ohwayo, R., (1994): Adjustments in Fish Stocks and in Life History Characteristics of Nile Perch, Latesniloticus L. in Lakes Victoria, Kyoga and Nabugabo.Ph.D., University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba.213 pp.

• PEPD (2008): Petroleum Potential of the Albertine Graben, Uganda.

• Plumptre A. J., Bahengana M., Davenport T.R.B., Kahindo C., Kityo R., Ndomba E., Nkuutu E., Owiunji I., Ssegawa P., Eilu G., (2003): The biodiversity of the Albertine Rift. Albertine Rift Technical Report.

• Plumptre, A.J., Davenport, T.R.B., Behangana, M., Kityo R., Eilu, G., Ssegawa, P., Ewango, C., Meirte, D., Kahindo, C., Herremans, M., Kerbis Peterhans, J., Pilgrim, J.D., Wilson, M., Languy, and Moyer, D., (2007): The biodiversity of the Albertine Rift. Biological Conservation 134; pages 178-194.

• SCRIP (IFPRI, Kampala) (2010): Background Information on Masindi, Kabarole and Hoima Districts. Unpublished: https://docs.google.com/viewer

• Sejjaka, S., (2004): From Seed to Leaf: British American Tobacco and Suppliers in Uganda. Unpublished.

• SMJR Consult, (2012):. Subsector Analysis Report. Prepared for TRIAS.

• Talling, J.F. and Talling, I.B.., (1965): The chemical composition of African lake waters. Internationale Revue gesamten Hydrobiologie Vol. 50, pp. 421-463.

• Thomassen, J., and Hindrum, R. (2011): Environmental Monitoring Program for the Albertine Graben, Uganda. Results from an ecosystem indicator scoping workshop in Kasese, Uganda, April 2011.

• The International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (2012): Catalogue Of International Standards Used In The Petroleum And Natural Gas Industries. Report No. 362 February 2012 update.

• The Republic of Uganda, (1998): The Water Resources Regulations, 1998.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2000): The Mineral Policy of Uganda, 2000. Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2006): National Child Labour Policy, (2006): Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development, Kampala.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2006). Uganda National Culture Policy, (2006): Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development, Kampala.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2008): The Uganda Tourism Act, 2008.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2010): Guidelines for Labour Inspectors on the Identification of Hazardous Child Labour, 2010.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2010): National Development Plan (2010/11 - 2014/15).

• The Republic of Uganda, (2010): The National Policy For Disaster Preparedness And Management 2010.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2011): The National Employment Policy for Uganda 2011. Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2011): Environmental Management in Uganda’s Oil and Gas Sector.

• The Republic of Uganda, (2012): National Policy on Conservation and Sustainable Development of Wildlife Resources (Draft, 2012).

• Therivel, R., Wilson, E., Thompson, S., Heaney, D. and Pritchard, D., (1992): Strategic Environmental Assessment. London, Earthscan, Cited in Partidario, (2003). Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA): current practices, future demands and capacity-building needs. Course Manual. International Association for Impact Assessment IAIA Training Courses.

Page 145 • Thomassen, J. & Hindrum, R. (2011): Environmental Monitoring Program for the Albertine Graben, Uganda. Results from an ecosystem indicator scoping workshop in Kasese, Uganda, April 2011. NINA Report 706. 118 pp.

• Tullow (2007): Lake Overview Report: Strategic Environmental and Social Overview of Lake Albert, Uganda.

• Tullow, E.R.M. (2009): ESIA Early Production System for Oil Production.

• TRIAS, (2010): TRIAS News: “Youth farmers on their way to commercial farming in Uganda.”http://www.triasngo.org/trias-worldwide/uganda/news/browse/1/back_to/ uganda/article/youth-farmers-on-their-way-to-commercial-farming-in-uganda. • UBOS, (2007): Hoima District (2002): Population and Housing census Analytical report.

• UBOS and MAAIF (2010): Uganda Census of Agriculture 2008/2009.

• Uganda Wildlife Society (2009): Maintaining the conservation and the tourism value of protected areas in petroleum development zones of the Albertine Rift. Ensuring win-win policy approaches. Oil and gas series #2.

• United Nations (2010): Strategic Plan for Biodiversity 2011-2020 and the Aichi Targets. "Living in harmony with nature" The strategic plan for Biodiversity 2011-2020 - A ten year framework for action by all countries and stakeholders to save biodiversity and enhance its benefits for people. United Nations Decade on Biodiversity.

• Verbeke, J. (1957): Recherches ecologiues sur la faune des grands lacs de le’est du Congo Belge. Exploration hydrobiologique des Lacs Kivu, Edouard et Albert (1952-54), Vol. 3(1), 177 p.

• Wawryk, A. S., (2012): International Environmental Standards In The Oil Industry: Improving The Operations Of Transnational Oil Companies In Emerging Economies. http://www.ugandapetroleum.com/linked/international_environmental_standards_in_the_oil_indust ry.pdf. downloaded April 28 2 012.

• World Bank, (2012): Uganda: Environment and its governance in crisis. Country environment analysis. Draft report.

• World Bank, (2006): Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations and Strategic Environmental Assessment Requirements: Practices and Lessons Learned in East and Southeast Asia. Prepared by World Bank, Environment and Social development Unit.

• World Bank, (2005): Integrating environmental considerations in policy formulation-lessons learnt from policy-based SEA experience. Report no. 32783, Washington DC.

• World Bank Operational Policy 4.12 (2001) on involuntary resettlement.

• World Book Encyclopedia, (2011). • Worthington E.B., (1929): A Report on the Fishing Survey of Lakes Albert and Kyoga, March – July 1928. Crown Agents for Colonies, London. 136p.

Page 146 APPENDIX 1: OVERVIEW OF MAJOR REPORTS PRODUCED IN THE SEA PROCESS

1. Inception Workshop Report (22.-24.05.2012)

2. Final Inception Report (20.07.2012) The Inception Report deals with the following subjects: • The Screening and Scoping phase • The oil and gas sector • The SEA Process • Legal and institutional framework • PPPs • Baseline conditions • Identification of Key Issues • Specific areas of concern • Stakeholder engagement

3. Final Scenario Analysis (September 22, 2012) Attached to this SEA Report, see Appendix 3.

4. Final Interim Report (September 30, 2012) Summary: The Interim Report is made half way into the SEA process. The intention is to present a short and structured overview of what has been done and delivered up to end August 2012 and to look ahead and present the way forward until the final delivery of the SEA report by end January 2013. In addition the management structure and the resources/budgets are shortly described. Potential challenges connected to the SEA process and the professional undertaking of the work is an important part of the Interim Report as this overview and analysis is leading the way forward. The Appendices are representing the most important deliverables during the Pre-assessment Phase which followed the Inception Phase. A significant undertaking during the pre-assessment phase, the Scenario Analysis, has been delivered as a separate document, ref. report 3 described above. Attached to the Interim Report is also the Issues Register and Analysis. This matrix is attached to this SEA report in Appendix 6 . The Interim Report is also presenting the Key Issues Action Matrix which has been an important tool for the SEA Team during the planning and implementation of stakeholder consultations related to the Key Issues follow up. This matrix is focusing on explaining the Key Issues (Why is the Key Issue Relevant?) and preliminary recommendations are identified as a basis for the stakeholder consultations. Most of these were adjusted and supplemented during the engagement process. Potential relevant PPPs and Stakeholders to be engaged is also presented in the Key Issues Action Matrix. Following the completion of the stakeholder engagement process, this matrix was replaced by the official Key Issues Integration Matrix (Appendix 7).

Page 147 The draft table of content for the final SEA report and the updated SEA schedule is attached to the Interim Report as well. The delivery of the Interim Report is representing the move from the pre-assessment phase into the assessment phase according to the SEA schedule.

Page 148 APPENDIX 2: THE PETROLEUM INDUSTRY AND TYPICAL ASPECTS AND IMPACTS

1. PETROLEUM Petroleum (L. petroleum , from Greek: petra (rock) + Latin: oleum (oil)) or crude oil is a naturally occurring, flammable liquid consisting of a complex mixture of hydrocarbons of various molecular weights and other liquid organic compounds, that are found in geologic formations beneath the Earth's surface. A fossil fuel, it is formed when large quantities of dead organisms, usually zooplankton and algae, are buried underneath sedimentary rock and undergo intense heat and pressure.

Petroleum is recovered mostly through oil drilling. This comes after the studies of structural geology (at the reservoir scale), sedimentary basin analysis, reservoir characterization (mainly in terms of porosity and permeable structures). It is refined and separated, most easily by boiling point, into a large number of consumer products, from petrol (or gasoline) and kerosene to asphalt and chemical reagents used to make plastics and pharmaceuticals. Petroleum is used in manufacturing a wide variety of materials, and it is estimated that the world consumes about 88 million barrels each day.

The petroleum industry generally classifies crude oil by the geographic location it is produced in (e.g. West Texas Intermediate, Brent, or Oman), its API gravity (an oil industry measure of density), and its sulfur content. Crude oil may be considered light if it has low density or heavy if it has high density; and it may be referred to as sweet if it contains relatively little sulfur or sour if it contains substantial amounts of sulfur.

Petroleum industry is involved in the global processes of exploration, extraction, refining, transporting (often with oil tankers and pipelines), and marketing petroleum products. The largest volume products of the industry are fuel oil and petrol. Petroleum is also the raw material for many chemical products, including pharmaceuticals, solvents, fertilizers, pesticides, and plastics. The industry is usually divided into three major components: upstream, midstream and downstream.

Petroleum activities normally start with an exploration phase which involves seismic data acquisition. There are two methods of carrying out seismographic surveys. The first is to use small explosions at or just below the earth’s surface. This method has environmental risk of using explosives. The second method is to use a system called vibroseis to eliminate the latter risk. In this system soundwaves are produced by a huge vibrator that repeatedly strikes the earth. The vibrator is mounted on a special truck called a thumper truck.

Once seismic data has been collated, drilling operations normally commence in prospective geological structures. Drilling is normally undertaken during the exploration, appraisal and production phase.

Drilling on land is undertaken by the use of drilling rigs. Offshore drilling is mainly done by: • Jack-up rigs • Semisurbmersible rigs • Drillships.

Due to the limited water depths in the lakes in the Albertine Graben, drilling is likely to be performed from artificial island (using land rigs) or jack-up rigs.

Page 149 Petroleum is recovered in much the same way as underground water is obtained. Like certain water wells, some oil wells have sufficient natural energy to bring the fluid to the surface. Other wells have too little energy to produce oil efficiently, or they lose most of the energy after a period of production. In these wells additional energy must be supplied by pumps or other artificial means. If natural pressure provides most of the energy, the recovery of petroleum is called primary recovery. If artificial means are used the process is called enhanced recovery .

After crude oil reaches the surface, any potentially associated natural gas is separated from oil. The gas is sent to a processing plant. Water and sediments are removed from oil which is then stored in tanks or sent to a refinery. From the refinery, petroleum products are delivered to markets.

Petroleum is carried chiefly by pipeline, tanker, barge, tank truck and railroad tank car. Pipelines transport crude oil from wells to storage tanks, to other carriers or directly to refinery. Pipelines also transport petroleum products from refinery to markets (for example Mombasa – Kisumu / Eldoret pipeline in Kenya). Some of the largest pipelines carry more than one million barrels of oil daily. Pipelines are relatively cheap to operate and maintain and generally the most efficient means of transporting petroleum.

2. Challenges of the Oil and Gas Sector Today Human, Socio-economic and Cultural impacts Exploration and production operations are likely to induce economic, social and cultural changes. The extent of these changes is, especially, important to local groups, particularly indigenous people who may have their traditional lifestyle affected. The key impacts may include changes in:

• land-use patterns, such as agriculture, fishing, logging, hunting, as a direct consequence (for example land-take and exclusion) or as a secondary consequence by providing new access routes, leading to unplanned settlement and exploitation of natural resources; • socio-economic systems due to new employment opportunities, income differentials, inflation, difference in per capita income, when different members of local groups benefit unevenly from induced changes; • local population levels, as a result of immigration (labour force) and in- migration of a remote population due to increased access and opportunities; • socio-cultural systems such as social culture, organizational and cultural heritage, practices and beliefs and secondary impacts such as effects on natural resources, rights of access and change in value systems influenced by foreigners; • availability of, and access to, goods and services such as housing, education, healthcare, water, fuel, electricity, sewage and waste disposal, and consumer goods brought into the region; • planning strategies, where conflicts arise between development and protection, natural resource use, recreational use, tourism and historical or cultural resources; • aesthetics, because of unsightly or noisy facilities; and • transportation systems, due to increased road, air and sea/water infrastructure and associated effects (e.g. noise, accident risk, increased maintenance requirements or change in existing services).

Atmospheric impacts

Page 150 Atmospheric issues are attracting interest from both industry and government authorities worldwide. This has prompted the oil and gas exploration and production industry to focus on procedures and technologies to minimize emissions. In order to examine the potential impacts arising from exploration and production operations. It is important to understand the sources and nature of emissions and their relative contribution to atmospheric impacts, both local and those related to global issues such as stratospheric ozone depletion and climate change.

• The primary sources of atmospheric emissions from oil and gas operations arise from: • Flaring, venting and purging gases; • Combustion processes such as diesel engine and gas turbines; • Fugitive gases from loading operations and tankage and losses from process equipment; • Airborne particulates from soil disturbance during construction and from vehicle traffic; • Particulates from other burning sources such as well testing.

Principal emission gases include: CO 2, CO, CH 4, volatile organic carbons (VOC) and NOx. Emission of

SO 2 and hydrogen sulphide can occur and depend on sulphur content of the hydrocarbon and diesel fuel, particularly when used as power source.

Ozone depleting substances are used in fire protection systems, principally, halon and as refrigerants.

Flaring contributes about 1 percent of global Co 2 emissions (base on 1991 estimates). Methane emissions which arise from process vents and to a lesser extent from leaks and flaring and combustions. Methane emissions from oil and gas operations contributed 10% of global emissions in 1991 other gases have to be considered.

Aquatic impacts The principal aqueous waste streams resulting from E&P operations are: • Produced water • Drilling fluids, cuttings and well treatment chemicals; • Process, wash and drainage water; • Sewage, sanitary and domestic wastes; • Spills and leakage; and • Cooling water

The make-up and toxicity of chemicals used in exploration and production have been widely presented in the literature (see for example 2,3 ) whilst the E&P Forum Waste Management Guidelines summarize waste streams, sources and possible environmentally significant constituents, as well as disposal methods. Water-based drilling fluids have been demonstrated to have only limited effect on the environment. The major components are bentonite and clay which are chemically inert and non- toxic. Oil-based drilling fluids and oily cuttings, on the other hand, have an increased effect due to toxicity and redox potential. The oil content of the discharge is the main factor governing these effects. Oil-based drilling fluids are hazardous to aquatic life and should be replaced by synthetic muds. The high PH and salt content of certain drilling fluids and cuttings pose potential impact to fresh water sources. Produced water is the largest volume aqueous waste arising from production operations and some typical constituents may include in varying amount: inorganic salts, heavy metals, solids, production

Page 151 chemicals, hydrocarbons, benzene, PAHs and on occasions naturally occurring radioactive material (NORM).

Terrestrial impacts Potential impacts to soil arise from these basic sources:

• Physical disturbance as a result of construction; • Contamination resulting from spillage and leakage or solid waste disposal • Indirect impact arising from opening access and social change.

Potential impacts that may result from poor design and construction include soil erosion due to soil conditions may result in widespread secondary impacts such as changes in surface hydrology and drainage patterns, increased siltation and habitat damage, reducing the capacity of the environment to support vegetation and wildlife. Due to its simplicity, burial or land-filling of wastes in pits and drilling and production sites has been a popular means of waste disposal in the past. Historically, pits have been used for burial of inert, non- recyclable materials and drilling solids; evaporation and storage of produced water; workover / completion fluids; emergency containment of produced fluids; and the disposal of stabilized wastes. However, the risks associated with pollutant migration pathways can damage soils and usable water resources (both surface and groundwater) if seepage and leaching are not contained. Land farming and land spreading have also been extensively used in the past for treatment of oily petroleum wastes and water-based muds and cuttings. However, there are potential impacts where toxic concentrations of constituents may contaminate soil or water resources, if an exposure pathway is present. In case of muds and cuttings, the most important consideration is the potential for the waste to have a high salt content. Soil contamination may arise from spills and leakage of chemicals and oil causing possible impact to both flora and fauna. Simple preventive techniques such as segregated and contained drainage systems for process areas incorporating sumps and oil traps, leak minimization and drip pans, should be incorporated into facility design and maintenance procedures. Large incidents or spills offsite should be subject to assessment as potential emergency events and, as such, are discussed under potential emergencies below and also under ‘oil spill contingency planning’.

Ecosystem impacts Plant and animal communities may also be directly affected by changes in their environment through variations in water, air and soil / sediment quality and through disturbance by noise, extraneous light and changes in vegetation cover such changes may directly affect the ecology: for example habitat, food and nutrient supplies, breeding areas, migration routes, vulnerability to predators or change in herbivore grazing patterns, which may have a secondary effect on predators. This is important for wildlife conservation area in Albertine Graben. If controls are not managed effectively, ecological impacts may also arise from other direct anthropogenic influent such as fires, increased hunting and fishing and possible poaching. In addition to changing animal habitat, it is important to consider how changes in the biological environment also affect local people and indigenous populations. The footprint related to the oil and gas activities is probably one of the most challenging concerns potentially leading to loss of biodiversity, habitat destruction and degradation and fragmentation of Page 152 environmentally vulnerable areas. The characteristics of Albertine Graben indicate that this issue needs to be carefully assessed in the further SEA.

Accidental events Plans seismic, drilling and production operations have to incorporate measures to deal with potential emergencies that threaten people, the environment and property. However, even with proper planning, design and implementation of correct procedures and personnel training incidents can occur such as:

• spillage of fuel, oil, gas, chemicals and hazardous materials; • oil or gas well blowout; • explosions; • fires (facility and surrounds); • unplanned plant upset and shutdown events; • natural disasters and their implications on operations, for example floods, earthquake, lightning; and • war and sabotage.

Planning for emergency events should properly examine risk, size, nature and potential consequences of a variety of scenarios, including combination incidents.

3. Examples of aspects and impacts from petroleum activities onshore and offshore

The following tables illustrate the various petroleum related activities and their aspects and potential impacts.

Page 153 Table 1: The onshore oil and gas activity chain, associated aspects and potential impacts

Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment Aerial survey Aircraft • Noise • Disturbance to wildlife Short-term, • Consider seasonality of wildlife. • Disturbance of people transient • Avoid sensitive areas Seismic Seismic • Noise & vibrations • Disturbance to wildlife Short-medium • Consider seasonality of wildlife. operations equipment, • Light emissions • Disturbance to people term, • Avoid sensitive areas (onshore) Worker • Air emissions • In-migration of job seekers transient • Minimise footprint presence, • Access/footprint • Habitat fragmentation • Avoid in-migration Camps, • Vegetation clearing • Expectation management Line cutting • Interference with • Minimize vegetation clearing and cutting other users straight lines Exploration Road • Access • Vegetation clearance Mainly short- • Adequate routing to avoid sensitive areas and appraisal construction • Air emissions • Noise and vibrations term, drilling and use • Noise, vibrations • Disturbance of wildlife transient (onshore) • Disturbance of local people • In-migration of job seekers Site • Footprint • Vegetation and topsoil clearance Short-term • Adequate site selection preparation • Use of heavy • Pot. changes in hydrology (if adequate • Minimisation of footprint machinery • Land use conflicts reinstatement) • Loss of habitat • Noise, vibrations and air emissions • Disturbance to wildlife • Disturbance to local people • Visual intrusion Camp and • Discharges • Water supply (wells, etc.) Short-term, • Minimize duration operations • Emissions (air, noise, • Noise, vibrations and emissions from plant transient • Minimize interference with local light emissions) equipment and transport population (sex workers, poaching, fishing, • Waste handling • Light emissions etc.) • Use of water • Liquid discharges (muds and cuttings) • Stakeholder engagement resources • Pot. spillages/leakages - soil contamination • Solid waste disposal • Liquid waste disposal • Land use conflicts

Page 154 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Disturbance to local people • Interactions workforce – local people • In-migration of job seekers • Pressure on local infrastructure • Pot. hunting, fishing, poaching pressure by workforce Well testing • Emissions from • Disturbance to wildlife Short-term, • Minimise duration of well testing (flaring or burning or • Disturbance and interference with local transient • Define adequate well test product storing/transpo storing(air, noise, people (noise, air emissions) management rting well test light and heat • Safety risks related to storage • Avoid sensitive periods for wildlife products) emissions) • Environmental risk related to storage • Use of well test product or green burners • Discharges (spills) Decommissio- • Footprint • Risk of spills and contamination of soil and Short-term • Proper reinstatement ning/ water resources reinstatement Field Road • Access • Loss of habitat Long-term, • Proper route selection process development construction • Habitat fragmentation, migration barriers permanent • Consideration whether to close the road and production and use • Loss of land use for the public or not (onshore) • In-migration route and secondary effects • Vegetation clearance • Erosion and changes to surface hydrology • Disturbance due to transportation • Traffic density and safety • Impact on local infrastructure • Disturbance to local people • Disturbance to wildlife Site • Footprint • Loss of habitat Short- • Proper site selection process preparation • Vehicle movements • Habitat fragmentation, migration barriers medium-term, • Minimization of footprint and • Workforce presence • Loss of land use transient • Restriction of working hours (if close to construction • Emissions • In-migration route and secondary effects local population) • Discharges • Vegetation clearance • Wastes • Erosion and changes to surface hydrology • Disturbance due to transportation

Page 155 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Traffic density and safety risks • Impact on local infrastructure • Disturbance to local people • Disturbance to wildlife • Noise, vibrations, light, air emissions • Visual intrusion Operations • Infield lines, central • Demand on local infrastructure (electricity, Long-term, • Proper maintenance and surveillance. production facility, water, sewage, roads, etc.) permanent • Choice of technology according to BAT well pads, etc. • Liquid discharges from production (waste • Expectation management • Use of local water, produced water, sewage, sanitary • Benefit sharing agreements with local infrastructure (roads, waste) communities hospitals, utilities) • From power and process plant (air, noise, • Environmental and social investment plan • Discharges light emissions, vibration flaring), global • Wastes warming • Noise, light & air • Effects on biota, emissions • Disturbance of wildlife • Interference with • Habitat loss, impacts on biodiversity, local infrastructure, • Water soil and air quality impacts other users and local • Interaction of local people with workforce population • Land use conflicts • Visual intrusion • Risk of accidental events Decommissio- Same as for Same as for construction Short-term, • Proper controls and careful ning construction transient decommissioning should avoid risk of long- term impacts. Improper controls can result in soil and water contamination, damage to wildlife, habitats and biodiversity. Proper waste disposal essential.

Pipeline Access roads • Interactions • Air, noise and light emissions &vibrations Long-term, • Proper route selection transportation construction • Use of heavy • Habitat fragmentation permanent (onshore) and use machinery • Loss of habitat and vegetation

Page 156 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Disturbance of wildlife Pipeline • Linear footprint • Loss of habitat Short-term, • Proper route selection construction • Emissions • Habitat fragmentation, migration barriers transient • Workforce management • Discharges • Loss of land use • Camp management • Wastes • In-migration of job seekers / secondary • Expectation management • Vehicle movements effects • Local content strategy • Workforce presence • Vegetation clearance • Dust suppression • Construction camps • Erosion and changes to surface hydrology • Potential blasting • Increased traffic density and safety risks activities (depending • Impact/demands on local infrastructure on terrain) • Disturbance to local people • Disturbance to wildlife • Noise, air, light emissions, vibration • Visual intrusion • In-migration of job seekers Precommissio- • Water abstraction • Resource conflicts (water) Short-term, • Avoid use of chemical additives in ning • Discharge • Risk of contamination & erosion from transient hydrotest water. • Emissions discharge Operations • Compressor stations • Disturbance of local people due to Long-term, • Local benefit sharing agreements emissions emissions permanent • Environmental and social investment • Surveillance • Interference of security staff with local planning • Maintenance people • Proper emergency response planning • Risk of accidental events Decommissioning • Emissions • Disturbance due to transportation Short-term, • Same as for construction /reinstatement • Discharges • Traffic density and safety risks transient • Wastes • Disturbance to local people • Vehicle movements • Disturbance to wildlife • Workforce • Noise, vibrations, light, air emissions • Camps Refining Roads • Access • Loss of habitat Long-term, • Proper route selection • Habitat fragmentation, migration barriers permanent • Avoid sensitive areas • Loss of land use • In-migration route and secondary effects

Page 157 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Vegetation clearance • Erosion and changes to surface hydrology • Disturbance due to transportation • Traffic density and safety • Impact on local infrastructure • Disturbance to local people • Disturbance to wildlife Site • Footprint • Loss of habitat Medium -term, • Proper site selection process preparation • Vehicle movements • Habitat fragmentation, migration barriers transient • Minimization of footprint and • Workforce presence • Loss of land use • Grievance mechanism for local population construction • Emissions • In-migration route and secondary effects • Traffic management planning • Discharges • Vegetation clearance • Workforce management plan • Wastes • Erosion and changes to surface hydrology • Camp management plan • Disturbance due to transportation • Environmental and social investment • Traffic density and safety risks planning • Impact on local infrastructure • Proper emergency response planning • Disturbance to local people • Expectation management • Disturbance to wildlife • Noise, light, air emissions, vibrations • Visual intrusion Operations • Discharges • Demand on local infrastructure (electricity, Long-term, • Proper maintenance and surveillance. • Wastes water, sewage, roads, etc.) permanent • Choice of technology according to BAT • Noise, light and air • Liquid discharges from refinery operations • Waste management plan emissions (waste water, sewage, sanitary waste) • Expectation management • Interference with • From power and process plant (air • Benefit sharing agreements with local local infrastructure, emissions, noise, flaring, vibrations, light) communities other users and local • Decrease in air quality, global warming • Environmental and social investment plan population • Effects on biota • Disturbance of wildlife, habitats, biodiversity, water soil and air quality • Interaction of local people with workforce • Land use conflicts • Visual intrusion

Page 158 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Risk of accidental events Decommissioni • • Same as construction Short-term, • Proper controls and careful ng transient decommissioning should avoid risk of long- term impacts. Improper controls can result in soil and water contamination, damage to wildlife, habitats and biodiversity. Proper waste disposal essential.

Page 159 Table 2: The offshore (lake) oil and gas activity chain, associated aspects and potential impacts

Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment Seismic Seismic • Noise • Disturbance & physiological effects on Short-term, • Soft start of air guns operations equipment • Emissions and aquatic species Transient • Possible limitation of frequencies of shots (offshore) (vessels, discharges • Disturbance to birds • No disposal into aquatic environment streamer, air • Interference • Air emissions and discharges (bilge, • Spill response guns) sewage, waste and garbage disposal). • Stakeholder dialogue &information Vessel operations • Interference with fisheries / other lake exchange users • Interference with tourism • Possible spills Pot. long-term

Exploration Site selection • Interactions • Disturbance to aquatic biota Short-term, • Avoid sensitive areas and appraisal • Disturbance to fisheries and other lake transient drilling users (tourism, etc.) • • • (offshore) Operations Discharges Discharges (muds, cuttings, wash water, Short-term, Minimize wastes • Emissions drainage, sewage, sanitary and kitchen Transient • Minimise duration • Wastes waste) (unless • Avoid sensitive periods • Exclusion zone for • Disturbance due to noise and light accidental • Avoid sensitive areas safety reasons • Solid waste disposal onshore and impact event) • Vessel movements on local infrastructure • Use of local • Loss of access and disturbance of other infrastructure lake users • Disturbance to benthic and pelagic organisms (fish, etc.) and birds • Changes in sediment and water quality. • Risk of contamination due to spills/leakages (water, sediment, coastline) Well testing • Emissions from • Decreased water quality due to produced Short-term, • Minimise duration of well testing burning or water discharges transient • Define adequate well test product storing(air, noise, • Air quality impacts due to flaring (unless management light and heat • Disturbance of lake shore communities accidental • Avoid sensitive periods for wildlife emissions) event)

Page 160 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Discharges and lake users • Use of well test product or green burners • Effects of vessel movements on humans • Minimize waste and wildlife • Avoid sensitive periods • Avoid sensitive areas Decommissioning • Footprint • Interference with other lake users Short-term, • Proper controls should avoid risk of long- • Emissions (noise, transient term impacts. Improper controls can result air, light, in sediment and water contamination, vibrations) damage to benthic and pelagic habitats, • Vessel movements organisms and biodiversity. Onshore in terms of solid waste disposal, infrastructure and resource conflicts Field Site selection • Interactions • Risk of impact on sensitive species and/or • Avoid sensitive areas development • Vessel movements commercially important species and production and associated • Resource conflicts • (offshore) emissions Impacts on local port infrastructure • Discharges • Wastes Operations • Production from • Long-term, chronic effects from Long-term, • Proper maintenance and surveillance. platforms, barges, discharges on benthic and pelagic biota, permanent • Choice of technology according to BAT artificial islands or sediment and water quality • Stakeholder communication and grievance other • Impact of cuttings and mud discharges, mechanism • Subsea gathering produced water, drainage, sewage, • Benefit sharing agreements with local lines sanitary and kitchen wastes communities • Supply operations • Emissions from power and process plant • Local content development • Helicopter support (air emissions, noise, light, heat). • Discharges • Contribution to global warming • Wastes • Solid waste disposal and impact on • Emissions onshore infrastructure. • Vessel movements • Disturbance from increased vessel and • Helicopter helicopter movement movement • Loss of access and interaction with other • Use of onshore resource users/lake users infrastructure • Local port, harbor and community

Page 161 Petroleum Impact Source Aspect Impact Impact Mitigation Activity assessment • Harbour and interaction related to supply and support supply base functions development/use • Risk of accidental events (spills, leakages Decommissioning • Footprint • Interference with other lake users Short-term, • Proper controls and careful • Emissions (noise, • Emissions (air, noise, light) transient decommissioning should avoid risk of long- air, light, term impacts. Improper controls can result vibrations) in sediment and water contamination, • Vessel movements damage to benthic and pelagic habitats, organisms and biodiversity. Onshore in terms of solid waste disposal, infrastructure and resource conflicts

Pipeline Pipeline • Dredging, • Vessel movements and exclusion zone Short-term, • Proper route selection transportation construction trenching • Risk of collision transient • Stakeholder communication and grievance (offshore) • Emissions • Disturbance to local people and fisheries mechanism • Discharges • Impacts on aquatic biota due to sediment • Wastes dispersion and mobilization of • Vessel movements contaminants • Noise, vibrations, light, air emissions • Land use conflicts at landfall • Resource conflicts

Precommissio- • Water abstraction • Risk of contamination and erosion due to Short-term, • Avoid use of chemical additives in ning • Discharge discharge transient hydrotest water • Emissions Operations • Surveillance • Impacts on fisheries • Overtrawlable pipeline design • Maintenance • Disturbance of local people only during maintenance Decommissioning • Vessel movements • Emissions (air, noise, light) Short-term, Pipeline either filled and left in place or taken /reinstatement • Interference with other users transient out (normally left in place)

Page 162

APPENDIX 3: SCENARIO ANALYSIS

Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the Petroleum Sector Albertine Graben, Uganda

Final Scenario Analysis

Kampala, September 22, 2012

The SEA Team

Page 163

1 Introduction

An important objective of the SEA is to identify Key Issues as a platform for a focused process. The SEA will concentrate on using four methodologies which will each identify relevant issues to be prioritized and carried on as the most significant issues for further SEA analysis.

The figure below illustrates the process of identifying the Key Issues. As illustrated, issues will be identified by the review of documentation, by evaluations from expert teams, by engaging stakeholders and by performing a scenario analysis. The final inventory of Key Issues will be decided by the SEA Steering Committee based on advice from the SEA Team.

Figure 1: Key Issues Identification

1. Review of 2. Evaluation 3. Stakeholder 4. Scenario documentation by expert teams opinions analysis

Conclusion on Key Issues

2 Scenario Approach

The Scenario methodology can be used to describe possible developments of the oil and gas sector in Albertine Graben. They describe a range of images of the future based on different driving forces and realistic parameters and they are basis for discussion/decision on concerns and positive effects of the development. Each scenario therefore offers a unique opportunity to visualize and understand potential “pictures” of the future situation as basis for capacity building and discussions.

As the Ugandan government already has advanced plans for a stepwise development of the petroleum resources and related facilities and infrastructure in the Albertine Graben for creation of revenue, a phased approach for the scenarios has been chosen. This approach focuses on a scenario developing a refinery over four sequential phases, each characterized by activities/key components and related concerns and opportunities.

The phases analyzed are:

• Phase 1 (2012-2015): Early Commercialization • Phase 2 (2015-2017): Refinery of 20,000 BBLS/D • Phase 3 (2017-2022): Refinery of 60,000 BBLS/D • Phase 4 (2022-2030): Refinery of 120,000 BBLS/D

Page 164

The figure 2 below illustrates what the four phases are and how they are interlinked.

Figure 2: Scenario Approach

Scenario Approach

Phase 1 Scenario Phase 2 Scenario Phase 3 Scenario Phase 4 Scenario 2012 – 2015 2015 – 2017 2017 – 2022 2022 – 2030

Baseline conditions

New activities Ongoing from Ongoing from Ongoing from Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1

New activities Ongoing from Ongoing from Phase 2 Phase 2 Phase 2

New activities Ongoing from Phase 3 Phase 3

New activities Phase 4

The systematic methodology of scenario analysis is thus reflecting an assessment of the resource base on which the petroleum development is building, an understanding of the baseline conditions today and the plans of the Ugandan government and the oil industry.

In addition several studies have been undertaken to identify the feasibility of petroleum infrastructure developments. The technical basis of these studies has also been used to identify and characterize the four phases.

Based on the key components of the scenario for each phase, positive and negative issues have been identified for further analysis.

These issues will be added to the previously identified issues from the other three steps (see above illustration). All issues will be evaluated and advice will be given to the SC on which should be regarded as Key Issues for the further assessment. This assessment will focus on identifying risks and opportunities, mitigation measures, links to and integration into relevant PPPs, monitoring programs, etc.

Page 165

3 PHASE 1 SCENARIO – EARLY COMMERCIALISATION

TIMELINE

Today until end of 2015

SUMMARY OF MAIN ACTIVITIES IN PHASE 1

The main focus of the early commercialization is to provide feed for the Integrated Power Plant (IPP) to be constructed during this phase with oil from Mputa and gas from Nzizi to provide electricity to the public grid. Furthermore, use of the oil produced during Extended Well Testing (EWT) will be sold to local consumers such as the Hima and Tororo cement plants and the Namanve power plant. Large scale construction will also take place, namely the 20,000 bbls/d refinery at Kabaale, the regional construction base around Hoima, the necessary supply bases as well as road construction. An extensive 3D seismic data acquisition program will be undertaken within the Murchison Falls National Park (100m x 100m grid).

COMPONENTS IN PHASE 1

Main components:

• EWT (already stored 28,000 bbls on drilling sites, ongoing in addition). • Trucking of oil from EWT sites to consumers. • IPP construction and operation at Kabaale. • Construction and operation of Central Processing Facility (CPF)-S1 in the south. • Trucking of oil from CPF-S1 to the IPP. • Field developments for Nzizi (gas/oil) and Mputa (oil) to feed the IPP. • Construction and operation of in-field pipelines to CPF-S1. • Construction and operation of gas pipeline from CPF-S1 to IPP. • Construction of southern pipeline from CPF-S1 to refinery (42,000 – 60,000 bbls/d capacity). • Refinery construction at Kabaale for 20,000 bbls/d module. • Construction of pipeline for transport of Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) from the refinery to the IPP. • Exploration/appraisal elsewhere in Albertine Graben, incl. Ngassa (gas) directional drilling from onshore (deep reservoir). • Kingfisher oil field under development. • Construction of CPF-S2 in the south. • 3D seismic acquisition in Murchison Falls. • Road construction. • Development of a regional construction base at Hoima. • Pipe transportation from Mombasa to Hoima regional construction base. • Trucking of refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the refinery area. • Development and operation of potential supply base at Butiaba and other locations.

Page 166

The following figure/map illustrates the main components related to the Phase 1 Scenario.

Figure 3: The Phase 1 Scenario, 2012 – 2015

Page 167

MAIN CONCERNS

The following concerns are considered to be significant related to the development of Phase 1 and these will be weighted for potential inclusion as Key Issues later on.

‹ Timing of main components. Too fast development. Unrealistic development schedule and fast tracking of too many major development activities. ‹ Lack of an overall integrated plan that regulates provisions and activities by the local authorities and oil companies. ‹ Lack of a broad range of public infrastructure primarily related to transportation. ‹ Housing and services for expat and local work forces. Establishing labor camps and associated utilities (water, waste and security) and construction warehousing. ‹ Land take for the refinery, IPP, bases at Hoima and Butiaba, pipe ROW, roads, etc. (in terms of area consumption as well as acquisition/resettlement process). ‹ Use of local resources and their management (building materials such as cement, steel reinforcement, asphalt, sand, gravel, timber, water). Shortage of local goods and services as a result of high demand by the petroleum industry. ‹ Extensive 3 D seismic acquisition impacts on Murchison Falls NP over 13 month period. ‹ Unprepared to secure local content during construction and operation (local deliveries of goods/services, professionals and skilled labors). Also potential drainage of skilled workforce from other sectors into the oil and gas sector. ‹ Extensive pressure on local road systems through settlements/agricultural areas and/or environmental sensitive areas o EWT: - from 8/2012 - 9/2012: 7 large trucks per day one way (14 trips) - from 9/2012 onwards: 1 large truck per day (2 trips) o Field developments: - approx. 30 large trucks per day from CPF plus 2 trucks from EWT sites (64 trips) o For import of pipes to pipelines connecting CPFs with refinery - 400 large trucks from Mombasa to Hoima (800 trips) o Additional transport of drilling supplies, refinery modules and equipment to Hoima/Butiaba ‹ Lack of Waste Management facilities. ‹ Understanding of the impacts of possible oil and gas effluents in Lake Albert and the Nile, knowledge about their behavior as recipients for oil and gas pollution and oil spill behavior on land. ‹ Preparation of oil spill contingency plans, availability of oil and gas dispersal models and provisions of equipment to fight pollution. ‹ Construction activities causing habitat fragmentation (temporary and permanent). ‹ Regional Emergency Response systems (fire fighting, medical provisions and disaster management) and security for all people living/working in the region. ‹ In-migration of job seekers and service providers (from Uganda and elsewhere).

Page 168

‹ Capacity of government institutions regarding management of activities (number of employees, relevant expertise and O&G expertise, enforcement skills, supervision needs, equipment for tasks demanded, laboratory, monitoring facilities and equipment, regulations, guidelines): ° National level: NEMA, MWE, UWA, UNRA, MEMD, MoH, MoLSG, MTWCH, MLHUD, MAAIF, NFA, etc. ° District level: environmental officers, natural resources management officers, water officer, forestry, health, planning, (nobody responsible for energy, no energy officer today), community development officer, labor officer, etc. ° Local level: community organisations and associations, hygiene officers (village health teams), farmer groups, ° Response centers and teams (oil spill response, medical emergency response, fire fighting, etc.) ‹ Capacity of NGOs, CBOs, etc. to undertake public scrutiny. ‹ Loss of cultural heritage. ‹ Capacity of cultural institutions (kingdoms, etc.) to undertake public scrutiny. ‹ Co-existence with the tourism industry. ‹ Cumulative impacts of all activities.

MAIN POSITIVE EFFECTS/OPPORTUNITIES

Main positive effects related to Phase 1 could be:

‹ Petroleum generated revenues and strengthening of national social programs. ‹ Job opportunities. ‹ Local deliveries of goods and services. ‹ Value creation from EWT use. ‹ Petroleum related activities as catalyst for development of other industrial activities. ‹ Improvement of local infrastructure. ‹ Potential increase of property value (+ for owner, - for others).

Page 169

4 PHASE 2 SCENARIO – REFINERY OF 20,000 BBLS/D

TIMELINE

End of 2015 until end 2017 Activities described in the Phase 1 Scenario will partly be completed when Phase 2 starts. Some others will continue. New activities initiated in Phase 2 will be added to the total “picture”.

SUMMARY OF MAIN ACTIVITIES IN PHASE 2

The 20,000 bbls/d refinery module is constructed in Scenario 1 and is now operational. In parallel the construction activities to expand the refinery capacity to 60,000 bbls/d have started.

The Kingfisher, Mputa and Nzizi fields are on stream and provide feed to the IPP which is delivering 50 MW to the public grid, as well as oil to the refinery. The oil is trucked from the CPF-S1 in the south to the refinery and the IPP. However, pipelines to the refinery from the northern and southern developments are being constructed to pipe the oil in next phase.

Significant trucking also takes place to transport oil from EWT to the cement factories and to transport pipe stacks, refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the Hoima construction base and the refinery site. There is further transportation of drilling supplies to Butiaba and other potential drilling supply bases, etc. Furthermore, the products from the refinery are trucked to consumers.

COMPONENTS IN PHASE 2

Below are the remaining activities of Phase 1 which will continue in Phase 2:

• EWT (still to continue for some years). • Trucking of oil from EWT sites to consumers. • Operation of IPP at Kabaale with feed from Nzizi (1500 boe/d gas) and Mputa (500 bbls/d oil). • Operation of CPF-S1. • Operation of in-field pipelines to CPF-S1. • Trucking of oil from CPF-S1 to the IPP. • Operation of gas pipeline from CPF-S1 to IPP. • Exploration, appraisal and production drilling elsewhere using 5 rigs continuously, thus approximately 30 wells/year. • Road construction. • Pipe transportation from Mombasa to Hoima regional construction base. • Trucking of refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the refinery area. • Operation of regional construction base around Hoima. • Operation of supply bases.

Page 170

Additional activities that will be carried out in Phase 2:

• Extension of the refinery from 20,000 to 60,000 bbls/d incl. tank farm (2000 – 3000 workers). • Operation of the refinery with 20,000 bbls/d (600 employees). • Refinery products to be transported to consumers. Trucks are assumed to transport approximately 15,000 bbls/d from the refinery to consumers in the direction of Kampala and onwards, totally 100 truckloads/day each way. • Oil transportation from Kingfisher (15,500 bbls/d, more than 100 truckloads/d each way) and Mputa (4500 bbls/d, more than 30 truckloads/d each way) by truck from the CPF-S1 and CPF- S2 to the refinery. • Delivery of Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) from the refinery to the IPP via pipeline (100 employees). The HFO replaces the oil from Mputa as feed to the refinery. • Operation of CPF-S2 in addition to CPF-S1. • Kingfisher is operational and connected to CPF-S2. • Construction of CPF-N1 and CPF-N2 in the north. • Construction of northern pipeline from CPF-N1 and CPF-N2 to the refinery (60 – 120,000 bbls/d). Operation requires 246 employees according to pipeline feasibility study (high). Pipeline construction will require approx. 2000 workers. • Development of fields in the Murchison Falls NP north and south of Victoria Nile. • Operation of the southern pipeline from CPF-S1 to the refinery. • Construction of in-field gathering lines. • Expanding labor camps and construction supply bases.

The following map/figure illustrates the main components related to the Phase 2 Scenario.

Page 171

Figure 4: The Phase 2 Scenario, 2015 – 2017

MAIN CONCERNS

The following concerns are considered to be significant and will be carried over as potential Key Issues

‹ Timing for main components. Too fast and too many simultaneous activities. ‹ Lack of public infrastructure, especially roads/railway. ‹ Institutional capacity to manage and supervise all simultaneous activities. ‹ Land-take, land use and physical planning. ‹ Construction of in-field gathering lines specifically in the Murchison Falls NP.

Page 172

‹ Crossing of the Victoria Nile with pipeline to the CPFs south of the river. ‹ Local content during construction and operation and lack of preparedness to involve local workforce: - Construction workers in the range of 5000 – 8000 workers (2000 for pipeline construction, minimum 3000 for refinery plus some 1000 road workers, etc.). - Operations personnel in the range of 1400 (600 for refinery, 100 for HFO line, 400 for oil pipelines, 380 for CPFs, etc.). - Employees for bases at Butiaba, Hoima and others. ‹ Large scale transportation needs by truck: - Oil to refinery from Kingfisher and Mputa: approx. 133 large trucks (266 trips). - Ongoing import of pipes to connect CPFs with refinery: 400 large trucks from Mombasa to Hoima (800 trips). - Additional transport of drilling supplies, refinery modules and equipment to Hoima/Butiaba. - Trucking of waste to waste facilities: 200 trucks/year (400 trips/year) ‹ Potential challenges related to more activities on Lake Albert (DR Congo activities, drilling support from barge connected to Butiaba supply base and others). ‹ Presence of extremely large workforce and impacts on local communities. ‹ Use of services and infrastructure (water, power, sewage, gravel, etc.). ‹ Activities in protected and sensitive areas. ‹ Consideration of alternative technical solutions incl. routing and siting. ‹ Waste management, incl. sewage. ‹ Oil spill contingency, incl. transboundary issues (also from activities within DR Congo). ‹ Emergency response (capacity for fire fighting, medical response, disaster management, etc) and security. ‹ Relationship to DR Congo (coordination, harmonization of standards and operations) ‹ Support to DR Congo exploration activities. ‹ Water consumption and sources – very high needs (injection, camps, etc.) ‹ Climate change issues – effects on Lake Albert water table and risk of flooding of installations. ‹ Loss of cultural heritage. ‹ Capacity of government institutions regarding management of activities (number of employees, relevant expertise and O&G expertise, equipment for tasks demanded, laboratory, monitoring facilities and equipment, regulations, guidelines): ° National level: NEMA, MWE, UWA, UNRA, MEMD, MoH, MoLSG, MTWCH, MLHUD, MAAIF, NFA, etc. ° District level: environmental officers, natural resources management officers, water officer, forestry, health, planning, (nobody responsible for energy, no energy officer today), community development officer, labor officer, etc.

Page 173

° Local level: community organizations and associations, hygiene officers (village health teams), farmer groups etc. ° Response centers and teams (oil spill response, medical emergency response, fire fighting, etc.). ‹ Capacity of cultural institutions (kingdoms, etc.). ‹ Capacity of NGOs, CBOs, etc. ‹ Extensive cumulative impacts of all activities.

MAIN POSITIVE EFFECTS/OPPORTUNITIES

‹ Petroleum related revenues and strengthening of social programs ‹ Increased job opportunities. ‹ Increased local deliveries of food and supplies. ‹ Value creation from EWT use. ‹ Improvement of infrastructure (roads, hospitals, etc.). ‹ Increase of property value (+ for owner, - for others). ‹ More and better energy supply. ‹ Local supplies of fuel and reduced imports. ‹ Foreign exchange savings. ‹ Increased awareness on environmental issues.

5 PHASE 3 SCENARIO – REFINERY OF 60,000 BBLS/D

TIMELINE

End of 2017 until end 2022 Activities described in the Phase 1 and Phase 2 Scenarios will partly be completed when Phase 3 starts. Some others will continue. New activities initiated in Phase 3 will be added.

SUMMARY OF MAIN ACTIVITIES IN PHASE 3

Oil is produced from the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, Buliisa and Murchison Falls NP areas and all four CPFs are in operation. From these the oil is transported via the southern and the northern pipelines to the refinery which now produces 60,000 bbls/d. The HFO from the refinery is piped to the IPP which continues to produce electricity to the public grid. Refinery products are trucked to consumers and product pipelines from the refinery to Kampala are constructed to replace the trucking. Simultaneously, the railway system is refurbished and new lines are constructed to reduce truck transportation in the direction towards Kampala. Construction activities to expand the refinery further from 60000 bbls/d capacity to 120000 bbls/d are ongoing.

COMPONENTS IN PHASE 3

Below are the remaining activities of Phase 1 and 2 which will continue in Phase 3:

Page 174

• Extended Well Testing (EWT). • Trucking of oil from EWT sites to consumers. • Operation of IPP with feed from Nzizi (1500 boe/d gas until 2018) and HFO, after 2018 feed will consist of HFO only. • Operation of CPF-S1 and CPF-S2. • Operation of in-field pipelines to CPF-S1. • Operation of gas pipeline from CPF-S1 to IPP until 2018. • Exploration, appraisal and production drilling using 5 rigs continuously, thus 30 wells/year. • Road maintenance and construction. • Transportation of pipes from Mombasa to the regional base in Hoima. • Trucking of refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the refinery area. • Operation of the base outside Hoima. • Operation of supply bases. • Delivery of HFO from the refinery to the IPP via pipeline (operated by 100 employees according to pipeline study). • Kingfisher is operational and connected to CPF-S2. • Operation of the southern pipeline from CPF-S1 to the refinery. • Construction of in-field gathering lines.

Additional activities that will be carried out in Phase 3:

• Operation of the refinery with 60,000 bbls/d (600 employees). • Oil transportation of 60,000 bbls/d to the refinery (Kingfisher, Mputa and supplies from additional fields in the Murchison Falls NP, etc. via oil pipelines. • Construction of a products pipeline from 2017 – 2019 which will subsequently transport refinery products to Kampala from 2019 with onwards transportation by truck/barges (on Lake Victoria to Kenya and Tanzania potentially)/railway. Until end of 2019 approx. 300 large trucks will transport approx. 45,000 bbls/d products from the refinery to consumers. From 2020 onwards trucking will be reduced. • Construction of the extension of the refinery for 120,000 bbls/d. • Extension of the IPP to receive more HFO from the 120,000 bbls/d refinery from 2022 onwards. • Oil production from fields in the Kingfisher, Buliisa, Murchison Falls NP and Kaiso-Tonya areas. • Operations of all CPFs. Operations require 378 workers. • Pipeline operation from CPF-N1 and CPF-N2 to the refinery (246 operations personnel according to the feasibility study for the pipeline). • Pipeline operation from the southern CPF-S1 to the refinery • Construction of two new oil pipelines parallel to the northern and southern oil pipelines to extend transport capacity to the refinery. • Construction and operation of potential supply base in the south of Lake Albert.

Page 175

• Drilling offshore in the south of Lake Albert from rig, artificial island or other. • Construction of oil export pipeline from the refinery area towards Kampala and onwards to markets. • Development of the Ngassa gas field and construction of gas pipeline from the field to the refinery area and onwards to Kampala. • Rehabilitation and construction of railway from the refinery to Kampala and onwards to Mombasa.

The following map/figure illustrates the main components related to the Phase 3 Scenario.

Figure 5: The Phase 3 Scenario, 2017 to 2022

Page 176

MAIN CONCERNS

Concerns considered to be significant and candidates as potential Key Issues:

‹ Timing for main components. Too fast development of the petroleum resources and too many simultaneous activities. ‹ Lack of public infrastructure. ‹ Transportation needs - 300 large trucks for transportation of refinery products until 2019. - Additional transport of drilling supplies, refinery modules and equipment to Hoima/Butiaba. - Trucking (or transportation by barge) of drilling supplies from the supply bases to the well sites, specifically to the Murchison Falls NP - Trucking (or transportation on barge) of waste to waste facilities: minimum of 200 trucks/year for drilling waste alone - Transportation needs of DR Congo ‹ More extensive activities on Lake Albert (and potentially Lake Victoria) and related to crossing of the Victoria Nile. ‹ Operations in protected areas, specifically Murchison Falls NP. ‹ Co-existence with tourism and fisheries. ‹ Presence of large workforce and impacts on local communities. ‹ Change in social patterns and adaptation capacity of local communities. ‹ Boom-bust effects from ending construction activities (the Dutch disease). ‹ Local content during construction and operation - Construction workers in the range of 5000 – 8000 workers - Operations personnel in the range of 1400 workers - Plus employees for bases at Butiaba, Hoima and others ‹ Use of services and infrastructure (water, power, sewage, gravel, etc.). ‹ Oil spill contingency, incl. transboundary issues (also from activities within DR Congo). ‹ Emergency response and security. ‹ Relationship to DR Congo (coordination, harmonization of standards and operations). ‹ Water consumption and sources – very high needs (injection, camps, etc.). ‹ Climate change issues – effects on Lake Albert water table regardin the risk of flooding of installations. ‹ Pipeline transportation of oil across the Victoria Nile. ‹ Waste management - Drilling waste alone is approx. 7000 tons/a, - Refinery waste, - Produced water, etc. ‹ Relationship to neighbouring countries – transboundary issues.

Page 177

‹ Consideration of alternative technical solutions incl. routing and siting. ‹ Air and noise pollution from refinery, IPP and transportation. ‹ Production activities in protected and sensitive areas. ‹ Institutional capacity to manage and supervise activities. ‹ Land-take, land use and physical planning. ‹ Cultural heritage. ‹ Capacity of government institutions regarding management of activities (number of employees, relevant expertise and O&G expertise, equipment for tasks demanded, laboratory, monitoring facilities and equipment, regulations, guidelines): ° National level: NEMA, MWE, UWA, UNRA, MEMD, MoH, MoLSG, MTWCH, MLHUD, MAAIF, NFA, etc. ° District level: environmental officers, natural resources management officers, water officer, forestry, health, planning, (nobody responsible for energy, no energy officer today), community development officer, labor officer, etc. ° Local level: community organisations and associations, hygiene officers (village health teams), farmer groups. ° Response centers and teams (oil spill response, medical emergency response, fire fighting, etc.). ‹ Capacity of NGOs, CBOs, etc. ‹ Capacity of cultural institutions (kingdoms, etc.). ‹ Cumulative impacts of all activities

MAIN POSITIVE EFFECTS/OPPORTUNITIES

‹ Petroleum generated revenues and expansion of social programs ‹ Increased job opportunities. ‹ Increased local deliveries of food and supplies. ‹ Further improvement of infrastructure (roads, hospitals, etc.). ‹ Increase of property value (+ for owner, - for others). ‹ More and better energy supply. ‹ More supplies of fuel and diesel substituting imports. ‹ Foreign exchange savings. ‹ Increased awareness on environmental issues.

Page 178

6 PHASE 4 SCENARIO – REFINERY OF 120,000 BBLS/D

TIMELINE

End of 2022 until end 2030 Activities described in Phase 1, 2 and 3 Scenarios are partly completed when Phase 4 starts. Some others will continue into Phase 4. New activities initiated in Phase 4 are added.

SUMMARY OF MAIN ACTIVITIES IN PHASE 4

All fields are on stream and Uganda now produces 300,000 bbls/d of oil. Bundling of infrastructure has taken place and pipelines have been constructed parallel to the existing lines to the refinery to expand the capacity. All oil is piped to the refinery area which has developed as a central oil hub.

In addition to the 120,000 bbls/d for the refinery, the surplus of 180,000 bbls/d is exported together with oil from DR Congo and possibly South Sudan via an export pipeline. The products from the refinery are piped to Kampala and distributed onwards.

The refinery produces 120,000 bbls/d and supplies not only Uganda but also markets of the EAC. As the electricity demand has risen considerably, the IPP has been extended to take all HFO produced by the refinery. A gas fired power plant and LPG plant has been constructed to use the gas from Ngassa and other gas fields and reduce use of fire wood. Furthermore, petrochemical industry has been established in the refinery area.

COMPONENTS IN PHASE 4

Below are the remaining activities of Phase 1, 2 and 3 which will continue in Phase 4

• Operation of IPP with HFO feed. • Operation of all four CPFs. • Operation of in-field pipelines to all CPFs. • Exploration, appraisal and production drilling (less than earlier phases). • Road construction. • Pipe transportation from Mombasa to Hoima base. • Trucking of refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the refinery area. • Operation of regional construction base around Hoima. • Operation of supply bases. • Delivery of HFO from the refinery to the IPP via pipeline. • Kingfisher is operational and connected to CPF-S2. • Operation of the southern pipeline from CPF-S1 to the refinery. • Construction of in-field gathering lines. • Operation of the refinery with 60,000 bbls/d (600 employees). • Oil transportation of 60,000 bbls/d to the refinery (Kingfisher, Mputa and supplies from additional field’s incl. Murchison Falls NP, etc. via oil pipelines • Refinery products transported to consumers.

Page 179

• Construction of a products pipeline from 2017 – 2019 which will subsequently transport refinery products to Kampala from 2019 with onwards transportation by truck/barges (on Lake Victoria to Kenia and Tanzania potentially)/railway. • Construction of the extension of the refinery for 120,000 bbls/d. • Oil production from fields in the Kingfisher, Buliisa, Murchison Falls and Kaiso-Tonya areas. • Pipeline operation from CPF-N1 and CPF-N2 to the refinery. • Pipeline operation from the southern CPF-S1 to the refinery. • Operation of potential supply base in the south of Lake Albert. • Drilling offshore in the south of Lake Albert from rig, artificial island or other. • Rehabilitation and construction of railway from the refinery to Kampala and onwards to Mombasa.

Additional activities that will be carried out in Phase 4:

• Operation of the refinery with 120,000 bbls/d • The parallel pipelines from the north and the south are operational and transport 300,000 bbls/d to the refinery site, of which 120,000 bbls/d will fuel the refinery. • The surplus of 180,000 bbls/d is exported via a dedicated export pipeline which also has capacity for oil from DR Congo and possibly South Sudan. • Operation of the larger scale IPP using the total HFO from the refinery. • Refinery products (petrol, diesel) are transported to consumers. Transportation by pipelines to Kampala and onwards by truck/barges (on Lake Victoria to Kenya and Tanzania potentially)/railway. It is assumed that the product pipelines are designed for a capacity of 120,000 bbls/d from the beginning • Gas production from Ngassa and other fields is transported via pipeline to a receiving facility in the refinery area, where the production of bottled LPG will reduce the use of fire wood. The remaining gas is transported via a gas pipeline to a gas fired power plant in the refinery area. Surplus gas is transported via the gas pipeline towards Kampala. • Operations of gas pipeline from refinery to Kampala, also with capacity for gas from DR Congo. • Production drilling. • Potential further developments in Lake Albert, incl. drilling. • Existing oil/gas fields in northern and southern areas are fully developed and subsequently on stream. • Ongoing construction of roads and railway networks. • Albertine Graben area serves as a hub for operations in DR Congo and South Sudan providing oil export capacity and petroleum industry services. • Establishment of petrochemical industry in the refinery area. The following map/figure illustrates the main components related to the Phase 4 Scenario.

Page 180

Figure 6: The Phase 4 Scenario, 2022 to 2030

MAIN CONCERNS

‹ Timing for main components. Too fast development of the Albertine Graben area and too many simultaneous activities. ‹ Ongoing presence of large construction workforce and impacts on local communities. ‹ Extensive change in regional social patterns and low adaptation capacity of local communities. ‹ Change of macro-scale social and socio-economic dynamics and adaption capacity within Albertine Graben influence areas. ‹ Boom-bust effects from ending construction activities. ‹ Use of services and infrastructure (water, power, sewage, gravel, etc.). ‹ Emergency response and security.

Page 181

‹ Waste management: - Drilling waste alone is approx. 7000 tons/a. - Refinery waste. - Produced water, etc. ‹ Relationship to DR Congo (coordination, harmonization of standards and operations) ‹ Relationship to neighbouring countries in general (incl. Egypt regarding water resources) – transboundary issues. ‹ Operations in protected areas, specifically Murchison Falls NP. ‹ Co-existence with tourism and fisheries. ‹ Local content during construction and operation: - Construction workers exceeding the range of 5000 – 8000 workers. - Operations personnel in the range of several 1000 workers. - Plus employees for bases at Butiaba, partly Hoima and others. ‹ Pipeline transportation of oil across the Victoria Nile and other transport crossing the Victoria Nile. ‹ Consideration of alternative technical solutions incl. routing and siting. ‹ Transportation: - Transporation for social amenities. - Transport of drilling supplies from the supply bases to the well sites, specifically to the Murchison Falls NP and to the bases. - Transport of waste to waste facilities. - Transportation needs of DR Congo. ‹ Transportation on Lake Albert and Lake Victoria. Extended activities on the lakes. ‹ Oil spill contingency, incl. transboundary issues (also from activities within DR Congo) ‹ Water consumption and sources – very high needs (injection, camps, etc.). Water management. ‹ Climate change issues – effects on Lake Albert water table regarding flooding of installations. ‹ Air and noise pollution from refinery, IPP, transportation, operations in protected and sensitive areas etc. ‹ Capacity of government institutions regarding management of activities (number of employees, relevant expertise and O&G expertise, equipment for tasks demanded, laboratory, monitoring facilities and equipment, regulations, guidelines): ° National level: NEMA, MWE, UWA, UNRA, MEMD, MoH, MoLSG, MTWCH, MLHUD, MAAIF, NFA, etc. ° District level: environment Officers, natural resources management officers, water officer, forestry, health, planning, (nobody responsible for energy, no energy officer today), community development officer, labor officer, etc. ° Local level: community organisations and associations, hygiene officers (village health teams), farmer groups.

Page 182

° Response centers and teams (oil spill response, medical emergency response, fire fighting, etc.). ‹ Capacity of NGOs, CBOs, etc. ‹ Institutional capacity to manage and supervise activities. ‹ Capacity of cultural institutions (kingdoms, etc.). ‹ Land-take, land use and physical planning. ‹ Loss of cultural heritage. ‹ Capacity of government institutions regarding management of activities. ‹ Macro-economic issues, inflation, distortion of price ratio regarding exports. ‹ Increased pressure on natural resources in protected areas, riverine habitats, etc. ‹ Cumulative impacts of all activities.

MAIN POSITIVE EFFECTS/OPPORTUNITIES

‹ Petroleum generated revenues and expansion of social programs ‹ Increased job opportunities. ‹ Increased local deliveries of food and supplies. ‹ Improvement of infrastructure (roads, hospitals, etc.). ‹ Increase of property value (+ for owner, - for others). ‹ More and better energy supply. ‹ More supplies of fuel and diesel substituting imports. ‹ Foreign exchange savings and earnings. ‹ Increased awareness on environmental issues.

Page 183

APPENDIX 4: STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PROCESS & LOG

Stakeholder Engagement Process

Stakeholder engagement in this SEA was a key activity that aimed to mobilize participation of the relevant institutions, individuals and communities for environment management of the oil and gas in the Albertine Graben. The specific objectives of the stakeholder engagement were as follows: ••• Ensure public participation in the SEA process; and ••• Inform, collect views and build ownership of the different stakeholders as their specific concerns about oil and gas projects are collected and considered during the SEA process. The stakeholder engagement process is a cornerstone for a multi-stakeholder partnership recommended in Chapter 6.4. A stakeholder analysis presented in the next section was used to determine the stakeholders to involve in the SEA process.

Stakeholder analysis

The oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben have wide implications on a number of resources and sectors. This is because of the dynamics of oil and gas exploration and development. The dynamics are accentuated by occurrence of the petroleum resources in an area of ecological and socio-economic significance. These include scenic and culturally recognized landscapes (mountains, the rift, escarpments, lakes, etc,) that host key biodiversity resources, moreover of trans-boundary nature. Therefore various institutions have a stake in the developments pertaining to oil and gas in the AG. The institutions identified were grouped into three different but interlinked main categories depending on stakes, roles and responsibilities in environment management of oil and gas. Figure 1 below presents an illustration of the main kinds of stakeholders, the key categories and responsibilities. The stakeholders for each key issue were identified through the key issues integration discussed in Chapters 5 and 6.

Page 184

Figure 1 - Appendix 4: Key types of stakeholders, categories and responsibilities

Methodology and approach used in stakeholder engagement and outcome of the consultations

Stakeholder engagement for the SEA employed a highly participatory and consultative methodology. Considering representation of the stakeholder categories, consultations were undertaken through focus group discussions, meetings with institutions and workshops at different levels (national, local and regional levels). A Stakeholder Engagement Strategy and a connected detailed Stakeholder Engagement Plan was developed with the objective of ensuring that a consistent and coordinated culturally appropriate approach was taken to involve the relevant stakeholders. The strategy ensured that national requirements were followed and at the same time complying with international standards. Building on the stakeholder analysis and key issues ( Appendix 6) the Stakeholder Management Plan involved identification of stakeholders to involve in the SEA , scheduling of meetings (communication of agenda regarding issues to be discussed, date, time and venue of the meetings) and was continuously updated during the full SEA process. It involved documentation of relevant background information, inventories of specific consultations, handling of suggestions, comments and concerns raised by the stakeholders. A checklist was the key tool used to collect the views from focus group discussions and meetings. Integrated also was telephone and internet through email correspondences on specific issues. A stakeholder engagement log presented in this Appendix was used to document and track concerns from each stakeholder consulted.

Page 185

All major stakeholder consultations are explained and integrated into the SEA process in chapter 2.4. The conclusions from the consultations are documented in minutes of meetings and specific notes. Further details can be found in the Inception Report and the Interim Report. All issues of relevance and importance, from the early start up of the SEA process in 2010, until the SEA assessment phase, are integrated into the Issues Register and Analysis, Appendix 6. Outcome of the stakeholder consultations during the assessment phase is documented in Chapter 5 and in the Key Issues Integration Matrix, Appendix 7.

Consultation meetings with district local governments and communities in the Albertine Graben

Good communication and involvement with local people in the Albertine graben has been essential for the SEA and such relations are therefore explained specifically in this chapter.

District Local Governments

The SEA targeted 13 districts for consultations including those that are outside the geographical scope of the SEA due to interest in offsite issues. These were: Arua, Nebbi, Nwoya, Amuru, Packwach, Buliisa, Hoima, Masindi, Kibaale, Kabarole, Kyenjojo, Ntoroko and Bundibugyo. The Districts were consulted at three levels as follows:

1. Initial consultations were with authorities in the selected districts of Buliisa, Hoima and Nwoya (see section 2.4.3 on meetings during reconnaissance trip of 8 -11 May 2012). Further consultations were held in the districts of Hoima and Buliisa between 26-28th November 2012 (see Appendix 7), Only two districts were covered at this stage due to limited time. In both meetings at District Local government level, the following personnel were targeted: • LC V and selected Executives (Politicians) • Chief Administrative Officer • Environment Officer (main contact person) • Natural Resources Coordinator • District Forest Officer • Fisheries Officer • Agricultural Officer • Water Officer • District Planner • Health officer • Community Development Officer • Officer handling Culture and archeological resources (Note that some personnel double or triple in one position)

2. The District Local Governments were consulted also during stakeholder consultation workshops: At least an environment officer from each of the 13 districts participated in the inception and/or validation workshops. 3. Municipality level: A meeting was held with Hoima Municipal Council during the consultations with the District Local Government of 26-28th November 2012. The meeting

Page 186

aimed to capture urban/physical planning issues. Participants included Municipality officials and the Mayor.

Community levels

At community level, focus group discussions were held with the Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom as cultural institution and with a fishing community as follows: 1. The Kingdom of Bunyoro –Kitara during the District Local Government Cosnultations of 26- 28th November 2012. High level officials of Bunyoro Kitara Kingdom attended the meeting including the Minister of Education, Minister of Finance and Prime Minister. 2. Meeting with the fishing community: The meeting was held at Butiaba landing site during the District consultations of 26-28th November 2012. The meeting was attended by officials of the Beach Management Unit (BMU), LC (relevant) Secretary for Defense and Secretary for Education.

Consultations at international/regional level

• Democratic republic of Congo (DRC): Consultations with DRC were concerned with the shared Lake Albert resources. Initially only email and telephone contacts have been made. • East African Community (EAC): The EAC has oil and gas programmes that involve all the member countries including Uganda. The community arranges fora on petroleum development and is influential on planning and decisions within member countries. However, the SEA interest is to ensure that regional matters of environment management in oil and gas that apply to the AG are well articulated. Consultations with EAC will be during the validation process.

Page 187

Stakeholder Engagement Log

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed for Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means SEA Team for stakeholder participant Bulisa District Issues of 11/27/ District head Meetings Issues of capacity of Additional Email the list of B. Turyahumura, Local capacity of 2012 quarters the district & recommendations Key Issues Action T. Twongo, Government district & environment obtained matrix C. Mwebaze., environment management H. Makuma, management C. Kinyera Bunyoro- Discuss issue of 11/26/ Kingdom Meetings Discuss issue of oil Issues of cultural Email the list of B. Turyahumura, Kitara oil & gas 2012 Prime & gas coexistance heritage discussed and Key Issues Action T. Twongo, Kingdom coexistence minister with the Kingdom captured matrix C. Mwebaze., with the offices H. Makuma, Kingdom C. Kinyera Butiaba Beach Fisheries 11/27/ BMU Ofices/ Meetings Fisheries Additional Email the list of B. Turyahumura, Management manage-ment 2012 landsite management recommendations Key Issues Action T. Twongo, Unit obtained matrix C. Mwebaze., H. Makuma, C. Kinyera CNOOC Discussion on 6/27/ TOTAL presented 1. feasibility of clarifications on further discussion B. Turyahumura, scenario 2012 offices info + phases, scenarios and feasibility, B. Kristoffersen, analysis discussion 2. other options, export pipeline requires H. Pflästerer 3. additional info > 250,000 b/d Department Discussion on 18/10/ MoLHUD Meeting plans to fast-track Physical Planning Act, J. Bemigisha, for Urban physical 2012 physical planning 2010 declared the whole H. Makuma Development planning of the for the AG, starting country a planning area. (MoLHUD) AG with selected towns, staffing of urban planners Directorate of Discussion on 10/18/ DWRM Meeting How DWRM is Established that Ensure deeper Strenghen J. Bemigisha, Water role of DWRM 2012 offices, prepared to meet preparations are in understanding on capacity to B. Turyahumura, Resources in oil and gas Entebbe challenges of oil progress and notably,the how DWRM is handle oil and T. Twongo Management planning in the and gas in Albertine directorate received new operating gas related (DWRM) AG Graben equipment for analyses challenges related to oil and gas Hoima District Issues of 11/26/ District head Meetings Issues of capacity of Additional Email the list of B. Turyahumura, Local capacity of the 2012 quarters the district & recommendations Key Issues Action T. Twongo, Government district & environment obtained matrix C. Mwebaze., environment management H. Makuma, management C. Kinyera

Page 188

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed for Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means SEA Team for stakeholder participant Hoima Issues of 11/26/ Hoima Meetings Issues of capacity of Additional Email the list of B. Turyahumura, Municipality capacity of the 2012 Municipality the district & recommendations Key Issues Action T. Twongo, district & officies environment obtained matrix C. Mwebaze., environment management H. Makuma, management C. Kinyera International Capacity 22/10/ Protea Capacity building Promised to J. Bemigisha Alert,Coalitio building of 2012 Hotel, for national and share plans and n of NGOs of NGOs and CBOs Kampala local governments, data on oil and gas Strengthening the research CISCO NGOs & CBOs to undertaken by participate much the more effectively organisation Makerere Issues of 15/09/ Makerere Checklist Trainng in the oil recommendations on J. Bemigisha, University- capacity 2012 University sector, oil & gas capacity building H. Makuma Department building and programs of Environ- trainin in oil & mental gas Management Ministry of Fisheries' 31/10/ Fisheries Key PPPs, key issues, ACT and policy need G. Nangendo, Agriculture preparedness 2012 department informant capacity needs, review, need for T. Twongo Animal for oil and gas offices interveiw compliance and regulations, Industry and monitoring transboundary - need for Fisheries, preparedness colaboration between Fisheries Uganda and DRC on department fishing intensity Ministry of Discussion on 24/10/ Entebbe Discussion The three Understanding of the B. Turyahumura, Energy and scenarios, PPPs, 2012 scenarios, key three scenarios, B. Kristoffersen, H. Mineral key issues, issues, PEPD’s PPPs response to and Pflästerer, Development petroleum -institutions and understanding of key G. Nangendo, (MEMD)- activities in districts issues, PEPD's readiness J. Bemigisha, Petroleum protected and relationship for oil and gas. E. Kahubire Exploration sensitive areas and Produc- tion Dept. (PEPD)

Page 189

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant Ministry of Revenue Ministry Use of a Need for discussion E. Kateregga Finance sharing offices checklist with the Planning and and stakeholder Economic discussion districts to explain Development why 7% percent is the ideal share. Ministry of Discussion on Kampala Key Existing Policies, Proposals on communities Need for an AG Take these J. Bemigisha., Gender and Co-existance informant Plans and coping with development social develop- discussions E. Kahubire Social with Local interveiw Programmes for in AG and handling ment programme further in Development Communities the Graben occupational health and to ensure that minstry and Capacity safety issues communities activities Building Issues cope with development Ministry of Discussions on Kampala Telephone Existing tools for All manuals and materials further discussion E. Kahubire Lands, Land and Interview sensitisation and are exising but need to be Housing and compensation capacity buidling translated into local Urban issues in languages of the Graben, Development particular this has to be budgeted (MLHUD) sensitisation for materials and manuals Ministry of Preparedness Ministry Key Existing plans in Knowledge about existing J. Bemigisha, Lands, for oil and gas offices informant presence of oil and national plans, Oil area G. Nangendo Housing and interveiw gas, designated special Urban planning area, Development Urbanization policy has (MLHUD) been initiated Ministry of Discussions on Kampala Key Existing Policies, Discussions on issues that further discussion E. Kahubire Lands, Land and informant Plans and have come up as a result Housing and compensation interveiw Programmes for of land administration Urban issues the Graben gaps, capacity gaps of Development district land boards and (MLHUD) related frameworks

Page 190

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant Ministry of SEA action key 24/10/ Workers Use of a Co-existence with Various recommendations H. Makuma, Local isues 2012 House, Level checklist Local Communities made on the stated issues G. Nangendo, Government 4 and incl. Indigenous T. Twongo discussion Peoples; other industries & service providers; sharing of revenues and wellbeing between National and Local/ Regional level. Co- operation and land use and spatial planning Ministry of Preparedness 28/11/ Ministry Discussion PPPs. Key issues, Shortage of both staff and G. Nangendo, tourism, for oil and gas, 2012 offices capacity equipment to meet oil and H. Makuma wildlife and co-exitance gas requirements, Lack of heritage with Tourism capacity to monitor complience, wildlife policy review complete, wildlife ACT review at infancy Ministry of Preparedness 25/10/ Kampala Discussion PPPs, capacity ACT, policies and B. Turyahumura, G. Water and for oil and gas 2012 (munyonyo needs, plans for regulations need review, Nangendo, Environment resort) sensitive areas need for baseline data J. Bemigisha (Wetlands outside protected highlighted, need to clarify Department; areas, compliance role of principle agency Directorate of and monitoring and that of lead environment) preparedness institutions, observation that oil process is very fast and expectations are high and uncompromisable Ministry of Consultations 17/10/ Entebbe Key Infrastructural Information on Plans that Discuss with Attendance E. Kahubire Works and on Infrastructu- 2012 informant Plans the Ministry Has in the UNRA on capacity required in Transport ral Issues and interview Graben and clarification of of Kaiso -Tonya validation Findings from mandates of both UNRA Road to meet the workshop so Scenarion and Ministry of Works and transport that plans are Analysis Transport demands intiated

Page 191

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant National Institutional set 1/11/ NEMA Discussion Institutional setup Clarification of B. Turyahumura, J. Environment up and 2012 BOARDROO with Key and mandate, PPPs, institutional set up and Bemigisha. Management mandate, PPPs M informants Institutional mandate, ACT is under G. Nangendo, Authority and capacity capacity, review, regulations need D. Ongwen (NEMA) monitoring of oil update, those completed activities especially need approval in sensitive areas National clarifyon ares NaFIRRI Discussion sensitive areas that T. Twongo Fisheries of research with Key could by impacted Resources informants by oil and gas, Research hydro-dynamics of Institute Lake Albert (NaFIRRI) National Institution's 23/10/ Kampala Discussion Adequacy of Information on Plans that G. Nangendo, Forest preparedness 2012 key existing PPPs, need review or J. Bemigisha Authority for oil and gas informants capacity of completion, highlighting of activities government for oil capacity needs, and gas Office of the Role of OPM in OPM offices Meeting Role of Department It was as noted that Reminded the Review the B. Turyahumura Prime oil spill of disaster Department of Disaster department to existing policy Minister contingency preparedness in oil preparedness was not take part in oil and take part in planning spill contingeny consulted on ongoing oil spill contingency the oil spill planning spill contengency plan planing contingency formulation and yet it has planning a role to play Oil & Gas Clarification on 15/03/ PEPD Discusion/ Security, Plans on Uganda DRC Provide Recommenda- J. Bemigisha, security team security plans 2013 Entebbe meeting transboundary boarder demercation recommendation tion on security H. Makuma for the AG wrt. issues, conflicts later on the issue isssue in the AG oil and gas of security in the discoveries AG Oil security Clarification on 12/06/ ESIPPS Discussion/ Transboundary Draft multi-disciplinary Env. impacts B. Turyahumura coordination security 2013 offices meeting issues, security plan (2012) and land J. Bemigisha team planning for AG coordination of awaiting president speculation to security agencies, approval be controlled, env. impacts of oil Uganda-DRC activities boundary to be marked.

Page 192

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant Physical Dsicussion on 02/11/ MoLHUD Meeting environment as J. Bemigisha, Planning physical 2012 one of the biggest G. Nangendo Department, planning of the considerations due MoLHUD AG to the sensitivity of the National parks, foretst, lakes etc and need for ecological considerations The Consider SEA Munyonyo Delivery of Reminded Chairperson promised to Contacted Hon. B. Turyahumura, Parliament – notes in advisory chairperson of folow up Lukyamuzi to J. Bemigisha Natural petroleum notes to advisory notes, remind Resources (exploration, remind the earlier delivered to Chairperson committee development chairperso the committee and n production) Bill, 2012 are included Total Discussion on 27/06/ Total offices presented 1. feasibility of clarifications on scenarios further discussion B. Turyahumura, scenario 2012 info + phases, and feasibility, export B. Kristoffersen, analysis discussion 2. other options, pipeline requires > H. Pflästerer 3. additional info 250,000 b/d Tullow Oil Discussion on 27/06/ Tullow presented 1. feasibility of clarifications on scenarios further discussion B. Turyahumura, scenario 2012 offices info + phases, and feasibility B. Kristoffersen, analysis discussion 2. other options, H. Pflästerer 3. additional info Uganda EIA quality 11/07/ Hotel Use of a Committee's role in Set up standards for EIA The UAIA J. Bemigisha, Association control, 2012 Protea checklist EIA quality control, preparation pricing, strategy to be H. Makuma, for Impact capacity for oil and Practitioners' training of practioners in made available G. Nangendo Assessors and gas EIAs discussion capacity to prepare oil and gas EIA (UAIA) oil and gas related preparation, others EIAs selected for training, complaint about clogging of EIAs at NEMA and delay of approval

Page 193

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant

Uganda Discussion on 11/2/ UNRA Use of a Spatial and road Environment issues further discussion will avail to us E. Kahubire, National Issues of 2012 Offices, checklist planning for the intergrated in the road the AG roads H. Makuma Roads spatial/transpo lourdel and Albertine Graben design, various plans in master plan. Authority rt planning of Road discussion place for the Albertine Also the Kaiso (UNRA) the area, EIA Graben, Revisions have Tonya road process and been made on the design feasibility study safety of the road to ensure that the road meets the expected demand Uganda Police Role of fire Kampala Meeting Policy, Police Act, It was noted that fire Ensure police fire Kampala fire B. Turyahumura, - Fire Brigade brigade in oil Fire Brigade operations of fire brigade head office was brigade is involved brigade agrred T. Twongo spill head office brigade in Uganda not consulted on ongoing in oil spill contincy to take part in contingency oil spill contengency plan formulation study oil spill planning formulation and yet it has contingency a role to play formulation if consulted Uganda Institution's 4/11/ Kampala Discussion Petroleum activities Policy already reviewed, E. Kateregga Wildlife preparedness 2012 in protected areas, ACT at infancy stages of Authority for oil and gas available and review, Management (UWA) activities updated ppps, wate plans are under review, management, Guidelines for oil institutional companies' operations in capacity to handle pretected areas ready oil issues Wildlife Discussion on 23/10/ Kampala Discussion Adequacy of existing Advice on where G. Nangendo, Conservation ways oil and 2012 PPPs, oil and gas conservation approaches J. Bemigisha, Society gas activities infrastructure in need improvement to T. Twongo could improve protected areas, survive the oil and gas conservation capacity of impacts government conservation institutions for oil and gas, transboundary issues

Page 194

Stakeholder Purpose Date Location Consulta- Discussion topics Outcome Actions agreed Actions agreed SEA Team organization tion means for SEA Team for stakeholder participant

WWF Discussion on 12/11/ WWF Use of a Issues of bioviversity GEF project report of share following J. Bemigisha, the key issues 2012 country checklist hotsopts and strengthening of forest reports: H. Makuma of consultation Offices and capacity of the management in northern International discussion institutions AG, support of best specifically the CSOs recommendations of management world heritage sites like practices report the Viruga areas, Habitat by WWF of oil & degradation and gas rehabilitation, waste environmetal management and land issues, BD ownership and corridor map, compensation modes, SEA for the lake management of indirect Edward, Congo impacts and long term Side impacts

Page 195

APPENDIX 5: ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS; INTERNATIONAL AND REGIONAL CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL POLICIES

This appendix presents the following:

a) National environmental laws regulations , including compliance and enforcement tools b) International and Regional Conventions and Agreements c) Highlight of the policies that are listed in Chapter 4 but not described in detail d) Other key ministries and agencies referred to in Chapter 4 a) ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT ACT 1995, CAP 153 of 2000:

The following principles of the Act directly apply to Oil and Gas Sector activities:

I. Reclaim lost ecosystems where possible and reverse the degradation of natural resources (Restoration). II. Establish adequate environmental protection standards and monitor changes in environmental quality. III. Publish relevant data on environment quality and resource use. IV. Require prior environmental assessments of proposed projects that may significantly affect the environment or use of the natural resources. V. Ensure that the true and total costs of environmental pollution are borne by the polluter. VI. Promote international cooperation between Uganda and other states in the field of environment. The main gap regarding enforcement and compliance to environmental standards by the Oil and Gas sector is inadequate support by the current licenses and Permits to the application of “Polluter Pays Principle”.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT (AUDIT) REGULATIONS (2006): These Regulations prohibit the carrying out of environment audits without due certification and registration, except if the person is an environmental inspector. The Regulations also provide for the preparation of environmental audit reports; require owners or operators of facilities whose activities are likely to have a significant impact on the environment to establish environmental management systems; provide for enforcement environmental audits; and encourage voluntary environmental audits and compliance agreements to aid facility compliance to environmental requirements. The Regulations apply to the oil and gas activities as follows: Section 3 (Application of Regulations), Section 7 (Submission of environmental audit report), Section 8(Requirements for environmental management systems), Section 15 (Powers of environmental inspector upon entry of facility) and, Section 16 (Public involvement in enforcement of environmental audits)

Page 196

Section 19 (Initiating Voluntary Environmental Audits) provides for conducting voluntary audits by the operators while Section 24 (Environmental compliance agreement) provides for an environmental compliance agreement between NEMA and the Operator. Although the regulations provide for self-monitoring, the SEA concern will be the inadequacy of an independent system to verify the reports submitted by the Operator.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT (MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR MANAGEMENT OF SOIL QUALITY) REGULATIONS (2001): The purpose of these Regulations is: to establish and prescribe minimum soil quality standards to maintain, restore and enhance the inherent productivity of the soil in the long term; to establish minimum standards for the management of the quality of soil for specified agricultural practices; to establish criteria and procedures for the measurement and determination of soil quality; and to issue measures and guidelines for soil management. The Regulations have six schedules which deal with all these aspects. The first schedule provides for soil quality parameters; the second schedule is on guidelines for management of fragile or peculiar soils; the third schedule provides for parameters and methods of determination of soil quality; the forth schedule is on soil conservation measures and guidelines; the fifth schedule provides for recommended frequency for monitoring of soil quality parameters for enforcement purpose; and the sixth schedule is on improvement notice. The regulations provide sufficiently for soil quality, conservation and monitoring but the SEA concern will be the capacity for enforcement of the regulations regarding impacts of gas and oil exploration waste on soils in the Albertine Graben.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT (MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR DISCHARGE OF EFFLUENTS INTO WATER OR LAND) REGULATIONS (1998): These Regulations prohibit discharge of effluent or waste on land or into the aquatic environment contrary to established standards and without a waste discharge permit. They provide for the general obligation to mitigate pollution by installation of antipollution equipment for the treatment of effluent and waste discharge emanating from an industry or establishment. They also provide for sampling of effluent and waste water analysis. The provisions directly applicable to oil and gas activities are included in Section 4 (General Obligations to mitigate pollution), Section 3 (Standards for effluent) and Section 5 (Duty to keep records). The regulations are explicit on monitoring processes but concern is the heavy dependence on the “Self-monitoring” records without sufficient safeguards for verification of the records by the regulator.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT (WETLANDS, RIVERSBANKS AND LAKE SHORES MANAGEMENT) REGULATIONS (2000): These Regulations provide for the protection of wetlands; their conservation and wise use; inventorying of wetlands; and wetland use permits for regulated activities. The Regulations also provide for protection zones for riverbanks and lakeshores. In particular, the rivers and lakes outlined in the sixth and seventh schedules to the Regulations have a protection zone of two hundred meters from the low water mark for lakes and one hundred meters from the highest water mark for rivers. Other lakes and rivers have a protection zone of one hundred meters from the low water mark for lakes and thirty meters from the highest water mark for rivers. No activity is

Page 197 permitted in the protection zone without the written authority of the executive director of the National Environment Management Authority. The following provisions are applicable to the oil and gas activities in the Albertine graben. Part I (Wetlands)...subsection (f) of Section 4 (Objectives) provide for minimizing and controlling pollution of wetlands. In addition, Section 5 (Principles in the management of Wetlands) adequately provides for wetlands management. However, Schedule 3 of the Regulations should specify all Ramsar Sites in the Albertine graben ( Ramsar Site and Murchison Fall Albert Delta Ramsar Site). Part III (Riverbanks and lakeshores) provides for prevention of siltation of rivers and lakes and controlling pollution-degrading activities (Subsection (f) of Section 19 (Objectives). Additional provisions are included in subsection (c) of Section 20 (special measures for the protection of riverbanks and lakeshores as preventing soil erosion, siltation and water pollution), Section 23 (Permit to use riverbank and lakeshore) on activities of drilling, excavating and disturbance of lake shores, Section 29 (Protection zones for riverbanks) in reference to the Nile and Lake Albert and, Section 35 (Environmental Restoration Orders). Part III of the Regulations is deficient in the following aspects. Sixth Schedule defines River Nile as being from Lake Victoria to Lake Albert thus leaves out Albert Nile north of Lake Albert.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT (NOISE STANDARDS AND CONTROL) REGULATIONS (2003): These Regulations aim at ensuring the maintenance of a healthy environment for all people in Uganda, the tranquility of their surroundings and their psychological well being by regulating noise levels; and generally to elevate the standards of living of the people by prescribing acceptable noise levels for different facilities and activities. The Regulations prescribe the maximum permissible noise levels from a facility or activity to which a person may be exposed; provide for the control of noise; and provide for mitigating measures for the reduction of noise. These Regulations apply to oil and gas activities through Section 3 (Purpose) considering that oil and gas exploration and future petroleum production activities operate within the wildlife protected areas whereby noise is regulated. However, the issue of noise control is also applicable in the communities outside the protected areas. Section 4 provides for the functions and powers of Local Councils and Environment Committee to make laws to regulate noise and vibration pollution, Section 8 provides duties for the operator in regulating or controlling noise, Section 12 provides for licensing works or activities likely to emit noise in excess of permissible levels, Section 16 gives NEMA powers to issue Noise Control Orders, Section 17 give Inspectors powers to confiscate machinery emitting noise, Section 18 grants reinstitution of the machinery when measures for further emissions have been installed, Section 19 provides for guidelines for controlling noise and Section 21 specifies the offenses under these Regulations. The main challenge of enforcing these regulations is capacity to measure/monitor noise levels by the regulators. These Regulations also may face the challenge of unpublished noise level permissible in a protected area.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSEMENT REGULATIONS, 1998: These Regulation deals with the environmental impact assessment (EIA) process, including project briefs and environmental

Page 198 impact studies. The Regulation provide for EIA review processes, including invitation of general public comments and public hearings, and the decision of the Executive Director of the National Environment Management Authority in respect of the grant, rejection or cancellation of an EIA certificate. The provisions of the Regulations comprehensively address oil and gas activities. However, there is no provision for addressing trans-boundary issues relating to oil activities. For example, under section 14 (Contents of Environment Impact Statement), oil activities are not explicit.

THE WATER ACT -CAP 152 (2003): The Water Act is one piece of Uganda's sectoral legislation with key provisions to enhance sustainable development. It provides for the use, protection and management of water use and supply. Important aspects in the Act include water rights; planning for water use; control on the use of water resources; water easements; and control over water works and water use. The following provisions apply to oil and gas sector activities: Part II provides for regulating motorized water pumps through permits. Section 3 provides for application of permit, Section 7 provide conditions attached to and transfer of water permits, Section 15 provides for water drilling permits, Sections 21 and 22 provide conditions attached to drilling and construction permits respectively, Section 23 provides for access to water use records, Section 25 establish water permit fees and section 27 specifies the offenses under these Regulations. The current water abstraction by oil and gas activities are regulated by water permits and general permits conditions. However, there is a challenge of determining the special conditions associated with the oil and gas activities due to logistical constraints on the part of the Regulator (DWRM). Secondly, there is an issue of capacity to analyze samples or to afford costs for analyzing these samples in privately operated laboratories. Thirdly, there is need for “gazetting” laboratories whose results would be accepted by both parties, i.e., the Regulator and Operator.

THE MINING ACT (2003): The Act was enacted to repeal and replace the Mining Act, Cap. 148, with a new legislation on mining and mineral development which conforms, and otherwise gives effect, to the relevant provisions of the Constitution; to vest the ownership and control of all minerals in Uganda in the Government; to provide for the acquisition of mineral rights; and to provide for other related matters. The Act provides for administration, mineral agreement, prospecting licence, exploration licence, retention licence and mining lease, location licence, inspection of operations under mineral rights, buying, selling and dealing in minerals, mineral rights and surface rights, Surrender, Cancellation and suspension of mineral rights, registration and records, financial provisions and protection of the environment. This Act vests the ownership and control of all minerals in Uganda in the Government and provides for the acquisition of mineral rights and other related rights. The Act requires every holder of an exploration license or a mining lease to carry out an EIA of their proposed operations in accordance with the provisions of the Environment Act. A holder of such permit is also required to carry out an annual environmental audit and to keep records describing how far the operations conform to the approved environmental impact assessment. The Act also provides for environmental protection standards, environmental restoration plans and environmental performance bonds in accordance with the Environment Act.

Page 199

The Act generally provides for the protection of the environment and provides for regulation of oil well permitting and rights but this is not explicit regarding particular ecosystems such as rights in waters and wetlands.

THE MINING REGULATIONS (2004): The regulations apply to section 121 of the Mining Act, 2003, Act No. 9 of 2003. They address prospecting licenses, priority for applicants, retention licenses, location licenses, mining leases, representatives, records and returns, beacons, boundaries and surveys, registration, protection of the environment and financial provisions.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT FORESTRY AND TREE PLANTING ACT (2003): This is an Act for the conservation, sustainable management and development of forests for the benefit of the people of Uganda. The Act establishes central forest reserves and other forest reserves. It provides for collaborative forest management, establishes a tree fund and provides for licenses. It also provides for the EIA process for developments intended in forest reserves. This is the principal law regulating the development, conservation and management of forestry resources in Uganda. Section 14 (Prohibited activities in forest reserves)....states that no person shall in a forest reserve, cut, disturb, damage, burn or destroy any forest produce or remove or remove any forest produce except in accordance with regulations or guidelines made for the proper management of the forest reserve as stipulated in a licence or permit. Section 92 (Regulations) ... the Minister may; i) regulate the manner and circumstances in which a licence may be grated, varied, suspended or cancelled, ii) prohibit or control acts, materials, machines likely to cause damage to a forest reserve or community forest, iii) prohibit entry of persons or vehicles into forest reserve or part of a forest reserve or community forest. The current exploration areas are located outside protected forest reserves. However, it is likely that future oil and gas production activities may traverse forest reserves.

THE WILDLIFE ACT, (CAP 200) of 2000: The Act provides for sustainable management of wildlife, consolidating law relating to wildlife management and establishing a coordinating, monitoring and supervisory body (Uganda Wildlife Authority). The following specific provisions relate to oil and gas activities. a. Part (a) of section 1 of Article 2: conservation of wildlife...so that the abundance and diversity of their species are maintained in order to support sustainable utilization of wildlife. b. Part (b) of section 1 of Article 2: sustainable management of wildlife conservation areas. c. Part (d) of section 1 of Article 2: protection of rare, endangered and endemic species of wild plants and animals. d. Part (f) of section 1 of Article 2: enhancement of economic and social benefits from wildlife management by establishing wildlife use rights and promoting tourism. e. Part (i) of section 1 of Article 2: public participation in wildlife management. f. Article 13 provides for management of wildlife conservation areas under approved management plans. g. Article 15 provides for undertaking Environmental Impact Assessments of any project or activity, which may have a significant effect on any wildlife species or community.

Page 200

h. Article 16 provides for carrying out Environmental Audits and monitoring of all eligible projects or activities. i. Article 19 defines the purpose for creating Wildlife Conservation Areas. The following purposes directly relate to oil and gas activities: I. Preserve selected examples of the biotic communities of Uganda and their physical environment. II. Protect areas of aesthetic beauty and of special interest. III. Preserve populations of rare, endemic and endangered species of wild plants and animals. IV. Generate economic benefits from wildlife conservation. V. Provide facilities for public use and enjoyment of resources in the wildlife conservation area. j. Article 21 defines the general offenses in wildlife conservation area which include: I. Injuring, killing or disturbing any wild plant or animal or any domestic animals. II. Taking, destroying, damaging or defacing any object of geomorphologic, archaeological, historical, cultural or scientific interest or any structure lawfully placed or constructed. III. Driving, conveying or introducing any wildlife animal into wildlife conservation areas. IV. Starting or maintaining fire without lawful authority. k. Article 22 regulates entry into a wildlife conservation area, including requirement for payment of entry permit fees. l. Article 26 provides for making regulations for regulating actions or omissions within a wildlife conservation area. The following actions or omissions may be regulated: I. Use of weapons and firearms. II. Condition under which any person, vehicle, boat, aircraft may enter or travel through, reside or be in wildlife conservation area. III. Lighting picnic fires, use of lamps or fires. IV. Disposal of waste or litter. V. Introduction of alien species of animals or plants. VI. Commercial enterprises within wildlife conservation area. m. Part IX (Management of Problem Animals) gives procedures for declaring a problem animal and regulations for killing and owning the carcass of problem animal, reporting damage, handling wounded protected animals or wounded dangerous animals. n. Part X (The Wildlife Fund) establishes a Wildlife Fund and defines sources of funding. o. Part XIV (Miscellaneous) provides for general indemnity against UWA for recovery of any damage caused to any person or property by an animal in a national park or wildlife reserve. The Wildlife Act is adequate in regulating the functions of UWA with respect to the management and use of wildlife resources within and outside wildlife-protected areas. However, the Act is deficient in the following aspects:

Page 201

1. The Act does not explicitly define institutional roles of UWA in the regulation of Oil and Gas activities in wildlife conservation areas or collecting revenues other than entry permits. 2. Part IV (Wildlife Conservation Areas)... section 5 does not permit “extractive activities” within a national park. The provisions for the Executive Director/Minister to grant permission to specific activities do not include oil and Gas activities. Part XI (The Wildlife Fund) ...section is not explicit whether the Fund can receive funds from oil licences fees or loyalties for those activities in the national parks THE UGANDA TOURISM ACT (2008): The Act was enacted to reform, consolidate and streamline the law relating to tourism ; to provide for licensing , regulation and controlling of the tourism sector ; to give effect to the implementation of the tourism policy of Government ; to reconstitute the Uganda Tourism Board to make it private sector driven; to establish a tourism development levy; to provide for establishment and management of tourism development fund; to repeal the Hotels Act , the Tourist Agents (Licensing) Act, and the Uganda Tourist Board Act; and to provide for related matters. Part IV, Clause 18 of the Act on Supervision, monitoring and coordination of tourism has provisions for environmental management whereby the Ministry may undertake the following: (a) by means of legal institutional, financial and other initiatives to plan and develop a sustainable tourism sector with due regard to the economic, social, environmental and cultural consequences of such developments; (d) to ensure compliance with best environmental practices by tourists, tour operators and owners of tourism facilities; (i) as appropriate and necessary, in conjunction with the Uganda Bureau of Statistics, collect, process and distribute tourism statistics.

Regulating tourism activities in oil and gas exploration and production areas in order to forge sustainable co-existence is a key concern. Following the recommendation that the Tourism Policy be reviewed to provided for oil and gas activities, the Act will require review in the same light once the new policy is in place. To cater for the effects of both activities on wildlife, the SEA recommendation is that regulations that will follow the Act should include provision for establishing thresholds for every sensitive sections (habitats) of the protected areas to avoid irreversible damage should include thresholds. At the same time, the oil and gas activities in an area with high wildlife significance may compromise tourism values. This calls for guidelines on damage assessment, compensation for foregone tourism business.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT REGULATION, (1998): These Regulations apply to all categories of hazardous and none hazardous waste. They cover movement of hazardous waste into and out of Uganda, its storage and disposal. . The Regulations also provide for conditional licensing of transportation of waste from one district to another. The Regulations prohibit the disposal of untreated waste into the environment. Any person intending of run a waste treatment facility may, after carrying out an EIA, apply for a license. In carrying out waste treatment, the operator of a waste treatment facility shall take all necessary measures to minimize or prevent pollution from site or plant.

Page 202

The relevance of the Regulations to oil and gas activities is provided in Part 2 (all categories of hazardous and non-hazardous waste, storage and disposal of waste and, disposal facilities) and Section 12 (Duty to treat waste from industries), Section 16 (Disposal of waste), Section 24 (Duty to keep records). The concern for the SEA is that the regulations do not provide for approving the waste storage facilities before use, a matter that should be considered in the current review process for the regulations.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT OZONE DEPLETION AND SUBSTANCES PRODUCTS REGULATIONS (2001 ): These Regulations aim to regulate the production, trade and use of controlled substances and products; provide for a system of data collection to facilitate compliance with relevant reporting requirements under the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer; promote the use of ozone friendly substances, products, equipments and technology; and ensure the elimination of substances and products that deplete the ozone layer. The various schedules provide for controlled products, controlled substances and prohibition dates; application for licenses to import controlled substances and export them; declaration by the end user of controlled substances or products; and the need for records to be maintained for controlled substances. These Regulations apply to the oil and gas activities through Section 3 (Object of Regulations), Section 5 which provides for licensing importation of controlled substances or products, Section 10 which provides for maintaining of and submitting to NEMA records containing applicable information specified in Six Schedule, Section 12 which provides for raising public and workers awareness on activities relating to elimination of ozone depleting substances or products, Section 13 which provides for taxation on imports and Section 14 which specifies the offenses under these Regulations. The analysis concludes that these Regulations are weak on aspects of production of ozone depleting substances or products, which include aspects such as air conditioning.

THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT HILLY AND MOUNTAINOUS AREAS REGULATIONS (2000): These Regulations facilitate sustainable utilization and conservation of resources in mountainous and hilly area. They promote soil conservation and restrict the use of these areas. They restrict cattle grazing, provide for the declaration of closed and open seasons, afforestation and reforestation, and prevent the introduction of alien or exotic species. The district councils are permitted to make bye laws for the protection of mountainous and hilly areas which are at risk of environmental degradation. These Regulations apply to the proposed site for the construction of the Oil refinery that lies above the escarpment. By definition, the escapement qualifies as a hilly or mountainous area. In this regards, the principles of the Regulation (section 4) apply. The Regulations also provide for the functions of the Environment Committees at Local and District levels in approving activities in the hilly or mountainous areas. However, the Regulations focus on forms of land use other than land based developments such as the oil refinery.

THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT ACT (2006): The Act

• Empowers local Government to make bye-laws for proper use of land

Page 203

• Hold in trust natural resources in the locality for the benefit of people • Enforces legislations on conservation and • Supervises the use of natural resources to ensure equitable use for development

THE WATER RESOURCES REGULATIONS (1998): Water quality and quantity are taken into account when considering applications for water permits to ensure drainage regimes and the environment, among other things are not compromised. The regulations also address issues of safety regarding works on waterways and protection and enhancement of in-stream uses of water; government policy on conservation; and plans and information to be provided to the Director as a condition for registration of the permits. However, the regulations are not explicit on EIA requirements as a tool that elaborates potential impacts and mitigation, a matter of significance in managing new water utilization types of oil and gas in ecologically sensitive areas such as the Albertine Graben.

THE LAND ACT (CAP 227) Section 78 of The Land Act presents varios provisions that are essential for land take and cmpansation in the Albertine Graben as follows:

i) The value for customary land is the open market value of unimproved land;

ii) The value of buildings on the land is taken at open market value for urban areas, and depreciated replacement cost for rural areas;

iii) The value of standing crops on the land is determined in accordance with the district compensation rates established by the respective District Land Board. Annual crops which could be harvested during the period of notice to vacate given to the landowner/ occupier of the land are excluded in determining compensation values;

iv) In addition to the total compensation assessed, there is a disturbance allowance paid of 15% or, if less than six months’ notice to vacate is given, 30% of the total sum assessed. The Land Act principally addresses four issues namely; holding , control , management and land disputes . As regards tenure, the Act repeats, in Section 3, provisions of Article 237 of the Constitution which vests land ownership in the citizens of Uganda, to be held under customary, freehold, mailo or leasehold tenure systems. However, the Land Act provides for acquisition of land or rights to use land for public works. Regarding control of land use, the Act reaffirms statutory power of compulsory acquisition conferred on the government and local authorities under articles 26 (2) and 237(2) (a) of the Constitution (Section 43). Since the Act does not repeal the Land Acquisition Act No. 14 of 1965, it is assumed that this legislation, meets requirements of Article 26(2) of the Constitution that requires a law to be in place for the payment of compensation and access to the courts. The Act also requires that landowners manage and utilize land in accordance with regulatory land use planning (Sections 44 and 46). Section 77(2) of the revised edition (2000) of the Land Act 1998 provides for a disturbance allowance on top of the computed compensation amount as shown below:

i) 30% of compensation amount if quit notice is given within 6 months. ii) 15% of compensation amount if quit notice is given after 6 months. The Land Act, together with the Constitution are two key legal instruments under which compensation and resettlement can be implemented in the Albertine Graben.

Page 204

COMPLIANCE TOOLS Tools used by Regulators to monitor compliance The oil and gas activities have been and continue to be monitored using the following tools: a. Scheduled field inspections and monitoring visits by NEMA, Multi-stakeholder Monitoring Team (Coordinated by NEMA), PEPD, UWA, Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE), MTWH and Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social development (MGLSD). Other than the field based inspector under PEPD who inspect active sites on daily basis, the other schedules are quarterly. b. Un-scheduled visits by Regulators in response to emerging issues. c. Compliance assistance through field based Inspectors from NEMA, PEPD and UWA. d. Daily operations reporting submitted by oil companies to Commissioner PEPD. e. Quarterly reports, work plans and programs for specific undertaking e.g., drilling plans, oil well flow testing plan, restoration plans, etc. f. Environmental audits conducted by NEMA in collaboration with Oil companies. g. Guidelines for Oil activities in National Parks issued by UWA in 2011. h. Cost-benefit analysis and other financial monitoring systems of field operations by PEPD.

In addition, the following tools applied by PEPD targeting operations in general, they also contribute towards monitoring environmental aspects in some respects. a. Monitoring oil and gas sector performance and National Oil and Gas Policy by PEPD/MEMD through: I. Bi-weekly meetings on operations between PEPD and Oil companies. These meetings are convened to discuss the progress over the reporting period and activity plans for the next reporting period. II. Semi-annual meetings of the Technical Committee consisting of PEPD and Oil companies. Reporting to the Advisory Committee, the Technical Committee handles technical information on the oil resources (Status and projections) as well as progress over the reporting period. III. Annual meetings of the Advisory Committee (Chaired by the Permanent Secretary, MEMD) consisting of MEMD/PEPD, Oil companies. The following institutions participate in the meeting as observers: Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development, Ministry of Justice and Constitutional Affairs and, Uganda Revenue Authority. The Annual meeting approves annual work plans and budgets. b. Monitoring environmental aspects of the oil industry: This is handled at policy level by the MWE. In addition, NEMA convenes a Multi-stakeholder Environmental Monitoring Team that conducts quarterly inspection visits. In addition, NEMA delegates monitoring tasks to Districts (DEOs) on case by case. c. Lead agencies monitoring processes by NEMA, UWA, PEPD and DWRM. With respect to self-monitoring, the Oil companies apply the following tools: a. Approved EIAs conditions including recommended or approved environmental management plans, mitigation measures, restoration plans, etc.

Page 205

b. Terms and conditions of the Production Sharing Agreements. c. Reports from seismic studies. d. Inspection visits to exploration sites. e. Internal company compliance tools (e.g., Staff induction, Staff drills, Daily Compliance Tracker, Daily Staff reports, etc)

ENFORCEMENT TOOLS The following tools are used by the regulators namely National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA), Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA), Petroleum Exploration and Production Directorate (PEPD), Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM).

National laws and policy instruments The national legislation and policies highlighted under section 5.1. as well as international and regional conventions and agreements signed by Uganda form the principal tools used to enforce compliance.

Permits The following types of permits or licenses have been issued to regulate respective environmental aspects of the oil and gas activities.

• Water Abstraction and Use Permits. • Solid Waste Disposal Permits. • Waste Water Disposal Permits. • Effluent Discharge Permits. • Noise Control and Production Permits. • Certificate of Approval for Environmental Impact Assessment Study Each of these permits provides general and special conditions that form basis for enforcement and compliance monitoring by respective regulators or lead agencies and monitors.

Production Sharing Agreements (PSA) These Agreements form the official commitment between government and Oil Companies. Within these PSA, environmental aspects of oil and gas activities are treated under the over-all theme on Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) which tends to focus on drilling and production operations. Therefore, PSA are deficient in addressing the wider environmental issues. Field operations plans The following field operations plans are approved and used by PEPD for enforcement purposes.

• Work program and budget • Drilling program • Well testing program • Program for conducting geological and geophysical studies • Site Restoration Plans • Well abandonment plans

Page 206

• Daily operational reports • Communications Strategy

National Park Management Plans and Regulations These tools have been applied by UWA over activities within wildlife conservation areas namely, national parks and wildlife reserves. UWA uses these management plans to enforce compliance to the over-all park management objectives and guidelines. In addition, UWA has issued specific guidelines for regulating Oil exploration activities and general operations within the National Parks and Wildlife Reserves. Inspection Inspections have been conducted mainly in form of visits to the exploration or operational sites and deployment of field Inspectors by NEMA, PEPD and UWA. In case of the latter, inspectors are on active sites full time. Their main function is to ensure that oil and gas activities comply with conditions issued alongside the permits and licenses. They also serve to provide onsite compliance assistance in form of advice and technical guidance. Reporting The oil and gas activities are required to submit daily activity reports to the Commissioner PEPD. These reports have been used to enforce compliance to the approved activity plans and schedules. Delegated Authority On several occasions, NEMA has delegated authority to Districts (by NEMA) to enforce environmental standards in exploration areas outside the protected areas. Self-Regulation Oil companies have been required to regulate themselves and report to Commissioner PEPD.

Page 207

b) INTERNATIONAL AND REGIONAL INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS/ TREATIES

THE UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY, 1992 This convention was signed at the Earth summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, on the 5 th of June 1992 and on the 29 th of December 1993, it entered into force. So far, 193 states have signed this convention. The main objective of the convention is to conserve biological species, genetic resources, habitats, and ecosystems; to ensure the sustainable use of biological materials; and to guarantee the fair and equitable sharing of benefits derived from genetic resources. It was conceived as a practical tool for translating the principles of Agenda 21 into reality. A number of protocols have been signed to further strengthen the objectives of the convention on biodiversity, such as the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety of the convention, also known as the Biosafety protocol of 2000, which seeks to protect the biological diversity from the potential risks posed by living modified organisms resulting from modern biotechnology. The main concern for the SEA is the compliance to the convention as oil and gas activities intensify in the Albertine rift, which is already classified internationally as a biodiversity hotspot.

THE UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CONVENTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE, 1992 This convention was signed on 9 th may 1992, in New York. It was signed by 165 states and as of to date, 195 UN member states have signed it except south Sudan. It was also as a result of the Earth summit of 1992. The principal objective of this treaty is to stabilize greenhouse gas concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. The Convention divides countries into two groups: those who are listed in Annex 1 of the Convention and those who are not (known as 'non-Annex 1 Parties'). Annex 1 Parties are the industrialized countries, who have historically contributed the most to climate change. For example, North America and the European Union are jointly responsible for 85 percent of the human-made carbon dioxide in the atmosphere today. The UNFCCC established leading roles for industrialized countries in curbing global warming and required them assist developing countries to avoid the negative effects of climate change and to allow adaptation. UNFCCC called on Annex-1 Parties to stabilize their greenhouse gas emissions at 1990 levels by the year 2000. As contracting party, Uganda must ensure that the oil and gas activities do not contravene the framework objectives. Therefore, the issue for the SEA is the likely impact of oil and gas activities on air quality.

THE MONTREAL PROTOCOL ON SUBSTANCES THAT DEPLETE THE OZONE LAYER, 1987 This convention came into force on 1 st January 1989 and it was ratified by all member states to the United Nations. It is a protocol to the Vienna Convention for the protection of the ozone layer. It was designed to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of numerous substances believed to be responsible for ozone depletion. Concern that chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) might deplete the ozone layer, causing skin cancer and other health and ecological effects, dates to 1974. Understanding of the problem changed

Page 208 significantly with detection of the Antarctic ozone “hole” in 1985 and subsequent studies to explain it. In the 1970s the United States, Canada, Norway, and Sweden acted unilaterally to control some uses of CFCs. International efforts included monitoring, research, and assessment programs beginning in the middle 1970s. The Vienna Convention (1985) established a framework for subsequent protocols; the Montreal Protocol (1987), negotiated and signed shortly after the ozone hole was detected, committed signatories to cut the planned use of offending chemicals by half. Amendments and adjustments to that protocol, signed in 1990, call for a ban of ozone-depleting substances (with a few exceptions) by 2000 with an additional decade for developing countries. The issue for the SEA will be mitigating emissions, e.g., methane leakages from the oil and gas exploration and production activities. THE CONVENTION ON WETLANDS OF INTERNATIONAL IMPORTANCE ESPECIALLY AS WATERFOWL HABITAT (RAMSAR CONVENTION), 1971 This convention provides for a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetland and their resources. It covers all aspects of wetland conservation and “wise use” of wetland. It is an international treaty for the conservation and sustainable utilization of wetlands. Its main object is to stem the progressive encroachment on and loss of wetlands now and in the future, recorgnizing the fundamental ecological functions of wetlands and their economic, cultural, scientific and recreational value. The issue for the SEA will be compliance to the Ramsar convention specifically considering oil and gas activities around the Murchison Falls Albert Delta wetlands system which is a Ramsar site. The key resources of concern include avian diversity, fisheries/spawning sites and refuge/watering points for wild animals.

THE CONVENTION CONCERNING THE PROTECTION OF WORLD CULTURAL AND NATURAL HERITAGE, 1972 This convention was adopted by the General conference of UNESCO on the 16 th November 1972. It mainly deals with the identification and conservation of the world cultural and natural heritage of international importance. This SEA has empahsized the impacts of oil and gas activities on the cultural and archeological heritage as well as participation of cultural institutions in the Albertine.

CONVENTION ON MIGRATORY SPECIES (BONN CONVENTION) 1979) Conserves territorial, marines and avian migrating species. It adopted the most strict protection measures for endangered migratory species and cooperative research activities. Conservation of Albatroses and Petrels. The concern for the SEA on this convention is the rich avian diversity in the Albertine Rift.

WORLD COMMISSION OF THE WORLD ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT (WCED) Established the principle of sustainable development an equitable and sustainable sharing of natural resources, an overarching principle for the SEA process.

Page 209

AFRICAN CONVENTION ON THE CONSERVATION OF NATURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES Encourages individual and joint actions for the conservation utilization and development of flora and fauna for the present and future welfare of mankind from an economic nutritional which the SEA will consider.

UNITED NATION CONFERENCE ON HUMAN ENVIRONMENT (1972 STOCKHOLM DECLARATION) Promotes and enhances ecosystem for production without detriment.

PROTOCOL CONCERNING PROTECTED AREAS AND WILD FAUNA IN THE EAST AFRICAN REGIONS (1985) Contracting parties are obliged to take appropriate measures to maintain essential ecological processes and life support system to preserve genetic diversity and ensure sustainable utilization of harvested natural resources.

CONVENTION ON THE PROTECTION AND USE OF TRANS BOUNDARY WATER COURSES AND INTERNATIONAL LAKES This convection will be considered as it provides means of protecting and conserving water surface and ground waters across national boundaries. The SEA process has recognized the relevance of cooperation with DRC, Sudan, etc., for trans-boundary management of the Nile and Lake Edward.

BAMAKO CONVENTION ON THE BAN ON THE IMPORT INTO AFRICA AND THE CONTROL OF TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTES WITHIN AFRICA (1991) This convention was signed on the 30 th of January 1991 in Bamako, Mali and it became effective on the 22 nd of April 1998. It was intended to prohibit importation of hazardous waste to less developed countries, Minimize and control trans-boundary movement of hazardous waste within African countries, Prohibit Ocean and inland dumping or incineration of hazardous waste. The convention ensures that disposal of wastes is conducted in an environmentally sound manner, promote cleaner production over the pursuit of a permissible emissions approach based on assimilations capacity assumptions, and also establishes a precautionary principle.

KYOTO PROTOCOL • Established rules for implementation called the Marrakesh Accords • Intended to reduce green house gas emissions that is responsible for depletion of ozone layer which is responsible for climate change. The concerns are mainly on gas emissions, similar to those pointed out under the Montreal Protocol.

WORLD BANK’S OPERATIONAL POLICY 4.12 ON INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT World Bank’s Operational Policy 4.12 on involuntary resettlement requires that affected persons should be compensated at full replacement cost and assisted during relocation. There are some stark gaps between Uganda and WB resettlement requirements. For example, as earlier mentioned, a project proponents are not legally bound to neither procure alternative land nor provide relocation assistance to affected people if they provided fair financial compensation based on a legally accepted valuation process.

Page 210

In a number of situations, as shown in table above, WBG requirements are more favorable to affected persons than Ugandan law including aspects like: a. Compensating for loss of income after affected persons are displaced. b. Compensation for tenants who might not have legal land rights, but have undertaken development or farming activities on affected land. c. Wherever feasible and acceptable to affected persons, provide land-for-land compensation. d. Provide property owners with cash compensation at full replacement cost. e. Wherever appropriate, provide skills assistance to affected farmers in areas such as improved crop and animal husbandry and records keeping.

C) ADDITIONAL POLICIES

THE NATIONAL ENERGY POLICY, (2002) The policy emphasizes that government improves the level of energy supplies at the least cost to the national economy, by promoting efficient use and conservation of energy resources. However, several problems have persisted and continue to threaten woodland and forest resources. Demand for biomass is very high and growing, with wood representing 98% of the fuel used for cooking and this has promoted deforestation.

THE NATIONAL WATER POLICY, (1997) The objective of the National Water Policy is to manage and develop water resources in an integrated and sustainable manner to secure and provide water of adequate quantity and quality for all social and economic needs of the present and future generations with the full participation of stakeholders. This goal is set to be achieved under two broad components of water resources management. 1. Water resources management; that encompasses monitoring, assessments, allocation and protection of water resources. 2. Water development and use: that encompasses allocating and regulating water use for recreation and ecosystem needs as well as measures for controlling water pollution.

Under water allocation principles, the policy provides for ensuring that sufficient water is reserved for meeting environmental requirements and services, i.e., maintain minimum flow to maintain water quality and aquatic ecosystems.

THE NATIONAL LAND USE POLICY (2007) The policy promotes the land use and physical planning at national and local levels. Whereas the policy grants ownership of land to land owners and bonafide occupants of land in Uganda, it requires management and use of land and all land resources in accordance with other laws. The planning for the exploration and production of oil and gas resources found underneath the land surface are not regulated by this policy. This could be because oil and gas resources are by virtue of the constitution, vested in the government of Uganda.

THE WILD LIFE POLICY, (1999)

Page 211

The Policy promotes the long-term conservation of the country’s wildlife and biodiversity in a cost effective manner, which maximizes the benefits for the people of Uganda. The following provisions are applicable to oil and gas activities: a. Promote and maintain viable and representative wildlife populations in Uganda, both within and outside protected areas. b. Ensure that the biological diversity of Uganda is conserved within the country’s protected area system, and is managed on sound conservation principles. c. Protect the country’s national parks and wildlife reserves from human settlement and adverse activities. d. Encourage the protection and conservation of wildlife outside protected areas, and create an enabling environment for communities and the private sector to participate in different forms of sustainable wildlife utilization and conservation. e. Promote sustainable extractive utilization of wildlife by facilitating the involvement of landowners and users in managing wildlife on private land. f. Control wild animals that pose threat or cause injury to human life, or which cause damage to property. g. Generate revenue from tourism, to support wildlife conservation efforts and the national economy. h. Promote positive attitudes towards wildlife conservation through education and public awareness campaigns. i. Promote good neighborliness’ and extension services between the local communities and protected areas.

The main challenge faced under this policy is that of allowing extractive use of resources from the national parks. The second challenge is the management of oil and gas activities to ensure that they do not significantly undermine or harm tourism potential. These challenges should be addressed in the new policy (Draft, 2012).

NATIONAL POLICY ON CONSERVATION AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF WILDLIFE RESOURCES (DRAFT, 2012) The new policy is premised on the principle of sustainable development among other things stating that “Conservation of the wildlife resources of Uganda shall be in such a way as to meet the development and environmental needs of present and future generations”. The policy goal is to conserve wildlife resources of Uganda in a manner that contributes to the sustainable development of the nation and the well-being of its people. The policy recognizes that minimizing negative impacts of oil and gas, mining and tourism development activities on wildlife is one of the key challenges . Objective 7 of the draft policy adresses this challenge. The objective aims to ensure net positive impacts of exploration and development of extractive industries and other forms of development in wildlife conservation areas and presents the following strategies: a. Cooperate with the ministry responsible for oil and gas, mineral and energy development, oil companies and other relevant stakeholders to ensure co- existence of wildlife with other development activities b. Establish standards, guidelines and mitigation measures to be followed for any development activities that may have a significant impact on wildlife

Page 212

c. Monitor impacts of exploration and development of oil, gas and other minerals, tourism and energy infrastructure development in wildlife conservation areas d. Ensure that exploration and development of oil, gas and other minerals; tourism and energy infrastructure development in wildlife conservation areas follow approved environment impact assessments e. Create capacity of wildlife sector institutions to monitor impacts of oil and gas exploration and development and any other industrial or infrastructural developments f. Pursue biodiversity offsets and payment for ecosystem services initiatives where mitigation is inappropriate.

THE FORESTRY POLICY (2001)

The objective of the policy is to promote sound management and development of forestry resources in Uganda. The following provisions apply to the oil and gas activities. a. Protect and manage sustainably the Permanent Forest Estate. b. Promote the development and sustainable management of natural forests on private and customary land. c. Promote collaborative partnerships with rural communities for the sustainable management of forests. d. Promote tree growing on farms in all farming systems and innovative methods for delivering forestry extension and advisory services through decentralized and farmer – driven mechanisms. e. Conservation and management of biodiversity in support of local, national social and economic development and international obligations.

Although the current exploration areas fall outside forest reserves, there is no sufficient evidence on the impacts of current exploration and future production activities on forest reserves.

THE FISHERIES POLICY, (2003)

The objective of this policy is to conserve and manage sustainably fisheries and other aquatic resources for sustainable production. The following provisions apply to the oil and gas activities: a. Compilation of inventories of aquatic biodiversity resources, species distribution and role in aquatic systems for all waters. b. Strengthen the role of enforcement and extension and involve NGOs, among others, in implementation and extension. c. Give local communities better control over the management of fisheries resources and strengthen local management capacity. d. Increase knowledge on the role of non-fish aquatic life in aquatic ecosystem dynamics and develop safeguards to ensure their protection and sustainable use. e. Contain over-exploitation, the destruction of habitat and control species introduction through strengthened research efforts and better planning and monitoring. f. Identify and map critical and sensitive habitats and take appropriate steps (gazetting) to minimize damage and disturbance to breeding, nesting, aestivation and feeding areas of all aquatic species. g. Collaborate and participate with the neighbouring countries to harmonize the management and development of shared aquatic resources.

Page 213

The main SEA concern, however, is the management of oil and gas activities along the Lake Albert in a manner that does not negatively impact fisheries and other aquatic biological resources or does not undermine the fishing activities by communities. The specific concerns regarding petroleum activities include: a) Inadequate monitoring, extension and enforcement mechanisms; b) Inadequate mobilization and involvement of communities in management and development of fisheries resources; c) Ill-equipped extension services and inadequate research information to promote sustainable management and development of capture fisheries and aquaculture; d) Absence of regional mechanisms for cooperation in the management of the shared lakes in the Albertine Graben. The key SEA recommendation is to develop regulatory framework to operationalize the Fisheries Policy (2004).

THE NATIONAL TOURISM POLICY (2003) The objective of the policy is to ensure that tourism becomes a vehicle for poverty reduction. Within the Albertine rift, tourism thrive on the rich biological attractions, water based tourism attractions and scenic view. The oil and gas activities interfere with the natural attraction. The following policy provisions apply to the oil and gas activities: a. Develop tourism in sustainable manner, focusing on Agenda 21 issues in respect of the development of tourism facilities and encouraging nature friendly product development. b. Ensure that conservation programs between Government agencies (Uganda Wildlife Authority, National Forestry Authority and Wetlands Department) are well coordinated. c. Develop facilities and products in the national parks in accordance with the park management plans. d. Provide for channeling of tourism revenues towards the protection of the natural resource base. The policy was developed before the oil exploration era. The concern for this group of stakeholders is the disturbance to wildlife habitats. The observation is that there are specific circuits where the chances of seeing animals are high. A number of these circuits have been taken over by the oil exploration activities. Thus there has been a reduction in access to wildlife viewing. The consulted person suggests that the oil and gas exploiting firm must ensure minimum disturbance to the circuits, and alternative circuits should be developed by the oil firms. This will internalize the external disturbances of oil activities. The other concern was that of waste disposal versus the health of the protected areas. The consulted officer emphasized the need for the oil exploiting firms to employ technology that ensures minimal ecosystem disturbances.

THE NATIONAL POLICY FOR CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT OF WETLAND RESOURCES (2005) The objective of the policy is to promote the conservation of Uganda’s wetlands in order to sustain their ecological and socio-economic functions for the present and future well being of the people. The following provisions apply to the oil and gas exploration and production activities. a. Establish the principles by which wetland resources can be optimally used, and their productivity can be maintained into the future. b. Maintain a biological diversity in wetlands either in the natural community of plants and animals or in the multiplicity of agricultural activity.

Page 214

c. Promote the recognition and integration of wetland functions in resource management and economic development decisions making about sector policies and programs such as forestry, agriculture, fisheries, and wildlife and sound environmental management.

The National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks and Lakeshores) Regulations give legal basis for enforcing compliance by oil and gas exploration and production activities.

THE NATIONAL POLICY FOR DISASTER PREPAREDNESS AND MANAGEMENT (2010) The overall policy goal is to promote national vulnerability assessment, risk mitigation, disaster prevention, preparedness, effective response and recovery in a manner that integrates disaster risk management with development planning and programming. This approach will ensure people of Uganda build capacities that would enable them minimise serious social and economic disruptions as a result of disaster events. The policy will also create an integrated and multi-sectoral systems approach to planning, preparedness and management of disasters which is fundamental to sustained productivity and socio-economic growth. The main thrust of this policy is to make disaster management an integral part of the development process. It recognizes the profound impact of human activity on the interrelations within the natural environment as well as the influence of population growth, the high density of urbanization, industrial expansion, resource exploitation and technological advances. The policy also emphasizes the critical importance of restoring and maintaining the quality and overall welfare and development of human beings in their environment. The SEA interest is that the policy recognizes that on-going developments in the energy and mining sector in Uganda, especially oil exploration, requires the country to put in place strict and effective mechanisms to avert disasters related to oil exploration, transportation and use, including environmental degradation. Particular attention is on oil spill contingency. One of the objectives is: “To ensure that the oil and other mineral exploration activities are well coordinated, regulated and monitored to ensure adherence to risk reduction strategies”. The implementation of this policy shall also take into account the international and regional instruments ratified by Uganda Government. These include: UNFCCC and Kyoto Protocol, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer of 16 September 1987 ; the IGAD Initiatives on Drought and Desertification; the SPHERE Project, Minimum Standards on Disaster Response; the African Charter on Rights and Welfare of the Child; United Nations Guiding Principles on Internal Displacement; African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights 1991; International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, 1966; and the 2004 African Union Regional Strategy for Disaster Risk Reduction. Disaster risk reduction is an integral component of sustainable development. Specifically, oil and other mineral exploration activities should be done in a manner that does not comprise the livelihoods of the surrounding communities as well as the environment. The following recommended actions are relevant to the SEA: • Ensure oil and other mineral exploration companies carry out environmental Impact assessment before commencing exploration. • Ensure livelihoods of local communities are protected. • Monitor and supervise operations of the exploration companies to ensure adherence. • Develop a policy on oil and gas exploration.

Page 215

• Due to the flammable nature of oil and gas, ensure all companies put in place and maintain fire prevention and fighting equipment.

NEMA is mandated to encourage the development of early warning systems for drought, floods, and other environmental disasters and ensure development of hazard mapping mechanisms for the sector. The challenge considered in the SEA is the institutionalization of early warning systems for oil and gas related disasters such as oil spills as well as environmental disasters such as floods and earth quakes as the Albertine is a seismically active area and at the same time a biodiversity hotspot. Another issue is to ensure the development of hazard mapping mechanisms for the sector.

THE NATIONAL CULTURE POLICY (2006)

The National Culture Policy (2006) was formulated with a vision as “a culturally vibrant, cohesive and progressive nation” The policy mission is to promote culture and enhance its contribution to community empowerment. The policy recognizes lack of a stakeholder coordination structures for cultural promotion. This may explain the challenges of understanding between the cultural institutions in the Albertine and the Government A lot of effort is still required on advocacy and capacity building for personnel, but also material and equipment. The requirements are likely to increase with further oil and gas exploration activities. Although the policy emphasizes environmental protection as basis for averting negative impacts from environment degradation, there is still concern over the protection of cultural heritage resources amidst oil and gas activities.

Other relevant policies include:

• The National Industrial Policy, 2008; • National Soils Policy, 2002; • Uganda national Land Policy (Draft 2011); • Uganda Mineral Policy, 2000; and • Health Policy • National Child Labour Policy (2006) • The National Employment Policy for Uganda (2011)

Page 216

D) OTHER KEY MINISTRIES AND AGENCIES REFERRED TO IN CHAPTER 4

Ministries

1) Ministry Responsible for Justice and Constitutional Affairs 2) Ministry Responsible for Finance, Planning and Economic Development 3) Ministry Responsible for Local Governments 4) Ministry Responsible for Works and Transport 5) Ministry Responsible for Water and Environment 6) Ministry Responsible for Forests and Wetlands 7) Ministry Responsible for Tourism and Wildlife 8) Ministry Responsible for Labour, Gender and Social Development 9) Ministry Responsible for Education 10) Ministry Responsible for Industry 11) Ministry Responsible for Physical Planning 12) Ministry Responsible for Foreign Affairs 13) Ministries Responsible for Security 14) Ministry Responsible for Information and Communication Technology

Government Agencies

1. The Central Bank 2. Uganda Revenue Authority 3. National Planning Authority (NFA) 4. Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) 5. The Auditor General 6. Uganda Tourist Board (UTB) 7. Uganda Bureau of Statistics (UBOS) 8. District Land Boards

Page 217

APPENDIX 6: ISSUES REGISTER AND ANALYSIS

SEA Issue Register and Analysis

Abbreviations used

X (SS): Issues identified during the screening/scoping process (April 2010) X (DT): Issues identified in draft Terms of Reference (not registered since X (SS) should cover these) X (ST): Issues identified by SEA Team (March 2012) X (FT): Issues identified at Field Trip for Steering Committee and others (March 16-18, 2012) X (RT): Issues identified at Reconnaissance Field Trip by local SEA Team (May 8-11, 2012) X (IW) : Issues identified at Inception Workshop (May 22-24, 2012) X (SA): Issues identified in Scenario Analysis (June 2012) X (NO): Issues identified by Norwegian partners (Comments to IR from DN, Klif May 2012) X (OI): Issues identified by Ugandan Oil industry (Comments to IR from CNOOC, Tullow and Total June 2012)

Criteria for evaluation of significance The evaluation of significance is based on: number of scores from the above mentioned sources (X), urgency for the SEA, duration of impact, extent of impact and reversibility of impact. Further details of the evaluations are shown in the Interim report, Appendix 1.

The following table is only showing the conclusions of the evaluations.

Significance for the current SEA process: • High (H) • Medium (M) • Low (L)

Page 218

Table 1: Issues related to Natural Environment No. Issue Screening/ Expert Stake- Scena- Signifi- scoping for teams holders rio cance the SEA. incl. analy- Existing Inception sis docu- workshop ments 1 Consideration of biodiversity loss, also aquatic. X (SS) X (IW), H Footprint X(NO) 2 Air emission, soil and groundwater pollution X (SS) X (IW, X (SA) H X (RT), X (NO) 3 Climate change and associated issues X (SS) X (ST) X (IW) X (SA) M 4 Geohazards X (IW) *comment 5 Attention on sites with international X (ST) X (NO) X (SA) H conservation status 6 Impacts on wildlife population and movement X (SS) X (ST) X (SA) H 7 Emphasis on lower mammals (indicators) X (ST) *comment 8 Impacts on physical phenomena such as X (ST) L drainage, erosion 9 Geology such as water table, infiltration X (SS) X (ST) L capacity 10 Sensitive aquatic resources such as deltas, X (ST) H shorelines 11 Fish species diversity X (ST) M 12 Coexistence with wildlife X (FT) X (RT) H 13 Site restoration X (FT) L 14 Operations within the protected areas X (FT) X (RT) X (SA) H 15 Need program for monitoring of groundwater X (RT) M quantity and quality 16 Environmental protection on long term not X (RT) *comment prioritized against building public infrastructure on short term 17 Pollution of surface waters and aquifers. Water X (SS) X (NO), X (SA) H management X (OI) 18 Pollution and disappearance of endemic species X (SS) H 19 Destruction of landscape and lack of restoration X (SS) M 20 Discussion/use of trade-offs X (NO) *comment 21 Habitat fragmentation due to construction X (SA) H works 22 Increased awareness on environmental issues X (SA) L

Page 219

Table 2: Issues related to Socio-Economic Environment

No. Issue Screening/ Expert Stake- Scena- Signifi- scoping for teams holder rio cance the SEA. opinions analy- Existing incl. sis docu- Inception ments Workshop 1 Compensation, livelihood restoration, X (ST), X (IW), X (SA) H resettlement X (FT) X (RT), X (OI) 2 Participation in planning and capacity building X (IW) *comment 3 Security Issues and regional emergency X (IW) X (SA) H response 4 Benefit sharing (local and international) X (IW) X (SA) Medium

5 Archaeology and cultural heritage X (IW) X (SA) High

6 In-migration at a larger scale. Large workforce X (SS) X (ST) X (IW), X (SA) High X(RT) 7 Socio-economic issues incl. education, health, X (SS) X (IW), X (SA) High social patterns, adaptation capacity etc X (RT) 8 Offset opportunities, payment for ecosystem X (ST) X (IW), *comment services X (RT) 9 Land rights and tenure, land conflicts and X (SS) X (IW) X (SA) High speculation 10 Occupational health and safety X (IW) Low 11 Gender aspects are to be considered X (ST) X (IW) Low 12 Consultation with Bunyoro Kingdom and X (SS) X (IW) X (SA) High traditional institutions. Traditional knowledge 13 Fishery potential due to escalating demand X (ST) Medium 14 Coexistence with tourism X (SS) X (ST) X (SA) High 15 Impacts on population dynamics in the region. X (ST) High Urbanisation 16 Socio-cultural profile in the region is changing X (ST) Medium 17 Protection of the vulnerable and weak X (ST) Medium 18 HIV/AIDS X (ST) High 19 Involvement of locals in new job market X (ST) X (SA) High 20 Relations between local communities and X (SS) X (ST) High petroleum industry 21 Coexistence with fisheries X (SS) X (ST), X (RT) X (SA) High X (FT) 22 Compensation schemes for victims of X (ST) Medium pollution 23 Possibilities of expanding relations and X (ST) Low markets to neighboring countries 24 Recreation and amenity facilities offered by X (ST) High the environment 25 Revenues to the benefit of local communities X (SS) X (ST) High and future generations 26 Governance structure X (ST) *comment 27 Awareness about and coexistence with X (SS) X (FT) High cultural heritage 28 Distance between petro facilities and existing X (FT) *comment settlements 29 Coexistence with private forestry X (RT) Medium

Page 220

30 Increase of costs of living X (RT) High 31 Large challenges for the districts to prepare X (RT) X (SA) High for new settlements. Infrastructure 32 RAP reports not followed up X (RT) High 33 Methodology for sensitization valuation to be X (RT) High improved 34 Fish prices high due to competition on salaries X (RT) High 35 Disruption of existing livelihoods X (SS) High 36 Pressure on all resources X (SS) High 37 Increase in crime rate X (SS) Medium 38 Expectation management X (SS) High 39 Potential shortage of local resources due to X (SA) Low high petro demand 40 Local deliveries of goods and services X (SA) High 41 Petro activities as catalyst for other X (SA) High service/industry development 42 Increase of property value X (SA) Medium 43 Boom-bust effects from ending construction X (SA) Medium

Table 3: Issues related to Institutional Matters

No. Issue Screening/ Expert Stake- Scena- Signifi- scoping for teams holders rio cance the SEA. incl. analy- Existing Inception sis documents workshop 1 Strategic environmental management plan X (IW) *comment 2 Land use and Physical/spatial planning X (SS) X (ST), X (IW, X (SA) High X (FT) X (OI)) 3 Regional cooperation X (IW) Low 4 Oil spill contingency planning, X (SS) X (ST) X (IW), X (SA) High onland/offshore X (NO) 5 Management of pollution and waste X (SS) X (ST), X (IW), X (SA) High X (FT) X (NO) 6 Institutional capacity regarding petro sector X (FT) X (IW) X (SA) High 7 Conflict management incl. transboundary X (SS) X (IW) X (SA) Medium issues 8 Freshwater management X (IW), High X (RT) 9 Integrated management plan for AG X (IW) *comment 10 Need for urbanization policy X (IW) High 11 Knowledge about movement of spilled oil X (ST) X (SA) High 12 Inclusion of cultural institutions in the petro X (ST) X (SA) High strategies. Capacity building 13 Waste management. Regulations and X (ST) X (RT), X High guidelines missing (OI) 14 Lack of capacity among practioners to do EIAs X (ST) X (RT) Medium 15 Lack of laboratories adequate to follow up the X (ST) Medium petro industry 16 Identifying and regulating transporters and X (ST) High waste facility operators 17 Inadequate local capacity to review oil and X (ST) X (RT), High gas EIAs and do audits X (OI) 18 Capacity building for national and local X (ST) X (RT), X (SA) High

Page 221

governments X (OI) 19 Informal and traditional administrations X (ST) High worked before. What now. 20 Overlapping responsibilities, e.g between X (ST) Medium MWE and NEMA on local matters 21 Lack of collaboration between local and X (ST) X (RT) High central government. Also influencing budgets 22 Include environment and natural resources at X (ST) High district level. Awareness 23 Transfer of EIA when operatorship change X (FT) High 24 Environmental monitoring of operations in X (FT) X (RT) High sensitive areas 25 Ownership to land required by the petro X (FT) High industry 26 Lack of adequate baseline data is restricting X (FT) High effective monitoring. Only compliance monitoring 27 EIAs are too generic. Standard controls more X (FT) High than specific mitigation 28 Need monitoring plan on district level for X (RT) High water resources 29 Need inter district cooperation on water X (RT) High management 30 District budgets on environment management X (RT), High X (OI) 31 No natural resources database at district level X (RT) Low 32 Understaffing at district level X (RT) High 33 District officers are overlooked by the petro X (SS) X (RT) High industry 34 Conflicts with international environmental X (SS) High agreements 35 Relations to the existing Monitoring Plan to be X (NO) *comment clarified. Coordination 36 Data storage important for the SEA X (NO) *comment monitoring and follow up 37 Capacity of NGOs, etc. to undertake public X (SA) Medium scrutiny

Page 222

Table 4: Issues related to Other Matters

No. Issue SEA Expert Stake- Scena- Signifi- screening/ teams holders rio cance scoping. incl. analy- Existing Inception sis documents workshop 1 Strong scientific basis for decisions X (IW) High 2 Stakeholder involvement on all levels X (IW) High 3 Transportation systems. Infrastructure X (ST) X (IW), X (SA) High X (RT) 4 Baseline survey to be undertaken by Sept.12 X (IW) *comment 5 Transportation of crude and materials X (IW), X (SA) High X(RT) 6 Also consider all positive effects related to the X (IW) *comment petro development 7 Situation when the petro age is over. Future X (ST) X (RT) Medium opportunities. 8 Infrastructure needs X (ST) High 9 Consequences of introducing midstream X (ST) *comment activities in Uganda 10 Management of navigation in the lakes/rivers X (ST) Low 11 Policy guidance and legal safeguard for the X (ST) High petro industry missing 12 Issues related to the use of deep wells for X (ST) Low injection of waste 13 Produced water management X (ST) X (NO) *comment X (FT) 14 Use of technology and possibilities to use X (ST) Medium standard reporting, data collection etc. 15 Differentiation between natural and X (FT) Low anthropogenic oil contamination. Baseline studies 16 Lack of information sharing between all X (FT) High involved parties 17 Technology for drainage of shallow reservoirs. X (FT) *comment Oil based drilling fluids? 18 Transportation of waste. No control X (RT) High 19 Food insecurity X (SS) Low 20 Energy efficiency related to the oil and gas X (NO) Medium value chain 21 AG as a regional hub to serve petro activities X (NO) X (SA) Medium also in DRC and South-Sudan 22 Assessment of alternatives for petro activities X (NO) X (SA) *comment in space, time and amount 23 General consideration of cumulative impacts X (NO), X (SA) High and indirect impacts X (OI) 24 Evaluation of best available technology should X (NO) *comment be integrated 25 Focus on trend analysis as to baseline X (OI), High conditions X (IW) 26 Pacing of the oil and gas development in AG X (SA) *comment 27 Existence of necessary public infrastructure to X (SA) High meet the petro development 28 Existence of necessary public infrastructure to X (SA) High meet the petro development

Page 223

29 Large scale activities on lake Albert X (SA) Medium 30 More and better energy supply locally and X (SA) Low national 31 More and better supply of fuel and diesel X (SA) Low 32 Macro-economic issues, inflation, distortion of X (SA) Medium price ratio regarding exports etc.

Comments to the matrix NE4 Geohazards Low urgency. Needs to be taken into consideration in design. NE7 Emphasis on lower mammals Low urgency. However important indicator to follow up by time. (indicators) NE16 Environmental protection on High urgency. To be discussed related to scenarios long term… NE20 Discussion/use of trade-offs High urgency which needs to be discussed. Not defined as Issue. SE2 Participation in planning and High urgency. Important to prepare for participation. Not defined as capacity building Issue. SE8 Offset opportunities, payment High urgency. Recommendation. for ecosystem services SE26 Governance structure High importance. Needs to be established and in place. Too general as Issue. Covered by other Issues. SE28 Distance between petro Hugh urgency. Important to integrate in technical planning. facilities and existing settlements IM1 Strategic environmental High urgency. Actually a part of the SEA itself. management plan IM9 Integrated management plan See above. for AG IM35 Relations to the existing High urgency. The monitoring plan for the SEA is directly connected to Monitoring Plan to be clarified. monitoring the recommendations in the SEA. Needs to be coordinated Coordination with the general Monitoring Plan. IM36 Data storage important for the High urgency. Recommendation. SEA monitoring and follow up OM4 Baseline survey to be Not needed and relevant for the SEA. undertaken by Sept.12 OM6 Also consider all positive effects High urgency and an important reminder. related to the petro development OM9 Consequences of introducing High urgency. To evaluate as part of refinery discussion and decision. midstream activities in Uganda OM13 Produced water management High urgency. To be discussed as a high level strategic issue OM17 Technology for drainage of High urgency. To be discussed as part of technology shallow reservoirs OM22 Assessment of alternatives in High urgency. To be discussed related to development scenarios space, time and amount OM24 Evaluation of BAT High urgency. To be discussed as part of technology OM26 Pacing of oil and gas High urgency. To be discussed as part of scenarios development

Page 224

APPENDIX 7: KEY ISSUES INTEGRATION MATRIX

Key Issues Group 1: Petroleum related Activities in Protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Consideration of International conventions and protocols Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities - UWA biodiversity loss, - The United Nations Convention on Biological There is need to harmonize the wildlife policy and the wildlife ACT on issues of carrying out also aquatic. Diversity, 1992 mining activities in protected areas. Whereas the revised policy has a provision for it, the ACT Footprint (NE1) - Convention on Migratory Species (Bonn does not yet have that.

Convention) 1979)World Commission of The The NEMA ACT is adequate on EIA in protected areas. There is need to broaden it to include the World Environment and Development (WCED) SEA. 2. Attention on - The Convention on Wetlands of International sites with The tourism Master Plan is under review Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat international The Wildlife policy has been reviewed to accommodate the petroleum related issues. It has (Ramsar Convention), 1971 conservation already been taken to stakeholders and is now before the cabinet. - African Convention on the Conservation of status (NE5) It is the duty of the Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities to enact regulations but those Nature And Natural Resources presented to them by UWA but they are taking a slow pace e.g. one on fire arms and another on - Protocol Concerning Protected Areas and Wild wildlife use rights already drafted by UWA 3. Impacts on Fauna in the East African Regions, 1985 UWA has developed operational guidelines for oil companies and has presented them to the wildlife population board of trustees and are waiting for approval. UWA also hopes that these guidelines will and movement National level eventually be translated into laws. (NE6) • The Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 2000 The strategies for the new UWA strategic plan have already been developed and they address the oil issues. The plan will be ready in March 2013 4. Sensitive • The Uganda Wildlife Policy, 1999 (in review) aquatic resources Plans are reviewed every 5 years. Although the Toro-Semliki WR management plan takes into • Tourism Master Plan (in review) such as deltas, consideration oil activities, it is due for revision and the oil issues will be better addressed. shorelines (NE10) • UWA strategic plan 2008-2012 will in 2013 be The other plans that are in draft form already include petroleum issues. replaced by a new plan (2013-2018) NFA • Toro-Semliki Wildlife Reserve management plan 5. Coexistence 2008-2018 The forest policy was formulated before petroleum was discovered. It therefore needs revision. with wildlife The National Forest Plan takes into consideration the oil and gas issues. (NE12) • Murchison Falls Conservation Area management Plan 2012-2022 (Draft) Effort needs to me made to complete the Forest Regulations document and the EIA guidelines and ensure that they include guidelines related to oil and gas activities.

Page 225

• Kabwoya Wildlife Reserve management plan There are no guidelines yet for guiding oil and gas activities in Forest Reserves but they can be 2012-2022 (Draft) developed. There is need for regulations for management of forests on private land. • Plan for preparing a detailed sensitivity atlas for Although the ACT and the regulations exist, only a small portion of each is implemented. MFNP are in advanced stages • UWA and Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and When oil and gas activities have to be carried out in a forest reserve, the current mitigation 6. Operations Antiquities officials programs focuses on only restoration. There is need to also negotiate with companies to consider offsetting for destroyed forest areas. within the - Movement of wildlife in relation to wildlife protected areas activities (NE14) Ministry of Local Government - Monitoring and research programs The environment officers were put in place based on the ACT but standards of their operations - Compliance monitoring of oil and gas impacts 7. Pollution and were never developed. disappearance of - McArthur Foundation partnership for training During the preparation of the development plan, environment should also be considered, and endemic species UWA staff in oil and gas activities the environment and forestry officers should participate in the planning process so that they (NE18) - WCS and WWF providing capacity building of know what to monitor. The plans developed would then be justification for inclusion of UWA staff in oil and gas related activities environment in the Local Government budget. - Quarterly field inspections by Ministry of 8. Habitat Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities officials PEPD fragmentation due PEPD develops policies and guidelines directly related to oil and gas. Institutions that are • National Forest Authority (NFA) to construction responsible for the natural resource are expected, under their mandate, to include oil and gas works (NE21) • The Uganda Forestry Policy, 2001 issues in their policy, regulations and guidelines.

• National Forest Plan, 2011/12-2021/22. The PEPD personnel that go to the field have environmental knowledge and can carry out environment assessment, report and also ring a bell for the mandated institutions to act when 9. Environmental • The Forestry and Tree Planting Regulations, 2012 need arises. monitoring of • National guidelines for implementing operations in collaborative management in Uganda Ministry of Water and Environment sensitive areas (Draft 7) (IM24) The oil and gas industry is very new yet some of the institutions under this ministry e.g. NFA and • Guidelines for Environment Impact Assessment FSSD are still relatively new and they are still working towards coming to grips with all country in Forestry Developments, October 2005 issues that are under their mandate. So oil only compounds their challenges. Most of the policies are very general and they basically handle the broad framework of the oil • First Schedule. Statutory instruments 1998, No, and gas issues. 63. The Forest Reserves (declaration) order, 1998. (Under section 4 and 5 of the Forest ACT, The policies are internal or national yet decisions are made at international level. CAP 246 Most data is general yet oil and gas activities are carried out at micro level. • Forest Regulations (in draft since 2006) The Wetlands strategic plan considers oil and gas issues Whereas the Murchison Falls Conservation Area plan included part of the Ramsar site that is

Page 226

• NFA programs and projects under their jurisdiction, conservation plans need to be made for the area outside the protected - Community tree planting area to ensure holistic conservation of the site. - REDD+ A unit should be established in each department, under MWE, to strengthen the monitoring of oil and gas activities. - Payment for Ecosystem Services (PACE) being carried out by NEMA and Chimpanzee There is need to assess the effectiveness of the environment pillar and also to clearly define the Sanctuary roles of the Lead Agency and of each institution. • Ministry of Water and Environment Fisheries Department (MAAIF) • The National Environment Act, Cap 153 The National Fisheries Policy needs review for it does not consider oil and gas activities. • National Policy for the Conservation and The Fish ACT 1964 was partially amended in 2000 but oil activities were not considered. So there Management of Wetland Resources, 1995 is need for review of the ACT. • Uganda Wetland Sector Strategic Plan 2001-2010 There is no fish regulation • The National Environment (Wetlands, Riverbanks There is no legal framework for instruction about oil and gas activities e.g. pipelines and other and Lake Shores Management) Regulations activities that may cause fragmentation of fish breeding or sensitive areas. Fisheries department (2000) depends on NEMA for such instruments. • Wetland strategic plan 2011-2020 Oil companies • Plans and programs A basin wide plan is being developed to guide operations of the three oil companies working in - Environment support service Northern Albertine Rift. - Development strategic plan In order to reduce the impact of the 3D seismic activity, an internationally competent • The National Fisheries Policy, 2004 biodiversity team will be hired to advise on best practice, hand portable equipment will be used in the Ramsar site. The area of interest will also be mapped and coded with levels of sensitivity, • Fish ACT, 1964 which will guide the operators on where to take extra caution or not to go at all. Specific Plans and programs avoidance features will also be identified. - Development Strategy Investment Plan (DSIP), To monitor the impact of the 3D seismic on large mammals, aerial surveys will be carried out 2011-2016 monthly. - Increasing Mukene production and consumption There is need for the oil companies to have a joint meeting with the responsible institutions i.e. of small fish project PEPD, NEMA and MWE to obtain a streamlined understanding of the role of each institution. - Fish quality and marketing project The economic interest most times overrides the ecological interest. Oil companies have to work NEMA under very tight schedules to beat set deadlines and in so doing avoid economic loss; This causes - Environment compliance and monitoring work to be carried out without good/adequate baseline data since EIAs must also be completed strategy within a very short time. This makes it difficult to monitor impacts of such activities. There is - Environment monitoring plan, 2012-2017 therefore need for good baseline data and a regional EIA to guide planned activities. A small site specific document would be prepared for the site under development. This would also ease the

Page 227

Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development EIA clogging at NEMA • The Physical Planning ACT 8, 2010 Civil Society • National Land Use policy, 2007 Mitigation measures alone will not be adequate. EIA guidelines should include possibility of • The Uganda National Land Policy, 2011 (final offsets. Responsible institutions also need to understand under what circumstances an offset is draft) required.

All pipelines, transmission cables and other linear infrastructure should be underground and, Stakeholders consulted: where possible, they should be near the road to reduce footprint. • Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban There is need for community conservation and sensitization. Community conservation should Development: incorporate oil and gas issues to reduce blaming of human-wildlife conflicts on oil and gas - Dept. of Land Use Regulation & Compliance; activities. - Physical Planning Department; National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) • District Local Government ( District Planner, Environmental officer, Land officer) NEMA has established an oil and gas unit, which has already been approved by the board. It awaits approval by parliament. The unit should liaise with UWA, PEPD, MWE responsible • NEMA; institutions and District Environment Officers. • MWE (Wetlands Department, The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development, under ACT 8, 2010, CAP 24 • Department of Water resources Management); recommends areas with unique development potential to be designated as special planning • Department of Fisheries Resources areas. The Ministry has designated the Albertine Graben as a special planning area because of the petroleum deposits that have been discovered and its high biodiversity content. • PEPD Development of the plan is now in infancy stage • UNRA • Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities

Page 228

Key Issues Group 2: Co-existence with Local Communities Including Indigenous Peoples

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and Outcome of the consultations stakeholders. Laws and Regulations 1. Compensation, • Land Acquisition Act • The Land Administration Department in the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development is aware of the livelihood 1995 challenges that have been experienced in the Graben and while all the laws are in place, the current challenges have restoration, • Physical Planning been integrated in the oil and gas bill. However, what comes out clearly is that there is a land administration system in resettlement Act, 2010 Uganda with district land boards that should be in charge regarding matters of land. Additionally, there are tools for 2. In-migration at a sensitizing communities to prepare them for different land transactions • Registration of Titles larger scale. Act • According to the Minsitry of Local Government, In compensation, one of the greatest changes is valuation. At the Large workforce district, although there is a position of “valuer”. n many districts this is not filled, however, Hoima District has a valuer. • Land (Amendment) 3. Socio-economic Resultantly, the delegated persons with t the responsibility of the valuing are not skilled and often under estimate the Act, 2010 issues incl. value of natural resources. Furthermore, the communities are not empowered to bargain/ negotiate. Therefore the • education, Land Acquisition Act, recommendation is to recruit valuers to fill this gap and further strengthen the structure of compensation and health, social Cap 223 resettlement. • patterns, The Local • Another challenge here also noted is the issue of ownership of property. Most of the property especially land is owned adaptation Government Act in the names of the man. Often by the time the women realize that there has been compensation, the money has capacity etc (2006) already been given to the man who may have not put it to the right use. 4. Land rights and - to be analyzed • According to the Ministry of Gender, Labor and social development, on social tension the Albertine Graben is likey to tenure, land • Land Regulations, experience issues of tension and therefore the need to have conflict resolution mechanisms and therefore a need to conflicts and 2004 have a programme to build the capacity of community in conflict resolution to cope with this change speculation • Health Sector • According to the Ministry of Works and Transport, there are standards for buildings and these should be followed when 5. Consultation with Strategic Plan constructing infrastructure within the Graben so that the needs of the increased workforce are taken into account Bunyoro • Kingdom and Local Governments receive money depending on the population numbers they are to deliver the services too. The traditional challenge is however, there is no update population census of the Albertine Graben now as the population census was Stakeholders institutions. last done in 2000. It was therefore recommended that UBOS carries up at least 5 years census especially for the consulted: Indigenous Albertine Graben population and this way, appropriate planning can be done.

knowledge • Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social development has an equal opportunities policy that aims to address vulnerable • Ministry of Internal persons to socio-economic development, within the Graben there is need to raise awarenes of all actors on inclusive 6. Impacts on Affairs population development • dynamics in the The Ministry of • According to the Minstry of Local Government, it is envisaged that the displacement or resettlement of people is likely region. Lands Housing and to come with erosion of culture. The key recommendation is that the plan of resettle to should as much as people Urbanization Urban Development resettle people in groups rather than individually. This way, the culture of these groups will still be maintained despite

Page 229

7. HIV/AIDS • Ministry of Health the displacement. 8. Involvement of • Ministry of Trade • On urbanisation, a land use plan is already being developed for the graben and therefore aspects of planned locals in new job Industry and development should be taken into account market Cooperatives • On interaction with natural resources including encroachement in protected areas, the social development programme 9. Relations • District Local proposed by Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social development should include coping strategies including energy between Government (District saving technologies, adoption of alternative income generating activitues so that increased demand for resources is indigenous (planning officer, managed. Access to safe water will ensure that communities have access and secondly they do not have to depend communities and env. officer, entirely on unsafe water sources petroleum commercial officer, • There are alot of interventions on HIV/AIDS awareness, and as a Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social Development industry land officer, noted, sensitisation materials are already developed but there is need to have budgetary allocation for more 10. Recreation and community sensitisation and monitoring of related interventions. amenity facilities development officer) • The local people are definitely lacking in expertise and may thus not be able to participate. Although the Ministry of offered by the • District Local Energy has a local content policy that aims at promoting Ugandans in benefiting in the oil and gas sector, an intensive environment Government (district progrramme to ensure that local communities are including in this development is needed. 11. Increase of costs planner, env. officer, • The Ministry of Energy has developed a comprehensive communication policy and has recruited communication staff of living land officer) to manage communities grievances in land acquisition processes, additionally to other inclusive development strategies 12. Large challenges • NEMA increased sensitization of stakeholders to ensure that local communities trusts the sector is needed. for the districts • Ministry of Tourism, • A new environmental monitoring plan for the Graben has been developed and is available on line where there are to prepare for Wildlife & Antiquities indicators based on valued ecosystem services. Therefore, during the specific EIAs, the ecosystem approach is new settlements. • Ministry of Local recommended to ensure that ecosystem services are identified and mitigations measures adequately planned for. Infrastructure Governments • Inclusive development programme is recommended for the Graben to enable communities cope with the development 13. RAP reports not • TOTAL E&P especially for those not directly involved in the sector followed up • • There has been no land use plan for the Graben, but the process has already began for its development and this should 14. Methodology for Tullow Uganda be able to address the infrastructural needs based on the new settlements. Additionally, population figures will sensitization Oprations Pty highlight the need for increased local government budgets valuation to be Limited improved • CNOOC • It is indeed a challenge when a number of developments are taking place under the Ministry of Energy that are involved 15. Disruption of in land acquisition including under Rural Electrification Agency, Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Limited and existing now land acquisition for the refinery. There is need for more sensitization to communities on the fact that the different livelihoods entities have different planning cycles and that may be perceived as delays. That notwithstanding, disclosure of information should be done adequately bearing in mind that the different sectors affect the perception of community 16. Expectation members that currently does not trust the they will be adequately compensated management • District land boards need more training so that they can sensitize communities when there are such gaps, currently 17. Informal and most land acquisition exercises work with Local council leaders, but district land boards and mandated by law to handle traditional

Page 230

administrations issues of land administration worked before. • The fear that current sectors like agriculture being affected can be addressed by promoting technologies that would What now address challenges of working in this environment. The current policy direction of Uganda is increasing farmer incomes 18. Ownership to through the DSIP and to ensure that households do not become food insecure. Therefore interventions such as land required by improved technologies, support in accessing inputs and agricultural finance can be considered the petro • Inclusive development programme is recommended for the Graben to enable communities understand their industry expectations, an expectation management or community strategy be supported with guidelines to ensure that communities do no remain aggrieved. • This concern that traditional institutions be involved in the oil and gas sector, while traditional institutions would are very influential in the sector, they can actively be used in promoting sustainable environmental management strategies including conservation of sensitive ecosystem, however, guidelines have to be developed given that environmental challenges keep changing, they can also be used for monitoring but these have to work hand in hand with formal institutions at the district level. • In some cases oil companies have been getting leases on customary land which is not in compliance with the land laws of Uganda, in the event that oil companies are acquiring land, they need to consult with the Land Administration Department but they can rent land under the customary land tenure arrangement

Key Issues Group 3: Co-existence with Archaeology and Cultural Heritage

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Archaeology and cultural • Uganda National Cultural Policy The inconsistent Government policy: The government of Uganda has over time and heritage (SE5) • The Historical Monuments Act, again restructured the relevant key instructions under different ministries thereby 2. Awareness about and making it difficult for the institutions to carry out there duties according to a given • The National Environment Act, coexistence with cultural plan and policy. • heritage (SE27) The National Culture Centre Act, Limited funding from government: Despite the fact that most institutions responsible • 3. 3. Inclusion of cultural The Copyright and Neighboring Rights Act for the management of cultural heritage in Uganda are public institutions, they are institutions in the petro • The Traditional Rulers Restitution of poorly funded to undertake their respective responsibilities. strategies. Capacity building assets and Properties Act The lack of public- private partnership: The International trend of privatizing public (IM12) services also concerns the conservation of cultural heritage as a public value. Stakeholder consulted: The Demographic Challenges: Cultural heritage also continues to become weaker and • Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife & more vulnerable on its own, because of the fast pace of transformation processes Antiquities, Dept.of Museums & resulting from the increasing population density, urbanization, development

Page 231

Monuments pressures, poverty and also changing perceptions. • National Environment Management Weak Institutions: The institution charged with the protection of cultural heritage is Authority often one of the weakest governmental agencies. • Ministry of Water and Environment Most national legislation still tends to focus on protecting places rather than (MoWE) knowledge or cultural practices.With the changes in society the local communities • Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social are no longer as socially cohesive before and the hold of traditional institutions has Development weakened particularly in the face of economic and developmental forces emanating from ‘without’. • Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom Inadequate Gazettement of Sites. • Hoima & Bulisa Districts local government Social and economic incentives to curb illicit traffic in antiquities are often lacking. • Ministry of Lands, Housing & Urban Lack of record and data base on cultural heritage. Development Unqualified staff: The relevant key offices are often understaffed and employ • UNESCO Uganda. unqualified staff with limited technical knowhow on the issues of conservation and cultural heritage management.

Key Issues Group 4: Co-existence with Other Industries and Service Providers

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations Petroleum activities as • The National Land Use Policy (2008) The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Planning,- Department for Land Use: catalyst for other - Policy concerns relevant to petroleum activities - Albertine Graben (AG) given status of special planning area, service/industry - The National land Policy to be reviewed, - In Hoima, refinery land and area around it undergoing planning, development (SE41) - Bulisa, Sebagola and Butyaba to be fast tracked, - Programmes/projects include: Municipal /urban - Wider AG (from Kanungu to Nebi) planning to be undertaken by World bank infrastructure development, The slum upgrading programme, physical planning development of AG and District Local Governments: District Planning officer, Environmental officer, Formulation of urban forum Commercial officer, Land officer, etc: • The Local Government Act (2006) - Decisions made at central Government level without consulting respective • The National Environment Policy 1994 district local governments for example when preparing RAPs, - National Environment Policy to be reviewed to include oil - Need to include District oil office to coordinate different departments, and gas concerns - Capacity building (skills)among the district staff to handle oil and gas issues,

Page 232

• The National Environment Act, Cap153 - Increase in facilitation to monitor oil and gas related activities in addition to - -The National environment Act to be reviewed usual tasks, - -Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (1998) to be reviewed, Ministry of Water and Environment, Department of environmental affairs: - -Waste Management regulations (1999) to be reviewed, - Department in conflict with NEMA regarding their respective roles, - -The National Environment (Audit) Regulations (2006) to - Harmonize Environment Act with the Constitution to avoid conflict between be reviewed NEMA and lead Agencies - Other relevant laws and regulations such as Effluent Discharge Act, Waste water Act to be reviewed National Environment Management Authority (NEMA)- Department of - New regulations such as Air quality and Oil spill Liability Compliance and Monitoring: regulations are underway - To handle oil and gas issues a multi-sector monitoring committee (8 • Plans/projects: sectors) coordinated by NEMA established, - Oil Spill Contingency Plan underway, - NEMA staff lacks skills on EIA/Audit related to oil and gas and training required, - Environmental monitoring plan has been developed, - At district level skills to review EIAs is even worse than at NEMA, - Environmental Sensitivity Atlas, - Oil companies have given some money for training in oil and gas, - Capacity needs assessment (ready) - There is lack of updated data at NEMA, which is a problem for the whole - Interim waste management guidelines (ready) to become country and affects how EIA and audits are done including process duration, guidelines after reviewed waste management regulations are ready - NEMA lacks equipment for verification and on-spot checking which lead to inefficiency in motoring activities in AG’ • The Petroleum Act (refining, gas processing, conversion, transportation and storage), Bill, 2012 - NEMA plans to provide monitoring equipment to lead agencies to improve their efficiency. - The bill is still being debated by parliament (as of June 2013) The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, PEPD: • Revenue Management Bill, 2012 - -Three directorates to be created (may be one or more can deal with issue To be debated by parliament related to co-existence with other industries/service), Plans: - -Communication strategy (for communicating with local communities) - to upgrade railways and air transport including large air port for big planes necessary for oil spill contingency; - -Development of Hoima –Wanseko road

Page 233

Key Issues Group 5: Co-existence with Tourism

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations Co-existence with • Oil and Gas policy 2008 Uganda Wildlife Policy (2000) tourism (SE14) • Uganda Tourism policy, 2003 The policy was developed before the oil exploration era. A revision of the policy is ongoing to incorporate • Uganda Wildlife Policy, 2000 the activities of the oil and gas sector. UWA has developed guidelines to ensure that the oil and gas sector activities do not interfere with their mandate of protecting and conserving biodiversity. For example, UWA Stakeholders consulted: has ensured that the oil pipelines pass through the less sensitive areas of parks and reserves. The main • Ministry of Tourism Wildlife impacts from pipelines is connected to the construction phase. The major concern is how to deal with the and Antiquities pollution damages to the wildlife and the health of their habitats. • Uganda Wildlife Authority Uganda tourism policy (2003) • Association of Uganda Tour The policy was developed before the oil exploration era. The concern is the disturbance to wildlife habitats. Operators The observation is that there are specific circuits where the chances of seeing animals are high. A number of these circuits have been taken over by the oil exploration activities. Thus there has been a reduction in access to wildlife viewing. Stakeholders suggest that the oil and gas exploiting firm must ensure minimum disturbance to the circuits, and alternative circuits should be developed by the oil firms. The other concern was that of waste disposal versus the health of the protected areas. Stakeholders emphasized the need for the oil exploiting firms to employ technology that ensures minimal ecosystem disturbances.

Page 234

Key Issues Group: 6: Co-existence with Fisheries

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Co-existence with • Fisheries Policy (2004): • The Fisheries Policy (2004) outlines policy concerns, fisheries (SE21 Policy concerns relevant to petroleum activities: objectives and strategies; as well as institutional mandates suitable for management of emerging constraints to - Inadequate monitoring, extension and enforcement mechanisms; fisheries. Many of the policy interventions outlined include

- Inadequate mobilization and involvement of communities in management and those due to petroleum activities in the AG. The Fisheries development of fisheries resources; Policy (2004) has no operational regulatory framework as 2. Fish prices high due - Ill-equipped extension services and inadequate research information to yet. to competition on promote sustainable management and development of capture fisheries and • While increase in fishing pressure is common to almost all salaries (SE34) aquaculture; fisheries in the country, petroleum activities in the AG are - Absence of regional mechanisms for cooperation in the management of the enhancing the constraint. Road construction to facilitate shared lakes in the Albertine Graben. petroleum activities increased demand by opening up the • The National Water Policy (1997): fishery to distant. The growing work force, able to pay more is leading to higher demand for fish at higher prices. Policy concerns relevant to fisheries in relation to petroleum activities The result has been marked increase in fishing pressure - Insufficient capacity to collect and analyze data essential for allocating water accompanied by the use of illegal destructive fishing gears resources to multiple users without compromising ecosystem maintenance and methods. In Lake Albert popular table fishes are requirements; becoming increasingly unaffordable to traditional fish - Inadequate capacity to detect and monitor environmental pollution in eaters due to high prices. Unusually low fish catches have surface and ground waters associated with petroleum activities. been reported for the Nile perch. The fish processing factory at Butiaba built in 2004 for this species closed in • The Water Act Cap. 152 (2003) 2009. Concerns related to petroleum activities : • Resources are lacking to facilitate acquisition of spatial and • The National Environment (minimum standards for discharge of effluents into temporal research information: water or land) regulations (1998): - to map critical breeding, nursery and feeding grounds Concerns related to petroleum activities for major commercial fish species; - Stockpiling petroleum drilling waste close to surface water bodies - to track impacts of pollution on the aquatic • The Wetlands Policy (1995): environment and fisheries; Policy concerns relevant to fisheries in relation to petroleum: - on hydrodynamics of major lakes in the AG; - Apparent inability to promote sustainable conservation of wetlands to - to model population dynamics of major commercial safeguard their ecological and socio-economic functions and values fisheries for management purposes, This information will contribute to management of

Page 235

• The National Environment (wetlands, riverbanks, lake shore management) fisheries towards co-existence with petroleum activities regulations (2000): in the AG. Concerns related to petroleum activities: - Apparent inability to promote sustainable conservation of fringing wetlands (i) The high demand for water by some petroleum activities to safeguard their ecological and socio-economic functions and values could lead to insufficiency of water for vital fish habitats as well as for aquatic ecosystem maintenance. MWE: Department of Wetlands: (ii) Interaction and coordination between the Centre (Department of Fisheries Resources – DFR) and the • Beach Management Unit Guidelines (2003); Fish (Beach Management Unit) District Local Governments towards effective fisheries Rules Management and development in the AG is inadequate. Policy concerns relevant to fisheries in relation to petroleum activities: Similarly, formal inter district dialogue, coordination and - Insufficient facilitation (e.g. water transport, sensitization on appropriate collaboration that could support fisheries management aspects of fisheries management); and development in the AG is lacking. - Political interference in BMUs’ mandated activities; • Consultations with Beach Management Unit (BMU) - Marginalization by senior actors; officials revealed eagerness to play their official roles if empowered with needed resources such as water

transport and sensitization on fisheries management Stakeholders consulted: approaches. The officials reported marginalization by • Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries (MAAIF) - Dept. of Fisheries senior actors, and political interference in their Resources (DFR); mandated activities. • National Fisheries Resources Research Institute (NaFIRRI); • Transboundary illegal fishing activities on Lake Albert • NEMA accompanied by use of illegal fishing gears and methods reportedly contribute significantly to the heavy fishing • District Local Government: District Fisheries Officer; District Environment Officer; pressure enhanced by petroleum activities in Uganda • Beach Management Unit (BMU) and in Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC). • Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE): Directory of Water Resources Management (DWRM) • Ministry of Local Government

Page 236

Key Issues Group 7: Sharing of Revenues and Wellbeing between the National and the Local/Regional level Cooperation

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and Outcome of the consultations stakeholders. Laws and Regulations 1. Revenues to the Oil and Gas policy 2008 Oil and gas Policy (2008) (Revenue Sharing National versus local areas with deposits) benefit of local Proposed sharing arrangement : communities and Stakeholders consulted : Each district is to receive 7% of the revenues generated from its extracted deposits. These funds will be a constant future generations • Ministry of Finance amount which is exchange rate immune. The resources are strictly for use in the development of the respective (SE25) Planning and district social and economic infrastructure. The basis for determining the percentage that goes to districts is not clear. Economic However, the idea is to keep a bigger percentage of the revenues at the center (MPFED, and is held in trust) such that 2. Lack of Development at the end of the extraction period, the center can use the funds to support continued social and economic collaboration between • Ministry of Local development in the districts. local and central Government government. Also Concern about the arrangement : influencing budgets 1. The revenue recipients may express discontent with the 7% share. For example Bunyoro kingdom’s demand (IM21) is 15%. 2. Over time population in these districts will increasing putting more pressure of the projected infrastructure developments. 3. With inflation taking pace, the real value of the revenue shares will be eroded. The districts will soon find themselves with inflation generated budget deficits that the center may have to assist clear.

Page 237

Key Issues Group 8: Discharges and Emissions from the Petroleum Industry

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and Outcome of the consultations stakeholders. Laws and Regulations 1. Air Stakeholders • A key concern is the lack of appropriate waste facilities beyond the intermediate storage sites currently approved. emission, soil consulted : At least Total’s intermediate waste facilities are furthermore at full capacity. It is therefore unclear how to continue with and exploration/appraisal drilling. groundwater The Petroleum • Operations and safeguarding/controlling intermediate storage sites as well as take-over of waste in such sites from previous pollution Industry: operators create a large liability for the oil industry. Despite safeguards, wildlife and other interference has the potential for (NE2) • Tullow Uganda pollution. Operations Pty • Storage of well testing products is also a concern as it adds costs and liability until a solution is found. • Total E&P • There is concern that future waste management regulation will focus on legacy wastes and not adequately regulate future Uganda wastes, incl. the liquid part of drilling waste • CNOOC Uganda • Tier 1 oil spill response provisions are in place, the waxyness of the oil facilitiates a potential clean-up.

• A solution for produced water has to be found. Re-injection has been proposed but rejected by the authorities. • Waste burial in protected areas (Murchison Falls NP) is not an acceptable solution.

Key Issues Group 9: Waste Management

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Management of The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Planning- Department for Land • The National Land Use Policy (2008) pollution and Use: - Policy concerns relevant to petroleum activities waste (IM5) - Designate areas for waste management, especially drilling waste and - The National land Policy to be reviewed produced water, 2. Waste • The Local Government Act (2006) - Gazette area where hazardous can be permanently disposed of, management. • The National Environment Policy 1994 - Demarcate areas where waste management activities are not allowed, Regulations and e.g. in protected areas - National Environment Policy to be reviewed to include oil and gas guidelines missing concerns District Local Government (District water officer, Environmental officer, (IM13) Land officer): • The National EIA regulations (1998)

Page 238

3. Identifying and • Waste management Act (1999) - Lack of capacity in terms of skills to monitor drilling and refinery waste; regulating - Lack of capacity in terms of facilitation (transport, laboratories, testing kits (undergoing review) transporters and etc) waste facility • The National Environment (Audit ) Regulations,2006 NEMA, Department for compliance and monitoring: operators (IM16) to undergo review - - Multi-sectoral Monitoring Committee for Oil and Activities (coordinated

• National Oil and Gas Policy by NEMA) inadequate after world bank funding stopped, 4. Transportation - Current Oil and gas monitoring officers to be replaced by multi-sectoral of waste. No • The Petroleum( Exploration, development and production) Act, monitoring unit’ control (OM18) 2013 - Regulations undergoing review include EIA, Audit, Effluent discharge, - Containments of waste management concerns. waste management, The Petroleum Act (refining, gas processing, conversion, - Skills for reviewing EIA for oil and gas related activities are wanting within transportation and storage), Bill,2012 NEMA staff and among environmental practitioners, -Yet to be debated by parliament - Oil companies have given Government money for training in oil and gas Plans: - Are tests for waste characteristics being carried out without conflict of interest? NEMA bought equipment for PEPD and other agencies to make Capacity building under the environmental pillar, including formal local institution independent (higher) education

Stakeholdes consulted: The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, PEPD: • E&P Oil Companies: - Field officers from head office but none from local districts in AG, • The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, PEPD - HSE guidelines: who is in charge? May be have an office in labour • NEMA, Department for compliance and monitoring: department dedicated to petroleum sector? • District Local Government (District water officer, Environmental E&P Oil Companies: officer, Land officer): - No onsite burial of waste desired, • The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Planning- Department - No toxic components are included in the drilling muds, for Land Use - Each company has its own waste management guidelines to supplement NEMAs guidelines

Page 239

Key Issues Group 10: Water Management

Key Issues Relevant PPPs Outcome of the Consultations and Laws and Regulations 1. Pollution of surface • No water quality standards related to oil and gas waters and aquifers. Water • The National Water Policy, (1999) activities management (NE17) Water is considered as a social and economic good • Trans-boundary issues related to oil and gas need to come out very clearly • The National Environment Water Act • The Water Act is one piece of Uganda's sectoral legislation with key Little knowledge of staff on what to look out for during provisions to enhance sustainable development. enforcement and compliance monitoring

• Technology to be employed is very crucial and should • The National Environment (Audit) Regulations 2009 be environmentally friendly

Prohibit the carrying out of environment audits without due certification and • No oil and gas related regulations since it’s a new registration, except if the person is an environmental inspector. 2. Freshwater management sector in the country (IM8) • The National Environment (Minimum Standards For Discharge Of Effluents • In Hoima district, Under staffing. In 2007 there was a Into Water Or Land) Regulations water officer with four assistants, one in charge of Prohibit discharge of effluent or waste on land or into the aquatic sanitation, community mobilization, water supply and environment contrary to established standards and without a waste statiscian, Currently, the water officer has only two 3. Need monitoring plan on discharge permit. assistants in charge of sanitation, and water supply. district level for water • Visual monitoring of the water resources, no • National Water Action Plan resources (IM28) laboratory testing of water quality, and no water quality sampling this financial year. • Oil Spill Contingency Plans • In the Hoima district local government rural water and • Environmental monitoring plan for the Albertine Graben sanitation workplan for the FY 2012/13, there is no component of oil and gas related issues. Stakeholders consulted: DWRM, MWE, NEMA, UWA, NAFFIRI, PEPD, MWE

Page 240

Key Issues Group 11: Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and in Surface Waters

Key Issues Relevant PPPs Outcome of the Consultations and Laws and Regulations 1. Oil spill • The National Land Use Policy (2008) E&P oil Companies contingency - Policy to be reviewed - Each oil company to have internal oil spill contingency plan planning, on - All oil company to provide assistance to one with major spill land and • The Local Government Act (2006) surface - Act to be reviewed The Ministry of Works and Transport, Department of Transport waters (IM4) - Plan for large air port to accommodate wide body airplanes carrying • The National Oil policy oil spill contingency equipment - Undergoing review 2. Knowledge - Plan for oil spill at water transport facilities on Lake Albert and along the roads in AG about • The Petroleum Act (refining, gas processing, conversion, transportation and movement of storage), Bill,2012 District Local Government (District Planning officer, Environmental spilled oil - To include oil spill contingency in the bill officer) (IM11) - Establish mechanism for quick reporting on occurrence of oil spill in • The National water policy (1998) the respective district 3. Existence -The policy undergoing review to include oil related pollution of necessary NEMA, Department for compliance and monitoring • The Water Act, Cap 153 public - Coordinating development of oil spill contingency -To be reviewed infrastructure (being undertaken by NORCONSULT and COWI) to meet the Plans: The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, PEPD petroleum - Oil spill contingency plan (being developed) - Characteristics of oil from AG to be studied development - The National water development plan, (OM28) - Upgrading capacity of National reference laboratory to address oil concerns, Ministry of Water and Environment, DWRM - Procure equipment for analysis of organic pollutants, - In charge of oil spill contingency plans - Upgrade basic water quality test labs (central and regional) - Communication strategy - National water quality management strategy Stakeholders consulted: • E&P oil Companies Ministry of Water and Environment, Department of Meteorology • Makerere University - -Climate change issues, • Ministry of Water and Environment, Department of Meteorology - Meteorological data for oil spill studies • Ministry of Water and Environment, DWRM Makerere University • The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development, PEPD - -Study characteristics of oil from AG • NEMA, Department for compliance and monitoring

Page 241

• District Local Government (District Planning officer, Environmental officer) • The Ministry of Works and Transport, Department of Transport

Key Issues Group 12: Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and Construction Materials

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and Outcome of the consultations stakeholders. Laws and Regulations 1. Infrastructure Needs Transport Sector plans and • In terms of allocating responsibilities UNRA is responsible for developing national networks strategies (Refer also to Scenario linking districts and other countries. The major development of the Hoima – Kaiso Tonya Road 2. Existence of necessary public analysis) that will addresss the transport needs of oil and gas sector. UNRA undertook consultations with infrastructure to meet the PEPD, and has since integrated the needs of the sector in the updated the specifications in the petro development Stakeholders consulted: road being constructed • Ministry of Works and • The Ministry of Works is in charge of district urban community roads (DUCAR) and therefore it is Transport likely to be in charge of the roads connecting facilities within the middle stream activities. • Uganda National Roads • According to the transport master plan, there is also a plan to revive the railway line to ensure Authority that the sector is adequately support • National Planning Authority • Also given that a number of airports will be constructed, guidelines and standards are already in • Ministry of Finance Planning place for construction and maintenance and Economic Development • Also when it comes to public buildings and related infrastructure, there are standards that should be followed and all these are available at the Ministry of Works and Transport • As oil companies develop their road networks, they should follow the standards

Page 242

Key Issues Group 13: Institutional Capacity Building, Structure and Functions

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Institutional • The environment Act 1994 • EIA practitioners are not equipped with oil and capacity regarding Provides for appointment of Environmental Inspectors gas skills making the EIA produced not clearly petro sector (IM6) addressing the likely impacts • Petroleum (Refining, Gas Processing and Conversion, Transportation and Storage) Bill 2012 • The capacity of line ministries and lead agencies • National Oil and Gas Policy, 2008 in review of EIAs is not adequate enough Provides for monitoring of the Environment. It provides a conducive policy environment. • There exists a capacity development fund 2. Inadequate local • Mineral Policy 2000 managed by PEPD where oil companies capacity to review contribute oil and gas EIAs and • The Energy Policy for Uganda, 2002 • Staffing of most ministries is not adequate do audits (IM17) • Strengthening the Management of the Oil and Gas Sector in Uganda - enough to monitor oil & gas activities A Development Programme in Co-operation with Norway, (2010) • Proposal of EIA practitioners to undertake EIAs Consulted Stakeholders: are procured by the government and not the Oil • MEMD companies to avoid conflict of interest and 3. Capacity building • PEPD enhance the quality of EIAs for national and • NEMA • The National Oil & gas policy provides for joint local governments • Ministry of Local Government monitoring of environment by line ministries. (IM18) • Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities However there is no monitoring framework • District Local Government developed, no monitoring protocols, TORs • Ministry of Public Service • The Environment act provides for appointment • Uganda Association of Impact Assessors(UAIA) of Environment Inspectors, this has not been • SCOs, CBOs and Cultural Institutions within the Albertine effectively implemented. • Makerere University • Total, CNOOC and Tullow

Page 243

Key Issues Group 14: Capacity of District Local Governments to manage Environmental Concerns

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Strengthen environmental • The Local Government Act (2006) • In the ongoing training of government officials in oil and gas related concerns at district level. activities, a number of district natural resources (i.e. environment, forestry, • The National Environment Act, Cap 153 Awareness (IM22) water) officers have also been considered. This will enable them • The Water Act cap 152 (2003) communicate knowledgably to the communities. • 2. Lack of adequate baseline data • The Albertine Road Master plan A clearinghouse for natural resources data will soon be instituted at NEMA. is restricting effective monitoring. District officers will then either access data housed at NEMA or be guided as Only compliance monitoring • Proposed Physical Plan for the Albertine Graben to where certain datasets can be found. (IM26) • Communication strategy on oil/gas by PEPD • The Department of Water has already set up regional offices to ensure collaboration. The district water officers can on the other side work

3. Need inter district cooperation together to ensure that sharing watersheds or sub watersheds ensure on water management (IM29) proper management of the water resource in their jurisdiction. Stakeholders consulted: • The environment officers need to be proactive and come up with a budget, • 4. District budgets on environment Ministry of Water and Environment which can be included in the national budget. • UNRA management (IM30) • Understaffing remains an outstanding issue that needs to be addressed. • NEMA Current staffing is at 56%. • 5. Understaffing at district level DWRM • District officers are not intentionally overlooked. PEPD makes sure (IM32) • Ministry of Local Government information is disseminated to the districts but there are sometimes • District Local Government (District Planning bottlenecks in the communication that the information either never gets or 6. District officers are overlooked officer, Environmental officer, Water officer, gets late to the relevant officers at the district. by the petroleum industry (IM33) Land officer) • Critical baseline data is not well documented. This data may be existing but fragmented or in bits and pieces. • The Local government Act (2010) provides for provision of cooperation for district in the management of cross boarder resources such as water.

Page 244

Key Issue Group 15: Development of Legislation and Regulations; standards

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Transfer of EIA • National Oil & Gas Policy 2008 • No Air quality standards – There has been a draft for when operatorship about 8 years • The National Environment Act 1995, Cap 153 of 2000 change (IM23) • Gaps in waste management regulations – NEMA has • Meteorology Policy 2011 tentative guidelines to consolidate the waste but 2. EIAs are too generic. • National Meteorology Act 2012- Established the national Meteorology Authority needs well developed ones. Standard controls are • NEMA is receiving Norwegian support on review • Forestry Policy 2001 used more than Environmental Acts and regulations and draft new specific mitigation • The Forestry and Tree Planting Act 2003 ones to ensure that oil and gas are addressed measures. (IM27) • • The National EIA regulations (1998) Wetlands specific law is being formulated • The occupational Act The Act addresses Oil and Gas • National wetlands Policy 1994 3. Policy guidance and but in general terms. legal safeguard for the • National Climate Change Policy – in advanced stages • Regulation to help in enforcement and compliance are petro industry missing The CC policy has under the mitigation strategy weather and CC monitoring where oil lacking. (OM11) and gas have come out as one of the key areas focusing on the carbon footprint. • Social Development Sector Investment Plan II 2002 ( OPEC countries are contesting – recommending that oil and gas industry should draft submitted to Cabinet , awaiting approval abandon the industry or engage in high level technology. • The plan is broad does not cater for oil and gas. • The Petroleum Act (refining, gas processing, conversion, transportation and storage), • Following the review of the policy environment policy, Bill,2012 the Act also needs to be reviewed - The national/local content - To be analyzed • Existing regulations and guidelines need to be reviewed and where necessary new ones developed • The National Employment Policy, 2011 • The process for review of the Environemnt Act as • HIV Aids at the Workplace Policy 2009 started – now procuring consultants • National Child Labour Policy, 2006 • The following regulations are also under review: 1. Regulations and audit • Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006. 2. Effluent discharge o Wetlands sector strategic plan 2011-2020 3. Noise regulation 4. Waste management o Draft strategic plan for the National Environment Support Services 5. Air quality (new) 6. Oil spill liability (new)

Page 245

Consulted Stakeholders: • Waste management guidelines to be prepared once • Ministry of Water and Environment the regulations are in place • The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development • PEPD • NEMA • Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development - Department for compliance and monitoring

Key Issues Group 16: Land Use and Spatial Planning

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Land use and The National Land Use Policy, 2000/2007? • There is under staffing of urban planners at Physical/spatial planning (The policy provides guidance on land use and physical planning at national and local levels. the district. (IM2) • Land ownership is a hindrance to planning The Uganda National Land Policy 2011(draft): as it is difficult to plan for land that you do not own. Most of the land is privately The National Environment (wetlands, riverbanks, lake shore management) regulations owned. 2. Need for urbanization (2000): • policy (IM10) - Concerns related to petroleum activities Urban areas have been planned for but there has not been adequate Physical development Plan implementation of the plans. Furthermore, for the Albertine Graben the whole of the AG as region is yet to be Prepared and planned for. • Also noted that inter-district collaboration Physical Development Plans is captured in the Local government Act for five (5) selected towns/areas 2010 (Amended) which should be used to within the graben commenced; foster inter-district landuse/spatial planning. Albertine Graben Situation • There is need for urbanization policy to Analysis report produced guide the planning.

• There is need to define urban areas Physical planning Act, 2010: according to functionalities and different

status: Consulted Stakeholders:

Page 246

- Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development; - City • Department of Land Use Regulation and Compliance; - Municipality/town council • Physical Planning Department; - Growth centers - District Local Government ( District Planner, Environmental officer, Land officer) - NEMA; - Major Settlements - MWE (Wetlands Department, - Minor settlements - Department of Water resources Management); - Department of Fisheries Resources - PEPD - UNRA - International Alert/Coalition of NGOs of oil and gas CISCO

Key Issues Group 17: Transboundary and International Issues

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 1. Conflicts with Stakeholder consulted: Potential discussion with: international • The Ministry of Foreign Affairs (not yet The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Uganda Peoples Defense Force (UPDF) environmental approached) agreements • UPDF (not yet approached)

2. Security Issues and • PEPD regional emergency • Uganda Police response. • The President’s Office

Page 247

Key Issues Group 18: Establishment of Transparent Baseline Data. Scientific Basis

Key Issues Relevant PPPs and stakeholders. Outcome of the consultations Laws and Regulations 3. Strong scientific The National EIA regulations (1998 ) • Some EIAs are overly generic and do not conform to appropriate scientific basis for Relevant stakeholder concerns: methodology decisions. The National EIA regulations does not adequately provide for • The duration allotted for EIS reviews by key stakeholders is insufficient to establishment transparent baseline data permit exhaustive scrutiny in view of other more substantive work 4. Focus on trend schedules; analysis as to Stakeholders consulted: • Technical staff for example environment officers at District local baseline • Ministry of Water and Environment Government level are often only casually consulted by EIA practitioners conditions. • NEMA- Department for compliance and monitoring even though they are expected to review, validate and monitor EIAs/ EISs. • District Local Government -District Environment Office Some of the technical officials e.g. District Environment Officers in the AG • Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities: Uganda Wildlife expected to review, validate and monitor EISs do not have the relevant Authority (UWA) capacity for environmental tasks related to oil and gas exploration, development and production.

Page 248

APPENDIX 8: DESCRIPTION OF SCENARIO 2 AND 3

Information about the three scenarios: • Overall description of oil field development • Overall description of Scenario 2 and 3 • Scenario overview matrixes for each development phase

1 Oil Field Development Activities Phase 1 focuses on the early commercialization of crude produced during extended well testing and early production from the Mputa and Waraga fields (oil) and the Nzizi field (oil and gas) to feed an Integrated Power Plant (IPP) supposed to produce electricity for the public grid when operational. Exploration and appraisal drilling is ongoing in various parts of the Albertine Graben. The Ngassa gas field is drilled from onshore via directional drilling. The Kingfisher oil field is under development and extensive 3D seismic acquisition is taking place in the area of Murchison Falls. During Phase 2 the Kingfisher, Mputa and Waraga oil fields as well as the Nzizi oil and gas field are coming on stream. Kingfisher produces 15,500 bbls/d and Mputa 5000bbls/d. The fields in the Murchison Falls National Park north and south of the Victoria Nile are under development (Mpyo, Ngege, Ngiri, Jobi, Jobi East, etc.). In Phase 3 oil production takes place from the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, Buliisa and Murchison Falls areas south and north of the Victoria Nile (Kingfisher, Kanywataba, Mputa, Nzizi, Waraga, Mpyo, Ngege, Ngiri, Jobi, Jobi East, etc. fields) producing 60,000 bbls/d of crude. The Ngassa gas field in Lake Albert is under development and exploration activities take place on the DR Congo side. In Phase 4 all fields in the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, and Buliisa and Murchison Falls areas are on stream and Uganda produces 300,000 bbls/d of oil. Pipelines have been constructed crossing the Victoria Nile to bring crude from the fields to a CPF south of the Victoria Nile. Activities in Lake Albert have increased with the Ngassa gas field being on stream. Petroleum activities also take place in DR Congo.

2 Scenario 2 - Refinery Only This scenario is building on the oil and gas production described above. The produced oil will be used for refining and selling refinery products as well as running a small power plant (IPP) producing 50 MW for the public grid. The refinery capacity will be gradually increased from start of operations by end of 2015 with a capacity of 20,000 bbls/d to 300,000 bbls/d capacity by 2026. The development activities are broken down into the four phases as follows: Today - end 2015 (Phase 1): Large scale construction activities are taking place in the region, namely the 20,000 bbls/d refinery at Kabaale, the regional construction base around Hoima, the necessary supply bases and central processing facilities and in-field pipelines and pipelines from the fields to the CPFs. Also the construction and subsequent operation of the IPP takes place and the urbanization plans for Hoima and other local centers are proceeding. Road construction is ongoing at various locations to facilitate the trucking of oil and import of necessary equipment, pipe sections and other goods.

Page 249

The oil produced during extended well testing will (EWT) be sold to local consumers such as the Hima and Tororo cement plants and the Namanve power plant. Large scale trucking will take place to bring oil from the EWT sites to these consumers and goods into the regions. End 2015 – end 2017 (Phase2): Phase 2 will see the operation of the 20,000 bbls/d refinery with simultaneous construction activities to extend the capacity to 60,000 bbls/d. The IPP continues to produce 50 MW electricity but is also extended to receive more HFO in the next phase. Oil is still trucked from the CPF in the south to the refinery and IPP, but pipelines are constructed to transport oil from the northern and southern developments in the next phase. Significant trucking still takes place to transport oil from EWT to consumers and to transport pipe stacks, refinery modules and equipment from Mombasa to the Hoima construction base and the refinery site. Furthermore, refinery products are trucked to consumers. End 2017 – end 2022 (Phase 3) Oil is produced from the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, Buliisa and Murchison Falls areas and all four CPFs are in operation. From there the oil is transported via the northern and southern pipelines to the refinery which now produces 60,000 bbls/d. The HFO from the refinery is now piped to the IPP (formerly trucked) and the IPP produces more electricity for the public grid using only HFO from 2018 onwards replacing the Nzizi gas. Refinery products are trucked to consumers while product pipelines to transport products from the refinery to Kampala are constructed. Construction activities to expand the refinery to 120,000 bbls/d from 2023 onwards are also taking place. Furthermore, two parallel pipelines are under construction to expand the capacity of crude transportation from the CPFs to the refinery. Pipelines are constructed from the gas fields for onward transportation of gas to Kampala. End 2022 – 2030 (Phase 4) The refinery operates with a capacity of 120,000 bbls/d while an extension up to 300,000 bbls/d is under construction from 2026 onwards to enable receiving the full production in Uganda of 300,000 bbls/d. All produced oil is used by the refinery to produce refinery products for the EAC and beyond. All oil is piped to the refinery and refinery products are piped to Kampala and beyond. Petrochemical industry has developed in the vicinity of the refinery and Uganda has developed into a petroleum hub servicing also DR Congo. The IPP has been extended to provide more electricity to the public grid and to take all HFO produced by the refinery. A gas fired power plant and LPG plant has been constructed to make use of the gas from Ngassa and other gas fields, any surplus of gas is transported by pipeline to Kampala.

3 Scenario 3 – Export of Crude Only This scenario is building on the oil and gas production described above. The produced oil will be used for export of crude to markets outside Uganda. One option is to pipe the oil in a heated export pipeline to Mombasa. Compressor stations will be located at suitable locations to ensure stable pumping pressure. Block valves stations will be sectioning the pipeline as necessary with special focus on protecting sensitive areas, such as rivers, sensitive habitats, etc.

Page 250

The other option is to transport the crude in a newly established rail road to Mombasa. Both options require a tank farm in the Albertine Graben area (assumingly at Kabaale) as well as in Mombasa to buffer production and transport irregularities. To make use of the oil from extended well testing a small power plant (IPP) will be constructed to produce 50 MW for the public grid. The IPP will be fed with produced crude once EWT oil is no longer available. a) Option 1 Export pipeline Today - end 2015 (Phase 1): Construction activities are taking place in the region, namely the field developments to produce the oil, the regional construction base around Hoima, the necessary supply bases and central processing facilities and in-field pipelines and pipelines from the fields to the CPFs. Also the construction and subsequent operation of the IPP takes place. Road construction is ongoing at various locations to facilitate the trucking of oil and import of necessary equipment, pipe sections and other goods. The oil produced during extended well testing will be sold to local consumers such as the Hima and Tororo cement plants and the Namanve power plant. Large scale trucking will take place to bring oil from the EWT sites to these consumers and goods and construction material into the region. The planning for the tank farm at Kabaale and Mombasa, the 300,000 bbls/d export pipeline and associated compressor stations is proceeding.

End 2015 – end 2017 (Phase2): About 20,000 bbls/d of oil is produced and trucked to markets outside Uganda. At the same time the tank farms, compressor stations and 300,000 bbls/d export pipeline are under construction and full field development is ongoing. The IPP is fed with oil from Mputa and gas from Nzizi and produces 50 MW for the public grid. The northern CPFs are under construction to receive oil from Jobi, Jobi East, Mpyo, Ngege, Ngiri and other fields in the area. Oil transportation from the Kingfisher and Mputa fields is by truck to the tank farm until the construction of the pipeline from the southern CPFs is operational. Altogether significant trucking takes place to transport the 20,000 bbls/d of crude to consumers outside Uganda, the oil from EWT to consumers and to transport pipe stacks and equipment from Mombasa to the Hoima construction base and the pipe yard.

End 2017 – end 2022 (Phase 3) Oil is produced from the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, Buliisa and Murchison Falls areas and all four CPFs are in operation. From there the oil is transported via the northern and southern pipelines to the tank farm and from there onwards in the newly constructed 300,000 bbls/d oil export pipeline, which will transport the oil to Mombasa. The IPP still produces 50 MW electricity for the public grid, but construction of a gas fired power plant and an LPG plant has started to make use of the gas from Ngassa and other gas fields. The amount of truck transportation is still high as equipment and goods for the gas fired power plant and LPG plant has to be brought into the region. Road construction and maintenance is ongoing. Pipelines are constructed from the gas fields for onward transportation of gas to Kampala.

Page 251

End 2022 – 2030 (Phase 4) All oil fields and the export pipeline are in operation and 300,000 bbls/d crude oil from the Albertine Graben is transported to markets outside Uganda. The gas fired power plant is operational and produces electricity. The LPG plant is also operational and and bottled LPG is sold on Ugandan markets to reduce the reliance on fire wood. b) Option 2 Export by railway

Today - end 2015 (Phase 1): Construction activities are taking place in the region, namely the field developments to produce the oil, the regional construction base around Hoima, the necessary supply bases and central processing facilities and in-field pipelines and pipelines from the fields to the CPFs. Also the construction and subsequent operation of the IPP takes place. Road construction is ongoing at various locations to facilitate the trucking of oil and import of necessary equipment, pipe sections and other goods. The oil produced during extended well testing will be sold to local consumers such as the Hima and Tororo cement plants and the Namanve power plant. Large scale trucking will take place to bring oil from the EWT sites to these consumers and goods and construction material into the region. The planning for the constructing the railway line from the Albertine Graben to Mombasa is in progress.

End 2015 – end 2017 (Phase2): About 20,000 bbls/d of oil is produced and trucked to markets outside Uganda. At the same time the construction of the railway line from Kabaale to Mombasa is undertaken and full field development is ongoing. The IPP is fed with oil from Mputa and gas from Nzizi and produces 50 MW for the public grid. The northern CPFs are under construction to receive oil from Jobi, Jobi East, Mpyo, Ngege, Ngiri and other fields in the area. Oil transportation from the Kingfisher and Mputa fields is by truck to the tank farm until the construction of the pipeline from the southern CPFs is operational. Altogether significant trucking takes place to transport the 20,000 bbls/d of crude to consumers outside Uganda, the oil from EWT to consumers and to construction material for the rail road to the construction yard and the various construction sites.

End 2017 – end 2022 (Phase 3) Oil is produced from the Kingfisher, Kaiso-Tonya, Buliisa and Murchison Falls areas and all four CPFs are in operation. From there the oil is transported via the northern and southern pipelines to the tank farm and from there onwards via the newly constructed railway to transport 300,000 bbls/d oil to Mombasa. The IPP still produces 50 MW electricity for the public grid but construction of a gas fired power plant and an LPG plant has started to make use of the gas from Ngassa and other gas fields. The amount of truck transportation is still high as equipment and goods for the gas fired power plant and LPG plant has to be brought into the region. Road construction and maintenance is ongoing. Pipelines are constructed from the gas fields for onward transportation of gas to Kampala.

Page 252

End 2022 – 2030 (Phase 4) All oil fields and the export pipeline are in operation and 300,000 bbls/d crude oil from the Albertine Graben is transported by railway to markets outside Uganda. The gas fired power plant is operational and produces electricity. The LPG plant is also operational and and bottled LPG is sold on Ugandan markets to reduce the reliance on fire wood.

4 Scenario Overview Matrices This section provides a high level qualitative assessment of selected indicators for the various Scenarios during the specific phases. The categories high, medium, low in the tables below are used as an indication of differences within each indicator across the phases of the scenarios. They cannot be used to rank the different indicators.

Phase 1 - Scenario overview matrix (today – end 2015)

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3a Scenario 3b Refinery + export Refinery only Export only Export only pipeline -via pipeline - via railway Workforce presence - Construction High High Medium Medium - Operation Low Low Low Low Road usage and trucking of - goods / equipment High High Medium Medium - refinery products - - - - - EWT oil High High High High Conversion of land High High Medium Medium Waste volumes High High Medium Medium Disturbance of protected and environmentally sensitive areas and biodiversity - Refinery/pipeline/rail Medium Medium Low Low - Oil field activities High High High High Risk of construction related accidents High High Medium Medium Risks of accidental events during Low Low Low Low operations Pressure on local communities High High Medium Medium Institutional capacity needs High High High High Creation of jobs and benefits X - Skilled workforce Low Low Low Low - Unskilled workforce High High Medium Medium - Benefits X X X X

Page 253

Phase 2 - Scenario overview matrix (end 2015 – end 2017)

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3a Scenario 3b 20,000 bbls/d 20,000 bbls/d Export only -via Export only - refinery + refinery only pipeline via railway export pipeline Workforce presence - Construction High High High High - Operation Medium Medium Low Low Road usage and trucking of - Goods / equipment High High High High - Refinery products Low Low - - - EWT oil Medium Medium Medium Medium Conversion of land High High High High Waste volumes High High High High Disturbance of protected and environmentally sensitive areas and biodiversity High High High High - Refinery/pipeline/railway High High High High - Oil field activities Risk of construction related accidents High High High High Risks of accidental events during operations Medium Medium Low Low Pressure on local communities High High Medium Medium Institutional capacity needs High High High High Creation of benefits and jobs - Skilled workforce Medium Medium Low Low - Unskilled workforce High High High High - Benefits X X X X

Phase 3 - Scenario overview matrix (end 2017 – end 2022)

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3a Scenario 3b 60,000 bbls/d 60,000 bbls/d Export only -via Export only - refinery + export refinery only pipeline via railway pipeline Workforce presence - Construction High High Medium Medium - Operation High High Low Medium Road usage and trucking of - Goods / equipment High High Medium Medium - Refinery products High High - - - EWT oil Low Low Low Low Conversion of land High High Medium Medium Waste volumes High High Low Low Disturbance of protected and environmentally sensitive areas and biodiversity High Medium Medium Medium - Refinery/pipeline/railway High High High High - Oil field activities Risk of construction related accidents High High Medium Medium Risks of accidental events during operations Medium Medium Low Medium Pressure on local communities High High Low Low Institutional capacity needs High High Medium High Creation of benefits and jobs - Skilled workforce High High Medium Medium - Unskilled workforce High High Low Medium - Benefits X X X X

Page 254

Phase 4 - Scenario overview matrix (end 2022 – 2030)

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3a Scenario 3b 120,000 bbls/d 120,000 – Export only - Export only - refinery + export 300,000 bbls/d via pipeline via railway pipeline refinery only Workforce presence - Construction Low High Low Low - Operation High High Low Medium Road usage and trucking of - Goods / equipment Low High Low Low - Refinery products Low Low - - - EWT oil - - - - Conversion of land High High Medium Medium Waste volumes Medium High Low Low Disturbance of protected and sensitive areas and biodiversity - Refinery/pipeline/railway Medium Medium Low Medium - Oil field activities Medium Medium Medium Medium Risk of construction related accidents Low High Low Low Risks of accidental events during Medium Medium Low Medium operations Pressure on local communities Medium High Low Low Institutional capacity needs Medium High Low Medium Creation of benefits and jobs - Skilled workforce High High Medium Medium - Unskilled workforce Medium High Low Low - Benefits X X X X

Page 255

APPENDIX 9: PETROLEUM INDUSTRY IMPACTS IN ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AND PROTECTED AREAS

Typical primary and secondary impacts related to petroleum activities in environmentally sensitive and protected areas.

Primary Impacts PROJECT ACTIVITIES ASPECTS AND POSSIBLE PRIMARY IMPACTS

1. Onshore seismic activity Site clearance, access roads, • Erosion, compaction and changes in surface hydrology basecamp construction, traffic, • Siltation of waterways causing negative impacts on aquatic waste deposition and marine environments • Disturbance/destruction of local habitats and animals • Fragmentation of habitats • Killing or maiming of wildlife by vehicles Pollution • Short-term disturbance to wildlife from NOx, SO2, VOC emissions, noise and light, vibration • Local damage to flora and fauna Onshore seismic lines and grids • Damage to vegetation and surface hydrology from seismic lines, improperly plugged shot holes, vibroseis machinery etc • Disturbance to wildlife from vegetation clearing, traffic, vibrations/explosions etc • Destruction and fragmentation of habitats • Killing or maiming of wildlife/animals 2. Onshore exploration, appraisal and production drilling Site clearance, acces s roads, • Ref. activity 1 basecamp construction, traffic, waste Pollution • Ref. activity 1 Produced water, effluent, sewage • Contamination of local waterways, water table and ground water, drill cuttings and mud surface with subsequent impacts on flora and fauna Oil spills • Contamination of local habitats, especially waterways, water table and ground surface with subsequent impacts on flora and fauna

3. Onshore field development Site clearance, access roads, • Ref. activity 1 and 2 basecamp construction, traffic, waste Pipeline construction • Destruction and fragmentation of habitats from the clearing of vegetation

Page 256

• Interference with wildlife movements and fragmentation Soil deposition and revegetation • Burial of sensitive habitats • Increased erosion, leading to water turbidity, and impacts on organisms and habitats • Revegetation with non-native or invasive species can disrupt ecosystems and displace native species Pollution • Ref. 1, 2 and 3

Produced water, effluent, sewage • Ref. activity 2 water, drill cuttings and mud

Oil spills • Ref. activity 2

4. Onshore Production Operations and maintenance traffic, • Erosion, compaction and changes in surface hydrology waste deposition • Siltation of waterways causing negative impacts on aquatic and marine environments • Disturbance/destruction of local habitats and animals • Fragmentation of habitats • Killing or maiming of wildlife by vehicles • Impedes revegetation Land -take and presence • Disturbance/destruction of local habitats and animals • Fragmentation of habitats Pollution • Ref. 1-4 • Impacts arising from the generation of acid rain Produced water, effluent, sewage • Ref. 2 and 3 water, drill cuttings and mud

Oil spills • Ref. 2 and 3

5. Onshore decommissioning Project sites, land filing • Loss of land-use options • Long-term dispersion of contaminants from unrestored areas • Long-term impacts on drainage patterns • Invasion by non-native species in unrestored areas • Health and safety issues for subsequent users of the area Removal of temporary infrastructure • Permanent damage to local habitats from wastes, fires and (base camps, access roads etc) discharges • Erosion and changes in surface hydrology Traffic • Disturbance, maiming and killing of animals

Page 257

Secondary Impacts PROJECT ACTIVITIES ASPECTS AND POSSIBLE PRIMARY IMPACTS

Opening n ew areas • Immediate destruction of local habitats, with wider destruction possible unless access is prohibited (possibly long term) • Increased pressure on flora and fauna populations Immigration, new • Immediate destruction and fragmentation of local habitats, with wider settlements and destruction possible unless the number of immigrants decreases over time cultivation (possibly long-term and widespread) • Increased pressure on flora and fauna populations • Erosion and changes in surface hydrology/water quality from increased human activities Hunting/poaching • Elimination or decreased populations of local species, possibly leading to extinction of the species • Ecological alterations through removal of keystone species such as predators Gathering of non - • Increased pressure on flora and fauna populations timber forest • - Ecological alterations through removal of keystone species products

Local commerce • Increased pressure on flora and fauna populations with communities • Elimination or decreased populations of local species, possibly leading to extinction of the species

Page 258

APPENDIX 10: RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK SUMMARY FOR OIL AND GAS ACTIVITIES IN AG

Appendix 10 presents a summary of the resettlement policy framework (RPF) for Oil and Gas Activities in the Albertine Graben of Uganda that has been prepared as a SEA output contained in a separate document. The resettlement policy framework (RPF) addresses land aquisition and loss and/or restrictions of access to economic assets and resources as they relate to displacement of people in the course of Oil and Gas Activities in the Albertine Graben. The RPF was prepared as part of the SEA in line with World Bank Operational Policy, OP 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement. The main aim of the RPF is to provide guidance on how to address all impacts associated with the access to land and resources to be obtained by the project developers and their associated facilities and actors. It is based on international best practice to ensure that the people living in Albertine Graben and/or depending on its resources don’t face adverse socio-economic impacts as consequence of the development of the oil and gas industry in this region such as: Landlessness, Joblessness, Homelessness, Marginalization, Food Insecurity, Increased Morbidity and Mortality, Loss of Access to Common Property and Services, and Social Disarticulation. In order to address these impoverishment risks adequately, this RPF establishes resettlement and compensation principles and organizational arrangements for the elaboration of further safeguard documents to meet the needs of people that may be affected by the development of the oil and gas sector in the Albertine Graben. By the provisions of the RPF, all investment projects will be required to submit as part of their Environmental Impact Assessments RAPs to the relevant institutions for approval that specify the footprint of the investments, the magnitude and type of economic and physical displacement as well as detailed mitigation and compensation measures including a time bound action plan of their implementation. In line with the World Bank’s OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement and/or the IFC’s Performance Standards 5, the RPF provides guidance for the screening of oil and gas activities in the Albertine Graben and establishes parameters for conducting land acquisition and compensation including resettlement of persons who may be affected during implementation of oil and gas investment activities in the Albertine Graben, particularly for infrastructure, socioeconomic activities and conflict-prone activities such as the taking of land for oil and gas exploration, processing and related production facilities such as cement factories, power stations as well as associated facilitates such as roads, pipelines etc. The screening process developed in the framework is to be guided by the following principles: • Avoiding or minimizing involuntary land acquisition and resettlement, where feasible and exploring all viable alternatives before resorting to involuntary resettlement. • Where involuntary resettlement and land acquisition is unavoidable, assistance and sufficient resources should be provided to the displaced persons with the view to maintaining and/or improving their standards of living, earning capacities and production levels.

Page 259

• Encouraging community participation in planning and implementing land acquisition, compensation and/or resettlement, and provision of assistance to affected people regardless of the legality of their land rights or their title to land. The RPF requires that the implementation of individual RAPs are a prerequisite for the implementation of project activities causing resettlement, such as land acquisition to ensure that displacement or restriction to access does not occur before necessary measures for resettlement and compensation are in place. It is further required that these measures include provision of compensation and other assistance required for relocation, prior to displacement, and preparation and provision of resettlement sites with adequate facilities, where required. In particular, the taking of land and related assets or the denial of access to assets may take place only after compensation has been paid and where applicable, resettlement sites, new homes, related infrastructure, public services and moving allowances have been provided to displaced persons. Furthermore, where relocation or loss of shelter occurs, the policy further requires that measures to assist the displaced persons are implemented in accordance with the resettlement and compensation plan of action. The RPF is to be implemented within the legal framework of land access in Uganda that includes: i. Administrative framework: The Local Government Act 1997 ii. Land Tenure and Ownership /Property Rights: The Uganda Constitution of 1995; The Land Act 1998; The Acquisition Act (1965) iii. International best practice: World Bank’s Safeguard Policy in Involuntary Resettlement (OP 4.12)

Description of the process for preparing and approving RAPs To address the impacts under this policy, resettlement and compensation plans must include rneasures to ensure that displaced persons are (a) informed about their options and rights pertaining to resettlement and compensation, (b) consulted on, offered choices among, and provided with technically and economically feasible resettlement and compensation alternatives and (c) provided prompt and effective compensation at full replacement cost for losses of assets and access, attributable to the project. Preparation and submission of the Resettlement Action Plan to the relevant local government authorities comprises the following steps: Step 1: The program investment activities to be undertaken and the locations of the investments will undergo preliminary evaluation on the basis of the objectives of the program. Step 2: The developer, MEMD, and implementing institutions will approach the communities impacted through the local government authorities with the view to arriving at a consensus on possible sites for the type of facility to be adopted. Step 3: The Local Communities authorities (village councils, parish/sub-county county and district development committees) will undertake their inter-communal consultations in order to review the siting of the facility. Step 4: The environmental and social screening process in conformity with the provisions of the SEA and the RPF screening process. The process will determine whether any resettlement will be required at the chosen site and if so whether alternative sites are available and whether any loss of land,

Page 260

assets or access to economic resources will occur and therefore the provisions under this RPF been triggered. Step 5: On the basis of analysis of the matrix emanating from the two screening processes a final selection of the optimum site presenting the least negative environmental and social impacts including resettlement /loss of assets can be made. Step 6: Where resettlement or loss of assets cannot be avoided, the provisions of the RPF will be applied and a RAP prepared for each sub project /investment. From this point, the provisions of this RPF will be utilized up to payment of the compensation package including resettlement support where appropriate. The costs associated with this resettlement or relocation will be included in the RAPs for all the investments. For all Government projects including those implemented by MEMD, the government through the implementing agency shall provide funds for compensation after identification of the land and a comprehensive evaluation report done and approved by the Government Valuer. For private sector led projects, the developer shall provide funds for compensation after full identification of the land and a comprehensive evaluation by an approved valuer based on rates equal to or better than those published by the district where the sub project is located. Basic Contents of a RAP include: description of activity and potential impact; census of displaced persons if any; eligibility, valuation and compensation for losses; community participation; environmental protection and management; grievance procedures/ redress; organizational responsibilities; implementation schedule; arrangements for implementation, monitoring and evaluation; and budget The RAP prepared by the sponsor shall be approved by the MEMD if compliance with international standards and provisions. MEMD might want to seek assistance from a specialised service provided to assist in the review and approval process. At this stage it is not possible to estimate the likely number of people who may be affected since neither the location of oil and gas activities in the area nor comprehensive information on land/resource ownership/use exists. However, the likely displaced persons can be categorized into these 4 groups: 1) Affected Individual; 2) Affected Household; 3) Vulnerable Households and 4) the Host population.

Eligibility Criteria for Defining Various Categories of PAPs Best practice suggests the following three criteria for eligibility: a. Those who have formal rights to land (including customary land, traditional and religious rights, recognized under the Laws of Uganda) b. Those who do not have formal legal rights to land at the time the census begins but have a claim to such land or assets provided that such claims are recognized under the Laws of Uganda or become recognized through a process identified in the resettlement and compensation plan. c. Those who have no recognizable legal right or claim to the land they are occupying.

Page 261

An important element is the eligibility for community compensation. Elements of the RPF guidelines on Notification, Valuation Procedures and Entitlements as follows: • Valuations for State Owned land • Valuation for customary land including: Computation of Compensation for land, Crop Compensation Rates, Compensation Rates for Labour, Compensation for Buildings and Structures, Compensation for Vegetable Gardens and Compensation for Horticultural, Floricultural and Fruit trees • Entitlements for compensation based on the eligibility criteria and the various categories of losses identified in the desk studies and field consultations • Procedure for Delivery of Compensation • Consultation and Public participation • Notification of land resource holders • Documentation of holdings and assets • Complaints / Grievance Resolution Mechanism • Resettlement funding • Resettlement Action Plans • Monitoring Arrangements to assess whether the goals of the resettlement and compensation plan are met

Page 262

APPENDIX 11: THE SEA ORGANISATION

Members of the Steering Committee and their Institutions Name Position Inst itution Mr. Dozith Abeinomugisha Ag. Principal Geologist Petroleum Exploration and Production (Chair) /Exploration Department, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development Eng. Caroline Korutaro Petroleum Engineer Petroleum Exploration and Production (Secretary) Department, Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development Mr. Edgar Buhanga Planning & EIA Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) Coordinator Mr. Waiswa Ayazika Director Environment National Environment Management Monitoring & Compliance Authority (NEMA) Dept. Eng. Simon P. Otoi Member/Representative Uganda Association of Impact Assessors ( UAIA) Mrs. Teddy Tindamanyire Principal Environment Directorate of Environmental Affairs, Officer Ministry of Water and Environment Mr. Vincent Byendamira Ag. Commissioner /LURC Directorate of Physical Planning & Urban Development, Ministry of Lands, Housing & Urban Development Mr. Aventino Bakunda Senior Fisheries Officer Department of Fisheries Resources, Ministry of Agriculture Animal Industry and Fisheries, Mr. Emmanuel Olet Senior Water Officer Directorate of Water Resource Management

Members of the SEA Team and their areas of expertise

SEA Team Member Field of Expertise SEA Team Task

Bjørn Kristoffersen • International SEA expertise • SEA Team leader • Environmental management • Ensure Team engagement and • Extensive knowledge about the joint SEA participation petroleum industry • Deliver the SEA products with quality on time Balla Turyahumura • NEMA registered environmental • Deputy Team leader practitioner for chemical and • Manage Team participation when process industries; enterprises Team leader is out of the country using or producing or handling • Team participation and deliveries chemicals/synthetic materials/ within area of expertise petroleum products; institutional establishments; and waste disposal facilities. • NEMA Certified TEAM Page 263

SEA Team Member Field of Expertise SEA Team Task

LEADER/MEMBER of environmental impact assessment and audit teams. Grace Nangendo • Broad knowledge on terrestrial • Team participation and deliveries ecology within area of expertise • High environmental and natural resources management expertise • General and oil related environment impact assessment knowledge Jane Bemigisha • Environmental information, • Assistant local team leader planning and policy expert • Support to report production • International experience in • Team participation and deliveries institutional capacity assessment within area of expertise and development Dismas Ongwen • Archaeology and cultural • Team participation and deliveries heritage within area of expertise • NEMA certified EIA practitioner Eseza Kateregga • Natural resource and • Team participation and deliveries Environmental Economics within area of expertise • Conduct economic analyses of the resulting main impacts • Suggest social corporate responsibility options Gaddi Katashaya • Aquatic resources specialist • Team participation and deliveries within area of expertise Edith Kahubire • Sociology and socio-economic • Team participation and deliveries specialist within area of expertise Timothy Twongo • Aquatic ecology and aquatic • Team participation and delivery resources management within area of expertise Firipo Mpabulungi • Land Surveying • GIS specialist • GIS and Remote Sensing • Map production • Mapping and database compilation Heike Pflästerer • International SEA expertise • SEA Team coordinator • Environmental and social • International best practice management • Extensive knowledge about the petroleum industry Henry Makuma Massa • Environmental scientist • Research Assistant and • Natural resources management coordinator local team

Page 264

SEA Team Member Field of Expertise SEA Team Task

• Geo-information

Kai Schmidt -Soltau • Social and socio-economic • Resettlement and compensation expertise issues • Stakeholder management expertise Kjell Aalandslid • Technical expertise • Scenario Analysis

Page 265

APPENDIX 12: OUTLINE OF AN INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT PLAN

The below provides an outline proposal for an Integrated Management Plan (IMP).

Outline of an Integrated Management Plan (IMP)

1 Basic principle for the IMP

• The content and significance of the IMP shall be defined in the context of the 12 principles of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). • Basic understanding that plants, animals and microorganisms are considered at the genetic, species/community and ecosystem/habitat level and in terms of ecosystem structure and function (ecosystem approach). • Thorough understanding of the scientific basis through data gap analysis and potential compilation of new environmental baseline data. • Assessment of impacts and mitigation measures as basis for detailed spatial plans within the area of interest and as a foundation for specific project assessments and plans at a later stage. • All waste produced to be transported out of the area for permanent treatment/storage according to best practice. • No activities allowed prior to comprehensive oil spill preparedness in place. This is mainly connected to crossing the Nile, drilling in Lake Albert, trucking of oil and supply activities in the lakes/Nile systems. • Involvement and consultation with local communities and other stakeholders such as fishery interests and petroleum companies. • Development of sound ecosystem protection and biodiversity conservation practices from which can be chosen the most appropriate measures fitting the specific setting in each case.

2 The holistic ecosystem-based management approach

This section provides an introduction into holistic and eco-system based management of the protected and environmentally sensitive areas in Uganda. Environment should be understood as encompassing the physical and biological environment as well as the social and socio-economic dimensions to ensure that all aspects of relevance are covered in the IMP. The IMP shall take a phased approach where the results of one step decide on the further steps. In general the IMP is supposed to follow the following approach: first establish the factual basis for the assessment, and then undertake sector-specific impact assessments followed by a cumulative impact assessment considering all sectors and the vulnerability of particularly valuable areas. During

Page 266

all phases stakeholder involvement shall take place. All phases shall lead to the development of the IMP. The figure below indicates this approach. The figure below illustrates the overall approach:

The interfaces with national work programs such as the environmental sensitivity atlas, the park management plans, guiding principles for operations in sensitive areas, etc. shall be defined. Furthermore, transboundary and international dimensions shall be considered. This includes consideration of international conventions, agreements and other tools.

3 Objectives and Methodology

The geographical scope of the IMP shall be clearly defined. Furthermore, the foreseen outcomes and deliverables as part of the IMP development, such as the various factual reports and sector-specific impact assessments as well as any constraints mapping, GIS and database developments, etc. shall be established. The phased approach outlined below should be followed. The process for developing and implementing the IMP should be defined by NEMA with the support from relevant agencies. A professional team should be established consisting of representatives of relevant ministries. Local and international consultants should be engaged as required. A broad stakeholder engagement has to be ensured.

Page 267

4 Baseline conditions The existing conditions to date shall be described for all relevant aspects. This shall include a description of physical, biological and social/socio-economic parameters as well as a description of factors influencing the state of the environment such as anthropogenic factors (e.g. poaching, tree felling, in-migration and cattle influx) or climate change. Ecosystem values and sensitivities to date have to be established.

5 Outlook of future ecosystem conditions Impact assessment of the potential future conditions of the physical and biological environment without further industrial interference. This should also include consideration of ecosystem services.

6 User interests and associated consequences Imp act assessments of economic activities shall be undertaken per sector including economic value, geographical locations, scale, and socio-economic aspects. , future expansion planning, etc. In addition potential future economic interests shall be identified and forecasted. Sector shall include e.g. tourism, fisheries, agriculture, forestry, petroleum, mining, etc. as applicable.

7 Conflicts of interest and co-existence This section shall assess cumulative impacts deriving from sector-specific impact assessments and the ecosystem assessment described above. Conflicts of interest shall be identified as well as synergies and co-existence issues. The vulnerability of especially valuable areas should be identified and assessed.

8 Knowledge-based management This section shall define the objectives for the management of the area under consideration. Institutional oversight and monitoring of specific indicators shall be established and prioritized. Focus shall be given to the overall ecosystem functioning as well as individual species. The monitoring shall be linked with the Environmental Monitoring Plan already established to ensure efficient use of resources and data sharing. Climate change as well as pollution aspects shall be discussed. Furthermore, the risk of accidental events including oil spills shall be assessed and mitigation measures should be defined. An assessment of the existing legal framework and institutional capacity shall be provided and gaps or weaknesses be identified. Recommendations shall be made for improvement if applicable.

9 Sustainable management recommendations The recommendations should focus on the area-based management approach to protect sensitive species and ecosystems. The framework for economic activities, particularly petroleum activities, should be established. This is likely to include the following; management principles, no-go areas and areas of restricted access, timing issues, sequencing of industrial activities, sustainable resource use, etc.

Page 268

APPENDIX 13: COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM STAKEHOLDERS DURING THE VALIDATION PHASE

Comments have been received verbally during the Validation Workshop on 23. May 2013 and in writing until the end of the commenting period, 30. May 2013.

The comments are considered as follows:

• Relevant minor comments are incorporated into the final SEA report without further reference. • Other comments are listed in the below table. Some are incorporated into the report with a reference to the relevant chapter given in the table. Others are not incorporated and a response from the SEA Team is given in the table.

Comment SEA Team Response Time frameworks should be given in the SEA to This issue is not part of the mandate for the SEA and should guide the review and implementation. be covered in the Implementation Plan. Changing policy/legal provisions is a long-term This issue is not part of the mandate for the SEA and should process and therefore interim means should be covered in the Implementation Plan. be considered incl. gap analysis of the existing regulatory framework. Linkages to existing planning frameworks such The NDP is referred to in Chapter 4.6.2. as the sectoral strategic plans, NDP, Vision The strategic plans for the sectors are added in the same 2040, etc. is not sufficiently provided. chapter. The detailed linkage between recommendations /actions in these plans and the SEA needs to be established in the Implementation Plan. The SEA should have a stronger focus on the The concluding advice in Chapter 7 has been strengthened holistic approach in the socioeconomic regarding long-term socioeconomic benefits. analysis. The SEA should emphasize on investing in The concluding advice in Chapter 7 has been strengthened people. regarding long-term socioeconomic benefits. Positive impacts should be highlighted. The Scenario Analysis clearly reveals positive as well as negative effects. There is a need for an implementation Monitoring is covered in Chapter 7 and will be taken further monitoring plan in the Implementation Plan. Oil and gas issues and EIAs are not This is not part of the mandate of the SEA. understandable for local people. The SEA should address the cumulative This is covered in the Scenario Analysis. impacts of petroleum developments. The CSOs should have a role in monitoring the The role of the CSOs has to be emphasized in the implementation of the SEA. Implementation Plan. Costs and a financing strategy for the SEA This is not the mandate of the SEA and should be part of recommendations should be outlined in the the Implementation Plan. Page 269

SEA. The legal foundation for SEA is not clear. The SEA is initiated by the Government. Today there is no legal requirement to undertake a SEA. The follow-up of the SEA should be This should be further addressed in the Implementation coordinated among relevant ministries Plan. managed by the Prime Minister’s office. Air quality issues are not sufficiently covered The Key Issues Integration Matrix in Appendix 7 with Key by the SEA. Issues Group No. 8 deals with air emissions and recommendations. The existential value of biodiversity and Biodiversity conservation and ecosystem values are environmental sensitive areas are not explicitly considered in the SEA in various (e.g. Chapter 5, 6, 7 and addressed by the SEA. Appendices). Ecosystem services are not adequately Ecosystem services are explicitly mentioned in the addressed. Integrated Management Plan outline in Appendix 12. In addition, the issues has been added to the recommendation of Key Issues Group No. 1 in Chapter 5. Habitat degradation is not explicitly Covered by the SEA. addressed. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.2. the Implementation Plan. The Land Policy has not been outlined as a The land policy is mentioned in Key Issues Group 16 of relevant PPP. Chapter 5 and in Appendix 7 under other relevant PPPs. There is a contradiction between the Land Act, This issue should be considered in the Implementation Plan. the Land Acquisition Act and the Constitution of 1995. This is not considered in the SEA. The SEA states that there is no position of This statement is changed in the table in Appendix 7. valuer at local government level. International boundary migration is not well This is covered by the SEA. captured in the SEA. Compensation guidelines and procedures are Information is added to Key Issues Group No. 2 in not known by the affected persons. Chapter 5. The resettlement action plan is not publicy This is not the mandate of the SEA. available which triggers speculation. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.3. the Implementation Plan. Co-existence with archaeology and cultural The SEA covers archaeology and cultural heritage in depth. heritage has not been sufficiently addressed. The issue is also considered to be a strategic aspect, see Chapter 6.3.4. The Culture Policy of 2006 and the Traditional This issue should be considered in the Implementation Plan. Rulers Bill (2010) have not been reviewed. Sharing of revenues with traditional rulers has This issue should be considered in the Implementation Plan. not been adequately outlined. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.4. the Implementation Plan.

Page 270

UNBS has not been consulted UNBS will be consulted in the Implementation Phase The Dutch disease concept has not been This has been covered by the Scenario Analysis in analysed. Appendix 3. Leadership on capacity building is with the oil This is not the mandate of the SEA but should be companies instead of Government. considered in the Implementation Plan. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.5. the Implementation Plan. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.6. the Implementation Plan. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.7. the Implementation Plan. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.8. the Implementation Plan. Comment and recommendations made by the This comment and the recommendations should be further Joint Position by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter considered in the Implementation Plan. 2.9. Waste management guidelines and Developing guidelines for waste management has not been mechanisms to manage waste are missing. the mandate of the SEA. The SEA considers waste management as a key issue (key issues group no. 9) and contains recommendations for waste management on a strategic level. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.10. the Implementation Plan. Laboratories for water analysis should be Establishing laboratories has been recommended in the established also outside Entebbe. SEA, their locations are however not part of the mandate. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.11. the Implementation Plan. There are no existing response units for oil spill The SEA recommends the finalization and implementation contingency and there is no provision for of the NOSCP, which includes involvement of all relevant community involvement. stakeholders. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.12. the Implementation Plan. The recommendations for Infrastructure This is now integrated into the SEA. development and transportation of crude, products and construction material do not include UWA. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.13. the Implementation Plan. Institutional capacity building This issue is now integrated into Key Issues Group No. 13 in recommendations do not include other Chapter 5 and 7. institutions such as the Ministries of Justice, Labour, Education, etc. The SEA does not consider proposed new This issue is covered in the SEA report in Chapter 4.5. institutions such as the National Oil Company,

Page 271

Petroleum Authority. Local governments do not have a clear This issue should be considered in the Implementation Plan. structure and no link with the Ministry of Energy. The capacity gap at the local government This issue should be considered in the Implementation Plan. includes expertise, resources, etc. and these should be improved. The NOGP outlines an array of stakeholders The SEA adequately covers all stakeholders mentioned. including civil society and others but the SEA does take cognizance of them. EIAs are still too complex and the input of local A recommendation has been added in Chapter 5. communities is thus not feasible. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.14. the Implementation Plan. The resource envelope of the districts does not This issue is covered in Key Issues Group No. 14 in allow to allocate meaningful resources to the Chapter 5. District Environment Offices. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.15. the Implementation Plan. The SEA has not undertaken a rigourous This is not the mandate of the SEA and should be part of assessment of international instruments and the Implementation Plan. standards. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.16. the Implementation Plan. The SEA does not sufficiently consider the right The SEA discusses urban and spatial planning and concludes of people to live in well planned areas. that the planning of urbanization has to be advanced in line with petroleum development. The SEA does not discuss the Environmental The SEA considers and makes linkages to the Environmental Sensitivity Atlas . Sensitivity Atlas. Recommendations made by the Joint Position These recommendations should be further considered in by the CSOs and DLGs in Chapter 2.17. the Implementation Plan. Other neighbours than DRC should also be The Scenario Analysis considers also South Sudan. considered in the Sea. The SEA should also consider district boundary The SEA process has not identified district boundary concerns. concerns as an issue and therefore this has not been taken into account. Concerns with neighbouring countries does This is mentioned in Key Issues Group No. 17 in Chapter 5. not include resource-based issues. The SEA should have a lifeline and provision The SEA proposes that the document is regularly updated. for regular updating. This should be further considered in the Implementation Plan. There is a need for scientific standards for The SEA makes recommendations for establishing the parameters such as water, air, noise, etc. relevant regulations. The entire AG should be included in the SEA The scope for this SEA was only covering Exploration Areas

Page 272

assessment. 1, 2 and 3A. A Steering Committee should be established This should be part of the Implementation Plan. for implementation of the SEA. The SEA should make recommendation how to The recommendations of the SEA are tailored to avoid the avoid the oil curse . oil curse. The SEA should have more focus on water Water management in general is addressed and a separate management including the sources of water. point has been made in the concluding advice in Chapter 7. Details on water consumption, etc. are to be covered by specific EIAs. The SEA should describe the history of the This is not the mandate of the SEA. local people and how they have suffered in the past. Consider gender mainstreaming in the SEA. Gender aspects are identified as an issue in Table 2 of Appendix 6 but have not been carried forward as a key issue. The role of PEPD is not clear, is it a promoter or This is not within the mandate of the SEA. a regulator. CSOs should have been a member of the This is not within the mandate of the SEA team to decide Steering Committee for the SEA. upon. The SEA has been initiated too late and its It is an advantage that the SEA has been undertaken at this relevance was therefore questioned. stage because the stakeholders now have a basic understanding of the petroleum industry. The SEA has provided many recommendations The SEA process has narrowed down the many issues but they should be prioritized . through a prioritization process. Further prioritization will be part of the Implementation Plan. The gap between rich and poor will increase Vulnerable groups have been mentioned in the SEA. Further with the petroleum. Affirmative action is recommendations should be covered in the necessary to protect the vulnerable . Implementation Plan. The risks of the frontline communities have to This is not the mandate of the SEA. be considered in the equity distribution. Land laws are not adequate and land This issue is covered in Key Issues Group No. 16 in management has to be considered. Chapter 5. There should be capacity building also for the This issue has been added to Key Issues Group 13 in CBOs to enable their participation in the Chapter 5. management of the petroleum sector. Cultural leaders require a line of financing to This is not the mandate of the SEA. undertake their role. Cultural awareness training for people coming This is not the mandate of the SEA. from the outside is required to avoid tension. Some of the scenarios are inaccurate and not The scenario approach is used to establish a basis to consistent with the conceptual development identify typical issues and to assess strategic aspects. plan to be finalized between the GoU and the Scenarios are reflecting possible future situations and are Operators not meant to be consistent with the latest plans. New scenarios will be developed according to needs in the future. Page 273

The SEA attempts to identify impacts and the The SEA is limited to overall identification and reflection on significance of impacts where only the impacts. Further details are expected to be part of project integrated ESIA could possibly do so. specific ESIAs. The SEA is not addressing climate change . Climate change is included in the Issues Register and Analysis, Appendix 6, table 1, but is not identified as Key Issue now. The reason is that the issue is not considered urgent in the context of this SEASEA. The SEA does not acknowledge the ongoing A basin wide development plan was assumed to be an basin wide planning involving the GoU and the important basis for the SEA. This plan was however never operators. presented to the SEA Team. The report falls short on addressing details of It is not within the mandate of the SEA to present details on international best practice . international best practice. The importance of following such practices is however focused throughout the report. The report is not addressing the finite nature This issue is covered in the table 4 in Appendix 6, but is not of the oil and gas resources and the long term considered significant in the context of this SEA. The issue is impa however very important in a long term perspective. A specific frequency should be listed for This should be addressed in the Implementation Plan revision of the plan. Lack of baseline data will be covered during The SEA is focusing on the fact that significant data gaps ongoing studies and connected to specific should have been filled at an earlier planning stage to be ESIAs. used in basin wide planning, the SEA and other large scale planning. The information about the refinery is incorrect The SEA is based on available information. It is not the and does not take into account other possible mandate of the SEA to speculate on potential alternative locations. plans. There is no mention of oil spill response This issue is covered in Key Issues Group 11, capacity building. recommendations. There is no mention of integrated ESIA for This issue is added to Key Issues Group 12, infrastructure development. recommendations. The scope of ongoing baseline studies done by Such studies will be part of the gap analysis which need to the oil industry does not seem to be be integrated in the Implementation Plan. acknowledged in the SEA It is not clear how recommendations to slow The SEA is the procuct of an independent SEA Consultant down activities can be understood within the Team. Any recommendations which are in conflict with context of existing agreements . existing agreements have to be evaluated and followed up by the GoU and should be addressed in the Implementation Plan. Lake transportation activities are not This important activity is added to the assessment of adequately addressed in the SEA. fisheries in chapter 6.3.1. Too limited attention on tourism Issue strengthened in chapter 6. beinginfluenced by oil infrastructure The SEA should establish a framework for the To be addressed in the Implementation Plan. management of cumulative impacts . The SEA should identify and present the To be addressed in the Implementation Plan based on a measure of success related to each priority list of actions.

Page 274

recommendation. Many recommendations will have influence on To be addressed in the Implementation Plan. other sectors . How to incorporate their needs into sector specific PPPs etc. There is a need to carry out an inventory of Reference is made to the aspect of climate gases already greenhouse gases and monitoring as basis for covered above. impact assessment and mitigation measures There is not much consideration of fish species These aspects are adequately highlighted (to the level of for conservation or cultural importance (e.g the SEA) in various sections of the Report e.g. in Chapters Engara). 3.2, 6.2 and 6.3. The linkage between the SEA and other The SEA is addressing the key strategic plans according to planning frameworks is very hazy if highlighted consultations with relevant stakeholders.Plans which are at all. not highlighted in the SEA are also important and should be further followed up in the Implementation Plan. This limitation is now highlighted in chapter 4.6.2. Information related to two mentioned Strategic Plans in chapter 4.6.2 is added. The Inception Report should be published as it This is the responsibility of PEPD. is referred to in the SEA. There is little mention of the two Ramsar sites , The Ramsar sites are adequately mentioned in various parts namely Lake George Ramsar Site and of the SEA, e.g. in Chapters 3.3.3 and Key Issues Group 1. Murchison Falls Albert Delta Ramsar Site. The SEA requests capacity building for district The key issues have been identified as part of the SEA local governments but should also include the process. Central Government. The correct title of the Ramsar Convention The full name of the Convention on Wetlands of should be mentioned. International Importance especially as Waterfown Habitat (Ramsar Convention) has been included in the SEA. The executive summary should include the This cannot be part of an Executive Summary and should be recommendations and what is needed to fulfill addressed in the Implementation Plan. the requirements of the SEA. It is one of the key obligations for Uganda to This is not part of the mandate of the SEA. maintain the ecological character of the Ramsar sites . Uganda’s obligations under international Relevant international Conventions and multi-lateral Conventions and agreements (e.g. Ramsar or agreements are listed in Appendix 5 of the SEA. CBD) should be added in the executive summary. The main goals of the SEA in the executive The main goals are stated in Chapter 1 while an assessment summary should be refined. whether the objectives are met is given in Chapter 7.4. Religious organizations should be considered Faith-based organizations have been added in Chapter in the SEA 6.4.2. Agriculture has not been covered adequately Agriculture is mentioned throughout the SEA, e.g. in chapters 3.4.2 or 6.3.3 but has now also been added as a co-existence issue in Chapter 7.6.

Page 275

There are more cultural institutions than only Cultural institutions include Bunyoro, Acholi and Alur the Bunyoro Kingdom. Kingdoms in the study area. This has been added throughout the SEA, e.g. in Chapters 3.1, 3.3 and 6.3.4. The text on the Petroleum (Exploration, The text has been amended to reflect the enacting of the Development and Production) Bill, 2012 is recent Petroleum (Exploration, Development and outdated. Production) Act 2013, e.g. in Chapter 4.1. An Implementation Plan should be part of the Appendix 14 has been added providing an outline of SEA. implementation planning.

Page 276

APPENDIX 14: IMPLEMENTATION PLANNING

TOWARDS IMPLEMENTATION PLANNING FOR SEA RECOMMENDATIONS

The Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Albertine Graben presents a set of recommendations connected to the regulatory framework and various policies, plans and programmes cutting across sectors and to selected high-level strategic aspects. In order to ensure that the recommendations are implemented efficiently, there is need for structured implementation planning involving all the relevant sectors. The responsibility of implementation planning rests with the relevant sectors who have the knowledge and understanding of the available resources, capacities and timeframes of the wider national planning frameworks. Inter-sectoral analysis and implementation and prioritization of SEA recommendations is envisaged. The following provides key considerations for implementation planning of the SEA recommendations.

The following are key considerations for successful implementation of the SEA recommendations:

1- Understanding of SEA process, outcomes and synergies: This SEA process was the first for oil and gas operations in Uganda. Although ample participation was realized from the relevant stakeholders, there was limited time to build sufficient awareness and understanding of the process identified for Uganda (out of many other global processes) for the unique and complex environmental issues in the AG. The implementation planning should, therefore include preliminary awareness seminars and explanation of the approach, outcomes and disciplinary as well as regional and local context to cultivate common understanding of the SEA and therefore successful implementation

2- Clear definition of roles and responsibilities: This SEA report highlights over 35 institutions representing various sectors (Appendix 4) that were involved in the development of the SEA but many others will come on board during implementation. Through a stakeholder engagement process, the SEA achieved initial mobilization of stakeholders for ownership and future implementation. However the main challenge will be ensuring that each stakeholder institution understands clearly their roles and responsibilities as well as reporting and accountability structures to minimize conflicts and negative implications to implementation. This requires that stakeholder partnership emphasizes communication pathways for relevant stakeholders and a need for a communication platform to precede implementation.

3- Capacity for coordination, implementation and monitoring: Government has taken various steps in strengthening the capacity of the institutions responsible for the implementation of the SEA but responsibilities keep evolving at a fast rate as the industry also develops. The pace of oil industry development has not been commensurate to the capacity of the coordinating institutions and the issue will be more important for implementation and monitoring of the SEA recommendations. Capacity for management controls through effective coordination implementation and monitoring needs to be built for all sectors that are envisaged to implement the Sea. Therefore capacity for management control in the areas of leadership and management expertise including best practice program planning and management (financial and non-financial) and risk management is critical for leading

Page 277

institutions especially PEPD and NEMA in order to steer the coordination, implementation and monitoring.

4- Investment framework: A key element of the implementation plan will be an investment framework that will define resources including personnel, equipment, operational costs, etc., required for recommended actions, prioritization, scheduling, budgetary costs and mobilization strategy. Connected to the investment framework will be key actors or responsibility for implementation elaborating both primary and secondary responsibilities (in reference to item 3 and 4 above). The process of implementation planning will, therefore, determine resources available and needed as well as the mechanisms for resources management availability over the period of implementation.

5- Monitoring , evaluation and improvement framework : To ensure efficient and effective implementation, a monitoring, evaluation and improvement framework will be pertinent. Monitoring is to involve systematic collection of data and information on tracking implementation progress based on clearly defined indicators and milestones. Evaluation activities will be considered for checking to see if implementation is on course or if corrective measures have to be taken.

According to the concluding advice of the SEA, a specific Implementation Plan should be developed to ensure structured and successful implementation of the SEA recommendation within a given timeline.

Page 278